diff options
| author | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-01-27 14:00:08 -0800 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | nfenwick <nfenwick@pglaf.org> | 2025-01-27 14:00:08 -0800 |
| commit | 32218afb6e0596168d47af22ab93e67157f1ce1c (patch) | |
| tree | 5aea0ffa3c33d9ea09b1b711ea5144063cbf374f | |
| parent | 26552d52e52593fe1cc3a934f7b91c42d4cafed0 (diff) | |
As captured January 27, 2025
| -rw-r--r-- | 60596-0.txt | 2048 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | 60596-h/60596-h.htm | 5088 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-8.txt (renamed from 60596-8.txt) | 4880 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-8.zip (renamed from 60596-8.zip) | bin | 43998 -> 43998 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h.zip (renamed from 60596-h.zip) | bin | 925347 -> 925347 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/60596-h.htm | 2752 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_001.jpg | bin | 0 -> 68167 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_002.jpg | bin | 0 -> 94222 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_003.jpg | bin | 0 -> 8517 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_004.jpg | bin | 0 -> 11551 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_005.jpg | bin | 0 -> 24817 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_006.jpg | bin | 0 -> 137404 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_007.jpg | bin | 0 -> 103649 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_008.jpg | bin | 0 -> 47456 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_009.jpg | bin | 0 -> 9543 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_010.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28891 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_011.jpg | bin | 0 -> 31168 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_012.jpg | bin | 0 -> 28002 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_013.jpg | bin | 0 -> 23761 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_014.jpg | bin | 0 -> 20785 bytes | |||
| -rw-r--r-- | old/60596-h/images/ill_015.jpg | bin | 0 -> 240966 bytes |
21 files changed, 9576 insertions, 5192 deletions
diff --git a/60596-0.txt b/60596-0.txt new file mode 100644 index 0000000..8f2b559 --- /dev/null +++ b/60596-0.txt @@ -0,0 +1,2048 @@ +*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 60596 *** + +[Illustration: HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE] + + * * * * * + +VOL. IV.--NO. 159. PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW YORK. PRICE FOUR +CENTS. + +Tuesday, November 14, 1882. Copyright, 1882, by HARPER & BROTHERS. $1.50 +per Year, in Advance. + + * * * * * + +[Illustration] + +WAITING. + +BY MARGARET JOHNSON. + + + I said, "When will the summer come? + Mamma, is it not late?" + She smiled, and answered. "By-and-by; + Be patient, child, and wait." + + I asked papa if he would buy + A new wax doll for me. + He pinched my cheek, and said, "Not now; + Be patient, and I'll see." + + "Nurse, tell me when my dear rose-bush + A blossom red will bear." + "Oh, by-and-by, my dear. Don't fret. + Come, let me brush your hair." + + "When shall I grow so tall, papa, + That I can reach your head?" + "Quite soon enough, my little one; + Wait patiently," he said. + + "Dear me!" I thought; "they all say 'Wait.' + I'll put my dolls away. + And go and sit upon the stairs + As long as I can stay." + + Now I have waited patiently + For hours and hours and hours, + And yet the dear doll has not come, + The summer, nor the flowers. + + I have not grown a single bit, + And now I know it's late. + I'm going up to tell mamma + It does no good to wait. + + + + +AN ADVENTURE IN THE SUEZ CANAL. + +BY DAVID KER. + + +"So it seems a fellow called Arabi Bey, or some such name, is making a +row in Cairo; but of course it won't come to anything--these things +never do." + +So spoke, after exchanging a few words with a pilot who had just come +down the Suez Canal from Port Said, the Captain of our homeward-bound +steamer from India, little dreaming how world-famous the "row" of which +he spoke so lightly was to become not many weeks later. + +"If these Arab fellows should ever want to destroy the canal," says a +young English Lieutenant of Engineers going home from India on leave, +"they wouldn't have much trouble with it. You see there's a regular +hollow on each side here and there, and they need only dig through or +blow up the embankment to run the channel bone-dry in no time." + +His words are confirmed a few minutes later when a group of native +goat-herds, as black and shaggy and wild-looking as the goats which they +tend, wade out to within a few yards of the steamer, clamorously +offering to dive for _piastres_ (five-cent copper pieces). In fact, the +Suez Canal, throughout its whole length of eighty-six miles, is as +shallow as any ditch except in the very centre of the channel, and even +there it has a depth of only twenty six and a quarter feet, with a mean +breadth of seventy, widening to one hundred in the "sidings." + +Every now and then we pass a neat little landing-place, surmounted by a +painted station house overlooking a tiny patch of stunted shrubs and +straggling flowers, doing their best to grow upon a thin smear of soil +brought from a distance, and plastered upon the barren, scorching sand. +A little farther on we see, perched on a steep sand ridge just at the +point where the canal enters the wide smooth expanse of the Timsah Lake, +a primitive sentry-box, consisting merely of a screen of dried grass, +supported by four tall canes, beneath which a drowsy Arab is supposed to +look out for passing steamers when he has nothing better to do. + +But just as we are two-thirds of the way across the Timsah Lake itself, +one of the many shallow lagoons through which the canal runs for a full +third of its length, we see the French steamer ahead of us halt +suddenly, and the next moment comes a signal that a boat has run aground +in the canal beyond the lake, and that we must wait until she gets off +again. + +There is no help for it, and we are just making up our minds to a halt +of several hours, with nothing to do but stare at the trim bonbon-like +houses and dark green plantations of Ismailia[1] along the farther +shore, with the big white front of the Khedive's palace standing up in +the midst like an overgrown hotel, when an unexpected interruption +occurs. + +[1] Named after its founder, Ismail Pasha, the late Khedive of Egypt. It +is connected with Suez by a fresh-water canal, through which the little +Egyptian steam-launches run in about twelve hours. + +"Look here, mates," shouts a sailor perched on the jib-boom; "here's one +o' them darkies out for a swim. He'll be coming to challenge old Jack +here to swim a match for the championship of the canal." + +"Let him try it," retorts a tall, raw-boned, North Country man behind +him. "If that 'ere nigger thinks he can beat _me_, he'll know better +afore long, or my name ain't Jack Hawley." + +So saying, Jack strips and plunges in, heading straight for the round +black head which is bobbing about like a cork in the smooth water. But +just as he reaches the Arab the latter vanishes, and a sharp pinch on +his right calf warns Jack that his enemy has taken him in the rear, amid +a shout of laughter from the steamer. + +Jack darts at his assailant, who dives again, and coming up beyond him, +splashes a perfect cataract of water in his face, and instantly the two +are at it with might and main, filling the whole air with showers of +glittering spray. + +"Will you swim me to that buoy yonder, Johnny?" challenges Jack. + +"You go, me go," grins the native, and off they start. + +At first the Egyptian's short, snapping, hand-over-hand stroke carries +him bravely on; but little by little the long, steady, powerful strokes +of the Englishman begin to tell, and at length he forges slightly ahead. +The crew cheer lustily, and fancy that Jack has certainly won the race; +but the young Lieutenant, who knows Arab ways, shakes his head and tells +them to "wait a bit." + +Poor Jack! he has forgotten in his eagerness that his head is +unprotected, and that he has not one of those cast-iron Eastern skulls +that can defy a tropical sun. All at once his head is seen to sway +dizzily back, he throws up his arms convulsively, and down he goes. + +"Stand by to lower the boat!" roars the Captain. "Be alive now!" + +As if moved by a single impulse, the men spring at once to the davits; +but, luckily for poor Jack, other and nearer help is at hand. The Arab, +when he sees his rival's strength fail so suddenly, guesses in a moment +what is the matter, and makes for him at once. Three powerful strokes +bring him alongside of the sinking man, and twining his sinewy fingers +in Jack's bushy hair, he holds the latter's head above water, paddling +gently meanwhile to keep himself afloat. + +"Stand by your tackle! let go!" + +The tackles rattle sharply through the blocks, the boat splashes into +the water, and the passengers spring upon the bulwarks to give her a +cheer as she darts away toward the two imperilled men, as fast as eight +sturdy rowers can propel her. + +But in this race between life and death the chances are terribly in +favor of the latter. True, the water of the lake, salter by far than the +sea itself, is buoyant as India rubber; but it is no easy matter for the +Arab, already spent with his long swim, to support the huge bulk of the +helpless sailor, and the boat seems still a fearfully long way off. + +Once, twice, the Englishman's head dips below the surface, and the +oarsmen almost leap from their seats as they see it. Pull, boys, pull! +And now they are but three lengths off, and now but one, and now, with a +deafening hurrah, the fainting man and his exhausted rescuer are dragged +into the boat. + +"Come, boys," cried Lieutenant H----, "that's a plucky fellow, Arab or +no Arab. What do you say to sending round the hat for him; here's a +_rupee_" (fifty cents) "to begin with." + +And half an hour later the Arab was on his way back to the shore, with +more money tied up in the white cotton sash round his waist than he had +ever had before, in his life. + + + + +UNCLE ZED'S WOLF. + +A TRUE STORY. + +BY MRS. KATE UPSON CLARK. + + +"Baa! baa! baa!" sounded in noisy, frightened chorus underneath Parson +Darius Miller's windows one cold April morning about fifty years ago. + +So loud and so persistent was the chorus that Parson Miller's three +sturdy boys were awake and on their feet before it had grown light +enough to distinguish anything in the gray outside. + +"Father! father!" shouted James, the second boy, clattering down the +stairs in his heavy boots, "what ails the sheep? They're all huddled up +close to the house, right under your window. Don't you hear them? Say, +father, wake up!" + +In response to all this outcry, good Parson Miller, who was a +hardworking farmer as well as a parson, and slept the sleep of the just, +gave forth a feeble and only half-intelligent "yes." Presently, however, +he joined the boys, and then discovered that not all the sheep were +huddled together underneath the windows, but that two of them were +missing, and that large dangerous-looking tracks were all over the light +snow--a regular "sugar-snow"--which covered the ground outside. + +"I'll bet it's a wolf," ventured Daniel, the eldest boy. + +"Guess it's nothing but a wild-cat," said the parson. + +"Too big for a wild-cat," said Tom. "A great deal bigger than the one +Squire Taylor caught in his trap." + +Tom was the quiet boy, but somehow, when Tom spoke, even the older ones +paid attention. Tom's eyes were always on the alert, and though they +were of a gray and by no means beautiful color, and were set in a sallow +and "peaked" little face, Tom was considered a vastly good-looking boy +by all of the family and his intimate friends, on the principle of +"Handsome is that handsome does." + +Just then Squire Taylor, their next neighbor, came tramping hastily +across his field, his two boys, of about the same age as James and Tom +Miller, following after him. + +"Wolf tracks all around my barn," said the good Squire, excitedly, +before he had come near enough to see the sheep lying on the snow. + +"There!" cried Daniel, nodding significantly to Tom. + +"Where's the fellow gone?" queried little Tom, who was only fourteen, +and who didn't look so old as that by reason of his small stature. + +"That's it! that's it!" cried the Squire, slapping Tom approvingly on +the shoulder. "Where's the varmint gone? Let's track him, to be sure. +Hullo! there's Uncle Zed." + +Sure enough, old Zadok Cummings, familiarly known as "Uncle Zed," was +hurrying along through the fields toward them, and carrying his old +shot-gun in his hands. The news had evidently travelled fast. + +"Seen him?" shouted the old man, all on fire with excitement, while +drops of sweat ran down his russet face, in spite of the chilly weather. +"Jest tell me what direction he's took, 'n' I'll ketch him! The critter! +I'll ketch him; oh, I'll ketch him!" And Uncle Zed looked so fierce and +funny that all of them began to laugh. But they finally succeeded in +convincing the old man that he couldn't possibly "ketch him," for a few +moments at least, and that the case was too serious for them to decide +at once on the best course to pursue. + +"He'll be around to-night too, and bring some more with him, if we don't +ketch him," put in Uncle Zed, whenever a good chance occurred. + +Two or three had started out to follow the trail of the wolf, and they +came back to report that the tracks ended in Squire Taylor's woods. + +"We must make a ring right around the woods, and hem him in--that's the +way," said the Squire, quickly. + +Tom, standing back behind his brothers, was seen to nod approvingly, +whereupon the other boys did the same. Indeed, the proposition seemed to +commend itself to the entire company, and they started toward the woods, +those who had not brought guns hurrying off to get some. + +"I could do it jest as well alone," muttered Uncle Zed. "They hain't ben +no wolves around here for several years now, but I hain't forgot how to +ketch 'em. I guess I hain't." + +The men were disposed, and then everything was profoundly quiet, +excepting for the sound of the beating of the bushes, or of a stray +shot, when some overconfident hunter was "sure he had him." + +At last Uncle Zed heard a low growl in a thicket, and he had hardly time +to raise his gun when out sprang an enormous wolf, and came directly +toward him. The old man, almost paralyzed with fright, pulled the +trigger, but his hand trembled so that his shot went a yard above the +wolf's head, and the animal bounded past him unhurt. Uncle Zed shrieked, +"Wolf! wolf!" and a half-dozen men were soon in hot pursuit of the +discovered game. + +Tom Miller, feeling very disconsolate because he hadn't any gun, had not +accompanied the rest; but his mother, who felt no fear for Tom, and +sympathized deeply with the courageous little fellow, had advised him to +go to a certain neighbor's and see if he couldn't borrow one. It was +necessary to go quite a distance, but Tom had made it on old Sorrel, the +mare. He had come back in a wonderfully short time, bringing a trusty +little shot-gun with him, and was making his way up the hill just as the +wolf dashed out of the woods, heading in his direction. + +Tom's heart came up in his throat, but he ran for a clump of bushes +close by that he thought would afford a good position for a shot, +stationed himself among them, and waited. + +The cries of the men in pursuit came nearer. Then the gallop into which +the wolf had broken from its quick trot when it left the woods seemed to +shake the very ground under him. Spring--spring--spring, came the +terrified brute. He was in sight. Tom steadied his gun and fired. The +wolf uttered a cry, half bark, half screech, and giving a few lame and +wounded leaps, lay bleeding on the ground. Then shot after shot from the +men behind was poured in upon the poor creature, until he lay thoroughly +dead. Tom Miller was quite the hero of the day, and it was voted +unanimously that the wolf-skin belonged to him. + +"Well, Uncle Zed, why didn't you 'ketch him,' as you said you were going +to?" inquired Squire Taylor, jokingly, as the men were separating to go +to a late dinner. + +"Don' know what in thunder ailed my gun," complained Uncle Zed, rapping +that unfortunate weapon crossly; "but, after all"--straightening up +proudly--"you'd never have ketched that wolf if it hadn't 'a ben for +me." + +"How's that?" asked the Squire. + +"Why, goodness gracious! didn't you hear me holler? I hollered an' +started you all up. My!" continued the old man, reflectively, as he +turned away amid a general laugh, which did not appear to damp his +spirits in the least, "how I did holler!" + + + + +CORAL REEFS. + +BY SARAH COOPER. + + +The attention of seamen and navigators has long been attracted by the +number of circular islands in the warm parts of the Pacific and Indian +oceans. Generally each one of these circular islands contains a lake of +quiet water extending almost to its outer shores, so that the island +looks like a fairy ring of land floating in the ocean, and adorned with +tropical trees and plants. + +Happily for the boys and girls of the present day, this subject, with +other equally fascinating branches of science, has now been studied by +naturalists, who give us the rich results of their labors. It seems +scarcely possible that the dainty beautiful corals which we examined not +long ago in YOUNG PEOPLE can have anything to do with the making of +islands, but so it is. Coral reefs are vast masses of coral which have +grown in warm oceans. Their formation must have been slow, yet they +sometimes extend hundreds of miles. Florida and many other parts of our +solid continents are known to have been formed from coral reefs. + +Let us now try to picture to ourselves the beginning of one of these +reefs, and by following its growth step by step we may at least +understand how it has been formed. There are hills and valleys on the +bottom of the ocean as well as on the land. We will fancy that some +young coral polyps which have been swimming about in the sea settle on +the sides of one of these hills, and begin to grow and spread all around +it. They will increase also by the deposit of eggs until they form a +circular wall. + +As the coral wall grows, the lower polyps and the inner ones die, their +skeletons forming a solid foundation for all that grow above them. There +may be only about an inch of living coral on the outside of the reef. + +[Illustration: Fig. 1.--a, a, SURFACE OF THE WATER; b, NATURAL RED OF +THE OCEAN; c, c, CORAL FORMATION; d, LAGOON.] + +These walls rise nearly straight, and you will see that in doing so they +inclose a circular basin of quiet water, and now you can understand why +it is that a coral island mostly has a lake in the centre, as is shown +in Fig. 1. The lakes are called lagoons. + +The bottom of the wall is formed of brain-coral and other solid kinds +which live only in deep water, and they die when a certain height is +reached. The formation of the new island does not stop with their death, +however. The wall having now reached the proper height to suit branching +corals, which require shallower water, their young polyps will settle +upon it, and finish the structure. We might suppose a reef formed of +branching corals would be open and unsubstantial, but in their growth +the branches are thickly interlaced. The spaces between them become +filled with substances floating in the ocean, and with pieces of coral +which are broken from the reef by the fierce dashing of the waves. The +whole forms a solid mass, stronger, perhaps, than any stone masonry. The +fragments of coral suffer no serious injury by breaking, but if lodged +in some favorable spot they continue to grow. + +The outer edge of the wall is steep and abrupt. Soundings taken just +outside show very deep water. In this portion of the wall the corals +live and thrive, always supplied with clear water. The breakers dash +against it with such fury that apparently the hardest rock must in time +yield to the tremendous force of the waves. But, strange as it may +appear, the soft jelly-like bodies of the polyps give to the reef the +power of resisting the billows. + +The inner surface of the wall slopes gently to the land, and being +washed by quiet waters often containing sand and mud, it is not +favorable to the growth of polyps. Still, there are certain kinds of +coral which thrive within the lagoons; some of them are exceedingly +brilliant and beautiful. + +The coral polyps die before they reach the surface of the ocean, as no +corals can live out of water. The remainder of the island is built up by +shells, pieces of broken coral, sea-weed, and other floating materials +which are washed upon it, raising the wall higher and higher. The +never-ceasing action of the waves grinds up these shells and broken +coral, until at last they form a soil of sand and mud which is now ready +to receive any seeds that may float on the water or be brought by the +winds and the birds. The seeds take root in the new soil, and young +plants begin to appear on the glistening white surface. Floating +cocoa-nuts often lodge on the shores, and cocoa-nut-trees are among the +first to grow upon them. As the plants drop their leaves and decay, the +soil is enriched little by little, and fitted for the home of various +animals and birds, which in some mysterious manner find their way to +these lonely spots far out at sea. In time our coral reef may become a +beautiful tropical island fringed with waving trees and plants, and +inhabited by man. + +[Illustration: Fig. 2.--AN ATOLL.] + +Circular islands seldom form complete rings. There is generally an +opening into the lake on the side most sheltered from the wind. A safe +harbor in mid-ocean is thus made, in which vessels may take shelter, but +it requires an expert navigator to pass the perils at its entrance. To +anchor on the outer shore would be impossible. In Fig. 2 is a pretty +little coral island with ships in its lagoon. If a lake is entirely +inclosed by the coral wall, it may in time be changed to fresh water by +the rains that fall into it. + +Coral reefs often extend to a depth of three hundred feet below the +surface of the ocean, and formerly persons were puzzled to know how they +could have grown in such deep water, as no coral polyps can live at a +greater depth than twenty or thirty fathoms. This puzzling question was +settled by the late Charles Darwin, who first showed that coral islands +occur where there has been a gradual sinking of the bottom of the ocean. +As the reef rises in height, the sinking of the foundation partly +counteracts the upward growth of the coral; consequently the proper +depth of water is secured, and the reef appears to be stationary, +whereas it is really growing upward. + +Whenever a coral reef rises above the surface of the ocean, we may know +that the coral, which grew under water, has been lifted above the level +of the sea by a rising of the ocean-bed. + +These circular reefs are called "atolls." They are quite different from +the "fringing reefs," which extend along the shores of continents and +islands. There are usually openings or breaks in fringing reefs directly +opposite the mouths of rivers and fresh-water streams, as the corals can +not endure currents which carry mud or sediment. Perhaps the grandest +reef to be found in any part of the world is the one extending along the +northeast coast of Australia. It is nearly one thousand miles in length, +and proves to us that the helpless coral polyps have played no trifling +part in the formation of our earth. All they have accomplished has been +done merely by their living and growing. + + + + +[Illustration: WINTER.] + + + + +THE BOY'S STORE-KEEPING. + +BY C. M. ST. DENYS. + + +I. + +Across the way from the Stanley boys' home a new house was being built. +A pile of lumber lay just outside of the sidewalk in front of the new +building, and it was piled so irregularly that the upper boards extended +out considerably beyond the lower ones, thus forming a sheltered spot +below. The ends of some of the lower boards, too, projected in such a +way as to make little shelves at different heights, and even a rude seat +and table. The boys had often gathered under this shelter for a chat, +and when John and Bob Stanley announced that they saw in it the making +of a fine store, all the other boys groaned inwardly, and said to +themselves, "Why did not I think of that?" + +Of course Bob and John did not plunge into the risks of business without +first counting the cost. The plan was well digested. They had talked it +over fully three days before it was publicly announced. + +The chief difficulty was about the amount of capital to be invested. +John had been saving up his money for a long time toward buying a +bicycle, and Bob--well, Bob was not so thrifty; there was not much +"save" about him, though when it came to needing the money to set him up +in business, he saw clearly that he must mend his ways. + +"I declare, John," he said, gloomily, "I don't believe I can rake up +twenty-five cents toward starting the store. I wish I'd thought of it +before. It was only last week I bought ten cents' worth of marbles." + +"Put them in stock, and sell out at an advance," suggested John. + +Bob shook his head. "The boys aren't going to pay me more for marbles +than they can get them for at Thompson's. Besides, I was dunce enough to +show them off at recess, so the boys would call them second-hand, and +want a reduction." + +"That's true. But you had better lose on them for the sake of getting +some cash in hand that you could lay out in something you could make +money on." + +"But I don't see how we are to make money, anyhow. The other boys can +buy as cheap as we can." + +"No; Thompson would come down in his prices if we told him we were +buying to sell again. Buying at wholesale, you know, they always do." + +"So they do;" and Bob's face brightened. "You have a lot of money to put +into the business," he said, admiringly. + +"I sha'n't put all my money in," said the prudent John. "It's too much +risk. I'd rather begin small; and then I could get my bicycle even if we +failed in business." + +For it must be admitted that, like reasonable beings, they looked +forward to failure as the most probable ending to their enterprise. Nine +men out of every ten who start in business for themselves fail; and why +should not they close in this exciting and approved manner? As far back +as the time of Macbeth such things were not unknown; and the boys said +bravely to themselves, "'If we fail, we fail'; and so much the more +interesting." + +"But how much capital are you going to put in?" persisted Bob. + +"Well, now, really, Bob, if we are to be even partners, I can't put any +more money in than you do. It would make the thing too complicated, and +not be fair to me, you know." + +Bob sighed. "Only half a dollar to start the business! It will look +mean. I wish I had not got so many glasses of soda-water this season. +It's worse than marbles for running away with money." + +"We might take in some more partners," said John, after a thoughtful +pause. + +"But Dick says he don't care about it, and every cent of Sam's money +goes for his bantams and pigeons." + +"What do you say to asking Tom Fleming?" + +"No," said Bob, decisively. "When a gold mine opens before you, keep it +all in the family, I say." + +But the difficulty of the small capital still remained. Their anxiety +lost the boys at least an hour's sleep that night, and when they woke in +the morning, the same burden at once took possession of them. + +"Let's tell Aunt Sue about it," said Bob. + +Aunt Sue was much pleased with the plan. She thought the effort to +conduct the little business would give them business habits and tact. +She made suggestions that helped them greatly. + +"You won't need much money to start with," she said. "Look over your +closets and boxes, and see what you have already that you would like to +dispose of. You have a good many toys and other things that you will +never use again, and you might sell them for something. Call your shop a +new and second-hand store, and that will make it all fair. What kind of +a stock were you thinking of keeping?" + +"Oh, almost anything. Like a country store, you know. Marbles, and tops, +and slate-pencils, and--" + +"And chewing-gum," suggested Bob. "The boys and girls buy more of that +than of anything else lately." + +"I wouldn't keep it if I were you," said Aunt Sue. "It's a bad habit to +use it, and you want to establish your business on good principles. I +hope you'll keep bird-seed, though. You could count on me as a +customer." + +"Well, we will, and we'll give up the chewing-gum. But, Aunt Sue," and +Bob assumed his most persuasive tones, "I'll tell you one thing we could +sell like wild-fire, and it would not cost us anything, either." + +"What?" asked Aunt Sue, smiling, but mentally bracing herself for +opposition. + +"Cookies." + +"Not of my baking, Bob. You ought to know too much of the trouble and +expense of cake-making to think of it. I can't undertake to supply the +town with cookies." + +Bob sobered at this reference to his prowess at cake-baking; but Sister +Bess, regardless of his feelings, mischievously suggested, + +"You might make molasses candy for sale." + +"It's out of season," returned Bob, with dignity. "I guess we'll lay in +a stock of sour-balls." + +"I'll tell you what I'll do for you," said Bess, relenting. "I'll make +you some button-hole bouquets." + +"Well, but I don't know who'll buy them." + +"They'll help to fill up the shelves and make the place look pretty, at +any rate." + +Bob and John began to feel that the store was going to be a success, and +proceeded to overhaul the attic for salable articles. + +The sign-board was a very important matter. Dick undertook to paint them +one. But as it would take some days for the paint to dry, it was decided +that they could begin with a sign chalked on an old slate. + +There was not much to be done toward fitting up the store. A piece of +canvas was hung on one side, and a loose board was laid across the +entrance for protection against the rabble, for as the store was only +large enough to hold the proprietors and their goods, the customers were +exacted to make their purchases over the counter from the outside. + +Saturday was to be "Opening Day," and the very earliest people on their +way to market saw the two boys working like beavers to get the place to +rights in good season. By the time the village boys and girls had +breakfasted the new store shone out in all its glory, with the sign +"STANLEY BROTHERS" the most conspicuous thing about it. + +The marbles and other small articles were arranged as neatly as possible +in boxes on the irregular little shelves. Some old story-books with the +boys' dictionary were piled modestly in the background, while the jar of +sour-balls and the row of tasty little bouquets were paraded on the +counter. + +This plan, however, did not work well, for the boys found themselves +obliged to keep a sharp eye on these attractive goods to prevent their +being snatched by evil-disposed visitors, and it was very harassing. The +business had been so well advertised beforehand, at recesses and on +other occasions, that the whole juvenile population made a point of +repairing thither in the course of the day. Most of them came only to +look, but that was to be expected on Opening Day. + +The boys had not thought of putting up a notice to the effect that it +was no trouble to show goods; but if they had, that day's experience +would have decided them against it. Some of the boys, and girls too, for +that matter, were very provoking, and insisted on seeing everything that +was in the store, when they had not the least intention of buying +anything. + +Some of them, too, were very frank in expressing their opinion about the +stock. _They_ would not open a store at all if they could do no better +than that. + +But the very worst of it all was that all the boys that did want to buy +always wanted to trade off something else for the goods; and the girls +were more unreasonable still, for they thought that Bob and John ought +to be willing to sell everything for pins. + +By noon the boys were beginning to feel quite dejected. To be sure, they +had taken in a few cents for sour-balls; but then they had reason to +believe that several had been feloniously abstracted while the throng +was greatest--for part of the time the little counter had been lined +three or four deep--so that, on the whole, they would probably lose on +this most popular article. Bob and John each ate a sour-ball to restore +their spirits. + +"They'll melt in this bright sun," said Bob, "and the flowers are +wilting. We had better put them back in the shade. What shall we put +front instead?" + +"Slate-pencils," suggested John. + +"Pooh! Catch a boy buying a slate-pencil on Saturday." + +The question was still unsettled when the welcome sound of the dinner +bell was heard. Obeying the first impulse, both boys started for home. +Then Bob stopped. + +"I don't believe it's safe to leave the store alone," he said. + +"No, of course not. You stay till I come back. I'm awfully hungry." + +"I guess I'm as hungry as you are," returned Bob, but John was half-way +across the street; so Bob, calling to him to hurry back, sat down, +hungrier than ever, to nurse his provocation over that selfish John. +There was no help for it; he must try if another sour-ball would stop +the gnawings of hunger and sweeten his temper for the next customer. + +It seemed as if the whole town must dine at the same hour, for Bob was +left quite lonely for a while. + +Then John came back, devouring a biscuit as he came, and making some +remarks beginning, "Aunt Sue says," which Bob did not stop to hear, for +the boys passed each other in the middle of the street like two +oppositely bound locomotives. + + +II. + +Bob staid a long time. Neither did he move as swiftly on his return trip +as he had when he started out. + +"I'll tell you what it is, John," he said, at the first opportunity, +"we'll have to take in some outside partners, after all. A couple of the +Flemings could help us first-rate. They always have their meals later +than we do." + +"Well," said John, "I don't know but it would be a good thing to have +somebody to share the responsibility." + +"But I don't see how we can make room for any more boys inside here. +It's crowded enough now." + +"We don't all need to be inside at once. One could be floor-walker, and +one a detective, or something in the crowd. I'd like it. It's tiresome +sitting in this little place all day. I got awfully cramped this +morning." + +So overtures were made to Tom and Fred Fleming, who felt quite +flattered, and accepted the honor at once. After some discussion they +were installed as silent partners, and contributed their quota of +fish-hooks and decalcomanie pictures, etc., to the now flourishing +business. + +The shop being so near, Aunt Sue and Bessie visited it in the afternoon +to see how the boys were getting on. They were shocked to see some of +their own possessions airing in the new store. An old set of false curls +hung dangling on a nail, like a scalp adorning an Indian wigwam as an +honorable trophy. + +[Illustration: "'YOU OUTRAGEOUS BOYS!' EXCLAIMED AUNT SUE."] + +"You outrageous boys!" exclaimed Aunt Sue, as she seized and confiscated +it. "Where did you get this?" + +"Out of the attic," said Bob, meekly. "I thought you were done with it." + +"But it's not for sale if I am done with it. I'm surprised at you." + +Aunt Sue seemed really hurt, and was scarcely mollified by Bob's saying, +coaxingly, "Oh, now, Aunt Sue, don't be vexed. I always liked to see +them hanging down your neck. They looked so pretty, I thought somebody +else might be glad to get them." + +By this time Bessie had discovered a tin-type of herself among a lot of +cheap pictures, and her wrath burst forth on John, who was just +congratulating himself on having escaped his aunt's wrath. + +"I'd like to know what right you have to offer my picture for sale," she +said, indignantly. + +"It's not yours. It's mine. You gave it to me on my birthday." + +"And that's all you care for it! I'll be careful how I ever give my +picture to another boy. Give it to me this minute." + +"Why, no, Bess. It shows how much we admire it. Other folks do too. I +had an offer for it this morning, but I couldn't make the change." + +Bessie's eyes flashed; and Aunt Sue, coming to the rescue, quietly laid +the picture in her bag with the curls. + +"I think you had better show us your whole stock, boys," she said, +calmly. "What are your skates doing here?" + +"I'm going to sell them. I'd rather have a bicycle than skates any day." + +"Very well; only if you part with them don't expect to have a new pair +given to you when winter comes. What books have you? Why, boys, you are +not going to sell your dictionary!" + +"Oh, I'm tired of looking through it. The old bother!" + +"It must be taken home," said Aunt Sue, with decision. "It won't do to +have your father's dictionaries thumbed and dog-eared in this way. You +must keep your own." + +The boys were beginning to think that the custom of their immediate +relatives was not going to be profitable. But the seizures were over +now, and Aunt Sue actually bought in John's old copy of _Original +Poems_. Bessie, too, concluded to be forgiving, and she and Aunt Sue +made several other purchases, so that they left the boys in good spirits +in spite of the bad beginning. + +In the trying morning hours the boys had decided to close early every +Saturday afternoon "for the sake of their clerks." But they felt better +after the Flemings came to their assistance, and did not close until six +o'clock, when everything had to be packed in boxes and carried home +until Monday. Before doing this, however, they took an account of stock +and balanced their accounts, which was a comparatively simple matter, as +they sold nothing on credit. Aunt Sue had bought half their supply of +bird-seed, and Molly Fleming had taken all the bouquets at half price to +distribute in the infant school the next morning. The boys spent the +evening in talking over the events of the day. + +"If we did so well on the first day, what may we not expect on the +second?" was the feeling with which the young merchants began business +on Monday. But Monday brought new trials. The goods had all to be packed +away, and the store closed by school-time, which seemed rather +humiliating. Of course the boys intended to resume punctually at twelve +o'clock. But how unlucky! They all unaccountably missed their lessons, +and were kept in to correct them, so that they lost the whole of their +noon trade. + +Perhaps this only gave greater zest to the afternoon spell, for they +kept open quite late that evening. Still, with all their devotion, +business flagged. Infant schools could not absorb a stock of bouquets +every day, and Aunt Sue had enough bird-seed to last her a week. The +sour-ball business proved to be quite a losing one, for the luscious +things melted away mysteriously even when kept in the shade, although +each partner kept a strict watch on himself, and seldom, oh, very +seldom, refreshed himself with one. + +Things got so serious that the four partners held a business meeting +that evening after the store closed. + +"We've got to do something, boys, or we'll break before the week's out, +sure as fate," said Fred Fleming. + +By Tuesday the boys had that care-worn look that men acquire when they +can't make both ends meet. The other boys really pitied them, and some +of them actually bought slate-pencils on their way to school in the +afternoon, though they did not need them. + +That very afternoon an occurrence took place which threatened to end the +boys' store-keeping quite tragically. + +An organ grinder, with his red-coated monkey, planted himself just +beside the pile of lumber and began to play. This pleased Tom and Bob, +who happened to be in sole charge at the time. They enjoyed a monkey's +antics as well as any one. + +Perhaps it was the flag waving over the sign of the "Stanley Brothers" +that suggested to the man to play "Rally round the Flag, Boys." He +played it with a will, and the boys, and girls too, rallied with a +vengeance. The young merchants found their store again a grand centre of +attraction. + +The monkey seemed particularly delighted with it, for, after dancing and +bowing on the organ-top a short time, he leaped upon the counter, and +before the proprietors knew what he was about he had thrust his paw into +the box of rubber balls, and was throwing a ball into the crowd. + +A shout of delight greeted this feat. Tom and Bob each made a dive after +the monkey, but he dexterously eluded them, and threw another ball. + +Of course the balls were thrown back at him, and in a moment the air +seemed full of them, flying in every direction. The boys could not turn +their heads but bounce would come a ball into their eyes, and if they +tried to say, "You rascal," the words would be cut short by a ball +flying into their mouths. The uproar was tremendous, and the crowd grew +larger every minute. The monkey seemed to be in his element, dancing and +jumping from shelf to shelf, grinning and chattering with all his might, +and when there was no ball convenient he did not hesitate to throw +something else. + +The boys grew desperate when they saw their slate-pencils and +Jew's-harps flying through the air. + +"See here!" they shouted to the organ-grinder, who was now peacefully +playing the "Marseillaise Hymn," "this thing is getting dangerous. Take +your old monkey away, will you? You'll have to pay for all the damage. +Do you hear?" + +It would have been surprising if he had heard in all that uproar, but he +gave no sign. + +Tom made another lunge at the monkey, and fell sprawling over the +counter. Then Bob dived at him, but the monkey, reaching down from a +high perch, deftly lifted Bob's hat, and threw it into the crowd. + +"You rascal. I'll pay you for this," screamed Bob. + +But the next thing the monkey did was to plant himself on Bob's head. +Bob, with his face as red as the monkey's coat, clutched wildly at him, +but the monkey clutched the tighter. + +Bob could do nothing but scream and beat at the mischievous animal, +first with one hand, then with the other, then with both at once, while +the crowd shouted with laughter, until the organ-grinder, seeing that +his monkey was really in danger, stopped his music, called off his pet, +and began to move away. Then the crowd of children dispersed. + +John and Fred, who had been taking their turn "off" when these +proceedings began, now made their way to their crest-fallen comrades. +Bob was too angry to make any attempt to collect his property. He picked +up his battered hat and walked home, saying, "I don't care what becomes +of the old things. I've done with them." + +A few of their friends were kind enough to assist them in the search, +but it was a sorry-looking set of goods that were collected. + +"They're half of them gone," said Tom. "I do believe that monkey went +off with his cheeks and pockets full of our things." + +"I'll have that man prosecuted," said John, fiercely. "Which way did he +go?" + +"Oh, he's more likely to prosecute us. He says Bob half killed his +monkey." + +Sadly the boys packed up their damaged goods and carried them home, +protesting that they had had enough of store-keeping. The monkey had +scratched Bob's head so hard that he was really suffering, and Bess had +to run for the arnica bottle, and bandage his head. + +Aunt Sue was particularly liberal with the cake and preserves that +evening at tea, and if anything could have comforted the boys, it was +such thoughtfulness. + + + + +[Illustration: A FLIRTATION.] + + + + +SQUIRRELS, AND HOW TO KEEP THEM. + +BY JAMES OTIS. + + +It seems almost cruel to catch and cage such a bright, winsome little +fellow as a squirrel. In his natural state he seems to be thoroughly +happy. His home is a snug little hole in the fork of a tree, and all the +nut-bearing giants of the forest pay tribute to him. Bright, happy, +"cunning" little fellow, if you must keep him as a pet, lavish upon him +such kindness and attention as shall reconcile him to the prison bars, +and make him forget his forest home. + +The name squirrel comes from the Greek word _sciurus_, which is made up +of two words, signifying shade and tail, indicative of the little +creature's habit of shading its entire body when at rest with its tail. + +Of the species known to our woods, the most common is the striped +squirrel, an industrious little body, fond of his home and family, and +seldom given to roving, but one which the confinement of a cage kills in +a very short time. + +Then there is a little animal known by the boys as a chipmunk, which +some naturalists declare is a member of the squirrel family, while +others give it the name of dormouse. It makes a good pet, but must be +kept in a warm place, and besides the usual food for squirrels it +requires milk. + +The black squirrel is the largest of its species, and while it will live +in a cage, is rarely a tractable animal, requiring a vast amount of +patience to induce it even to take its food when any one is looking at +it. + +Then there is the flying-squirrel, which resembles the striped species. +It does not really fly, but has the power of flattening its legs and +feet in such a way that they do not look unlike wings. In leaping, the +legs and feet sustain it in the air until it almost seems as if it was +flying. + +It is the gray squirrel that is the most contented in captivity, and the +most easily tamed; therefore, if one really thinks it necessary to his +happiness to make a prisoner of such a liberty-loving little creature, +he should procure one of the gray species. + +If the reader is a would-be squirrel owner, and proposes to catch one in +the woods, he will be obliged to take just the kind of one that is +foolish enough to enter his trap; but if he proposes to buy one, he +should select it carefully, for much depends upon the condition of the +prisoner in taming or keeping him. + +See that the fur is sleek and glossy, for dry, ruffled-looking fur is a +sure sign the animal is sick, or pining so for the woods that he will +not live very long in a cage. Observe well if the feet are clean, for if +they are dirty, he has lost all pride in his appearance, which is +another sign of homesickness or some equally serious ailment. The eyes +should be bright, and the teeth perfectly white. Yellow teeth are a +sign of age, and it is as difficult to tame a very old squirrel as it is +to keep him alive in captivity. + +Beware of squirrels brought around by men who say they have caught and +tamed them. If they look stupid and inactive, the chances are that they +have been drugged to make them seem tame, and if they live, they will +surely be wild and intractable. + +Having made the selection of just such a one as you want for a pet, give +him all the comfort possible in the way of a cage. It is better to have +a large rough one than a small neat looking one; and if it is not +possible to buy a large cage, make one yourself, and the squirrel will +be pleased at the absence of style because of the increased facilities +for moving about. + +A board thirty-six inches long and sixteen wide is quite as small a base +for the house and run-around as should be given. Twenty-two inches of +this length should be devoted to the dwelling portion, which should be +built something after the style of a one-story cottage, with a second +floor just at the slope of the roof, so that the attic may serve as +sleeping-room and a place to which the squirrel can retire when he is +anxious to be hidden from view. + +The lower front of the house may be of wire, so that a portion of his +domestic life may be seen. The second floor should have in it an opening +about three inches square, which is connected with the first floor by a +small strip of board or thin stuff of any kind, placed at an angle, so +that he can get "upstairs" without difficulty. + +The floors should be of some hard wood, so that they may not absorb +water, and the whole place should be cleaned thoroughly once in every +three or four weeks. In order to do this readily, it is well to have one +side of the house fastened with hinges, so it may be swung open, and +then the little fellow can be shut into the wheel during house-cleaning. +The lower compartment should have a wire door, through which food can be +given. + +The wheel in which he takes his treadmill exercise any tin or wire +worker can make, and the hole which connects it with the house should be +large enough to prevent any possibility of his getting squeezed if he +attempts to go into his house while the wheel is turning rapidly. + +Give the little prisoner plenty of nuts of any kind, although those +containing the least oil are the best--acorns, wheat, stale bread, a +little boiled potato, and once in a very great while a bit of cooked +meat. Keep a small dish of water in the cage, and see to it carefully +that it is changed each day. + +In all dealings with the squirrel it is necessary to be gentle and +patient with him, if it is desired to make of him a real pet. Do not +force him out of his nest when he goes into it, nor keep him in the +wheel when he desires to go into his house. + +Each time that he is fed, whistle or make some peculiar sound, and he +will soon learn to come when he is called. This is the first step toward +teaching him to come into his owner's hands. After he has learned to +come at call, hold some particular dainty in the fingers, and do not let +him have it until he takes it himself. + +When once he has learned to have perfect confidence in his master, he +will not scruple to take food from his hands, and in a very short time +will be bold enough to explore his pockets, going into them bodily, for +something to eat that is a trifle better than his regular fare. + + + + +NAN.[2] + +[2] Begun in No. 157, HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE. + +BY MRS. JOHN LILLIE, + +AUTHOR OF "MILDRED'S BARGAIN," "AUNT RUTH'S TEMPTATION," ETC. + + +CHAPTER V. + +Nan thought that the delight of this day never could be equalled by +anything life would bring, even at Beverley. To begin with, she and Miss +Phyllis started out in a luxurious carriage, which rolled them through +the town, past the butter shop, where Mrs. Rupert was standing in the +doorway, and deposited them at Mr. Lennon's large store, into which Nan +had never gone half so proudly before. + +"You needn't appear to recognize any one, Nan," Miss Phyllis said, just +as they went in; and this dashed Nan's spirits just a little, for Mary +Seymour, one of the girls in the millinery-room, was a particular friend +of her aunt's; but then Miss Phyllis must know best, thought Nan, and +she would trust to luck's keeping Mary out of their way. + +[Illustration: NAN PRESENTED TO MISS PHYLLIS FOR APPROVAL.] + +Everybody was most polite to Miss Rolf; and when she said quietly, "I +want to see your handsomest dresses, ready made, for this little girl," +Nan could hardly move to follow them upstairs. Out of a long case, dress +after dress was taken, held up, tried on, examined, and criticised by +Miss Phyllis, who sat languidly with her purse and her note-book, +evidently quite regardless of prices. It was well Nan's opinion was not +asked, for she would never have dared to choose what Miss Phyllis did +for her, a soft, seal brown wool costume, handsomely trimmed with silk, +and with a jacket to match. Miss Phyllis quietly desired Nan to put +these garments on; and when the saleswoman brought her back from the +dressing-room, her cousin could not repress a smile of satisfaction; and +really little Nan did credit to the quiet, lady-like costume. Miss +Phyllis saw a great many possibilities in the child's bright face and +pretty, slender figure. + +The hat question came next, and here Nan's joy was somewhat dampened by +her fear that Mary Seymour would appear and claim acquaintance, and +thereby annoy Miss Phyllis; and sure enough, while she was trying on a +beautiful brown felt hat with a scarlet wing in it, Mary Seymour's voice +was heard cheerily from across the room. + +"Why, Nan Rolf," she was saying, "is that you?" + +And then Nan saw that her princess could look very different on +different occasions. She turned a cold little stare upon poor Mary, and +then said, in a tone that the shop-girl could hear perfectly, "Who is +that, Annice?" + +Now it was the first time Nan had been called by her full name since her +father died, and between the start it gave her, and her little worry +about Mary Seymour, she hardly knew what to say, and stood looking +guiltily at her aunt's friend, with a rush of color in her face. + +"It is Mary Seymour," she said, in a low voice. + +Miss Phyllis waited a moment, the cold look still on her face; then she +took Nan by the hand, and went across the room to where Mary was busy +putting bonnet frames into a drawer. + +"My little cousin is going away from Bromfield," she said, smiling, but +speaking in the very chilliest tone. "Perhaps you had better say +'good-by' to her now. She is going to live with her aunt at Beverley." + +Poor Mary stared at the beautiful young lady, and said nothing for a +moment; then she stooped down and kissed Nan's little red check +heartily. + +"Well, good-luck go with you, Nannie dear," she said; and half +understanding the impression Miss Rolf wished to make, she added, +looking up with a sad smile, "I suppose it won't do to expect you to +remember us any more, but Tommy'll miss you dreadfully." + +"I'll write him a letter, Mary," Nan exclaimed, and seeing Miss Rolf's +look of surprise turn to something like disgust, she added, "Tommy is +Mary's lame little brother." + +Miss Phyllis said nothing, but led the way back to the hats, and Nan, +unable to restrain herself further, whispered, "Miss Rolf, Cousin +Phyllis, why did you say I was going to _live_ at Beverley, when it is +only a visit?" + +Miss Phyllis bit her lip angrily. "Never mind," was all she answered; +and then the brown felt hat was chosen, and the purchases went +on--gloves, and boots, and some dainty under-linen, and various small +belongings, until finally all that remained on Miss Phyllis's list was a +dressing-case and a trunk. Nan hardly knew which of the beautiful cases +to choose when her cousin left it to her; but finally a black leather +one with silver fastenings was selected, and Miss Phyllis directed the +shopman to have Nan's initials, A. B. R., put on it in little silver +letters. + +By this time Nan, in her new brown suit, with her hands in three-button +kid gloves, had begun to think she never, never could do justice to the +day, to Philip and Marian, and yet a something had stolen over her of +half dread to going back to the shop. Already she dreaded her aunt's +voice; the noisy, greasy tea table, where only Philip made things +endurable for her; so that when, as they left the last store, loading +the carriage with parcels, and Miss Phyllis said, "I'm going to keep you +for the night, Nan," my little heroine felt more than ever grateful and +happy. + + +CHAPTER VI. + +Mrs. Grange received Nan very cordially when she made her appearance +with Miss Rolf. The gentle little lady was quite a revelation to Nan, +whose ideas of elderly people were formed entirely on the noisy, +overworked matrons she had seen at Mrs. Rupert's. Nan was only allowed a +few words with her hostess, and then Miss Rolf carried her off to the +little sitting-room upstairs, where, when she had laid aside her hat and +jacket, Miss Rolf told her she had better write Mrs. Rupert a note to +explain her absence. + +"And I want you to word it very carefully, Nan," said Phyllis, coming up +to the little girl with a very serious expression. "You know things are +changed with you now, and you must begin at once to let your aunt and +her family understand that you are not--they can not expect you--to +treat them quite as equals." + +Nan was still full of the excitement and delight of her good fortune; +yet as Phyllis spoke, looking down gravely upon her, there came a blush +of mortification into the child's honest face. A tinge of the same color +deepened in Phyllis's soft cheeks for just half a moment, but she said, +very decidedly: + +"Now, Nan, you are not going to be a foolish, obstinate child, I hope? +Surely you must know that I and your aunt Letitia understand these +things better than a little girl brought up among vulgar people could. +Now there must be no nonsense, my dear." + +Phyllis's tone was kind, but something in it made Nan see that she +expected obedience; and was she not in every way the most wonderful and +beautiful creature Nan had ever seen? Nan's doubts vanished while +Phyllis laid out note-paper and pen and ink on a dainty little table +drawn up to one of the windows; and when Nan placed herself there to +write, her cousin sat down by the fire, with her slippered toes on the +fender, and her pretty hands, sparkling with rings, folded gracefully in +her lap. + +"Now, Nan," she said, "begin your letter. Date it 'The Willows'--that is +the name of this place. 'March 8. Dear Mrs. Rupert.'" + +Nan smiled quickly. + +"Why, Miss--Cousin Phyllis," she said, looking up from the paper, "she +would think me crazy; she is Aunt Rebecca, you know." + +Miss Rolf's delicate eyebrows drew together in a little frown. She +waited a moment, and then, with an impatient sigh, said, + +"Very well, let it go--'Dear Aunt Rebecca.'" + +Nan's pen scratched on, with many splutterings, for penmanship was her +weak point, and had not been considered a very necessary accomplishment +in the Rupert household. She looked up presently for further +instructions. + +"My cousin, Miss Rolf," dictated that young lady, "has decided that I +had better remain with her until I go to Beverley." ("Oh!" ejaculated +Nan.) "My aunt, Miss Rolf, has invited me to make her a long visit, and +as previous to my going, there are many things to be attended to in my +wardrobe, etc., my cousin Phyllis thinks it best to keep me with her. I +shall, of course, see you all before I leave." + +Nan's pen finally came to a stop. + +"That is all," said Phyllis, placidly. + +"Then I'll just send my love, I suppose," said Nan. + +After a little pause Phyllis said, "Yes," and Nan went to work again. +When she brought the letter to her cousin for inspection, this is how it +was concluded: + +"I hope you are all well, and that you'll tell Mary Seymour, when you +see her, that I'll go there before I leave, and I'll write to Tommy; and +tell Marian, please, I'll give her and Philip all the pea-nuts that are +in my drawer, and I'll write them everything that happens at Beverley. I +hope uncle's jaw is better. Your loving niece, Nan." + +Phyllis Rolf read the letter with so quiet an air that for a moment Nan +felt much relieved, feeling sure it was all right; but the first words +startled her. + +"That would not do, my dear, at all," Phyllis said, coldly. "You can +_not_ go to see this Tommy Seymour, and you had better understand at +once that your aunt will not like you to write everything to your +cousins here. Now, Nan, do you see what I mean?" + +Nan began to see a little more clearly, yet her mind was not yet made +up; still, enough of Phyllis's meaning reached her to bring two large +tears to her eyes. They rolled down her cheeks, while she looked +silently at Phyllis and her letter. + +"Don't be silly, my dear," said the young lady, standing up and smiling +good-naturedly. "There, finish your letter with just your love; that +will be the best way." + +And so Nan went back to the little table, brushing away those first +tears, and quietly obeyed her cousin. Miss Rolf took the letter from her +as soon as it was finished, and went out of the room, while Nan sat +still, wondering if Beverley would be quite _all_ she hoped for. + +Enough excitement remained to make it easy for Phyllis to control her as +she wished, and that young lady trusted to time and absence working +wonders. While Nan was sitting absorbed in her thoughts, the door +opened, and Lance Rolf came suddenly into the room. He was a tall boy, +with a spare, handsome face, delicate as Phyllis's in feature, but +olive-tinted, and with more sweetness in the brown eyes and the hues of +the mouth. He came up to Nan, holding out his hand with a pleasant +smile. + +"And are you Nan?" he said, looking at her earnestly. + +"Yes," was Nan's timid answer. + +"Well," said the boy, cheerfully, "we are cousins. My name is Lancelot +Rolf. I hope we'll be very well acquainted. So you are going to +Beverley." + +"Yes," was all Nan could contrive to say again. She longed to ask a +dozen questions of the bright, cheerful-looking boy, who, although no +older than Philip, looked so _very_ much like a little gentleman. + +"Shall you like to go?" Lance said, presently. + +Nan really felt she couldn't go on saying "yes" to everything, and so +with a great effort she said: + +"I want to go very much. Is it--is it nice there?" + +"It's a jolly old house where you are going," said Lance, "but I don't +know whether you'll enjoy it much, it's so slow, so stupid. Still, +perhaps you're not accustomed to much fun." Lance could hardly imagine +the cheese-monger's family as very entertaining. + +"Oh yes, we have a great deal of fun sometimes," said Nan, gaining +confidence. "In winter we coast and skate, and in summer there are +always picnics, and sometimes a circus." + +"But at home--wasn't there ever any fun at home?" + +Nan could not remember anything which impressed her as particularly +enjoyable in-doors. + +"No," she said, slowly, "I don't think there was. Marian always liked to +tend the shop, but I never cared so much for that. I didn't like the +smell of the cheeses, don't you know." + +"It was a cheese shop?" Lance looked very much interested. + +"Cheese and butter, and eggs and hams," Nan recited the list glibly. + +"Well," said Lancelot, very gravely, "there won't be anything like that +at Beverley; and see here, Nan, I'll just give you a friendly hint. I +don't think I'd talk much about the shop before Cousin Letitia. You see, +she might not like it--don't be _ashamed_ of it," added the boy, +flushing a little; "I don't mean you to be _mean_ about it, only you +won't need to _talk of it_." + +Nan felt that she had begun to put her old life behind her when she was +arrayed in the brown cashmere, and now little by little she was learning +to feel as the people around her felt; that, after all, she would be +expected to act and appear and think very differently about everything +as soon as she was in Beverley. + +"What do _you_ do?" said Nan, looking brightly at her new acquaintance. +"Do you live at Beverley?" + +Lance nodded. + +"When I'm home," he said. "I come to school near here, at Barnabas +Academy. When I'm home I live quite near to where you're going to be. +Oh, I do lots of things! Boys are so different from girls. I'm captain +of our baseball club, for one thing, and we are jolly good cricketers +too, I tell you. At home I do all sorts of things. Phyllis and I are +great chums; Phyllis is a regular brick." He might have said more, but +at this moment Phyllis reappeared. Nan looked at her a little anxiously. +She wondered if she was going to feel offended with her about the note; +but the young lady was perfectly cheerful, and even kissed Nan when she +said, "Now, dear, we will go down to supper. Mrs. Grange is waiting." + +[TO BE CONTINUED.] + + + + +LITTLE MASTER QUIG. + +BY MARY A BARR. + + + This tale's of little Master Quig, + Who, being little, wasn't big, + And many said, who understood, + That, being bad, he wasn't good. + When from his school he ran away, + Most people thought he didn't stay; + And I have heard, from those who know, + When he ran fast, it wasn't slow. + He always studied when compelled, + And always staid when he was held, + And always slept when not awake, + And left the thing he could not take. + To go to sea one day he planned, + And being there, was not on land, + And so stuck on a bar--alas! + For, being stuck, he could not pass. + The dark night found him in a fright, + For, being dark, it was not light. + The big waves rose and filled the boat, + And being full, it could not float. + And so, as I have heard it said, + They found him in the morning dead, + And men of sense do still maintain + He never more was seen again. + + + + +[Illustration] + +Hey, diddle, diddle, + +[Illustration] + +The cat and the fiddle; + +The cow jumped over the moon; + +[Illustration] + +The little dog laughed to see such sport; + +[Illustration] + +And the dish ran away with the spoon. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +OUR POST-OFFICE BOX. + + + WYTHEVILLE, VIRGINIA. + + We are three little girls who have often read and enjoyed HARPER'S + YOUNG PEOPLE very much. We meet successively at each other's home + every Friday evening, and read the stories in it. We live in a + beautiful town in the mountains of Southwest Virginia. We three go + to the same school, and like our teachers very much. Our parents + take all your papers--the MONTHLY, BAZAR, and WEEKLY--and we take + YOUNG PEOPLE. We look forward to Wednesday with a great deal of + pleasure, for we know it is the day our paper comes. We are so glad + to see Mrs. John Lillie is going to write a new story, and we are + sure it will be very interesting, as all her others are. Please + print this, as we would like to surprise our mammas. + + ELLIE C., HELEN S. S., and SUSIE W. + +Well, Ellie, Susie, and Helen, though I do not know which of you has +brown eyes and which blue, which is the tall slender girl, which the +merry-faced one with the dancing dimples, and which the plump little +maiden who always thinks before she speaks, I send my love to each of +you, and am glad to hear of your pleasant Friday evenings. You and the +thousands of other girls for whom Mrs. Lillie has written her charming +story have a real treat before you in reading it. I sometimes wish +myself a girl again just to feel for an hour the delight I used to when +beginning a beautiful new story. The girls who form Mrs. Lillie's +audience have better times in the story way than girls did when your +mammas and myself were at your age. But I, for one, still dearly love a +bright sketch or a beautiful serial; and if I were near you, I might +sometimes glide in and take an easy-chair in the corner on your reading +evenings--that is, if you would let me in on my promising to be very +good indeed. + + * * * * * + +Some of you who have empty cologne or scent bottles may make very pretty +presents for your friends by covering them with silk or plush, and +finishing off with a dainty lace ruffle and a narrow ribbon around the +neck. A beautiful tidy which I saw the other day was crocheted in heavy +cord, and looped over crimson silk. Very lovely plaques are made of the +birch-bark plates on which butter is sent home by the grocer. They must +be covered very neatly with silk or satin, on which a design is worked +or painted. The pretty little Japanese umbrellas, which cost but a few +cents, may be inverted, opened, and caught at each point with a ribbon. +Suspended from a nail, they make dainty little scrap-bags. + +The letter which follows contains a suggestion which the Postmistress +thinks excellent. She will keep a corner in the Post-office Box for all +such letters as our correspondent invites: + + BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS. + + DEAR POSTMISTRESS,--I remember when I was eight or ten years + younger than I am now, how hard it used to be for me to find + anything new to make for Christmas for all the aunts and cousins, + and now, as Christmas is drawing near, my younger sister comes to + me and says: "Can not you think of something for Christmas? I want + something for Aunt Mary and Aunt Lizzie, something I have not made + for them before." I have no doubt that many other little people say + the same thing. Now, I have a plan to propose to you, and if you + think it a good one, will you mention it in the Post-office Box? + Let each little girl--and boy too, if he wishes--write and describe + something that he or she makes for Christmas, and then if you will + be so good as to publish the letters I think before Christmas we + may have quite a variety of ideas. Of course each article mentioned + would not be new to all, but it would be new to some, and I think + many little girls would be greatly aided. Now what do you think? + + ONE OF YOUR OLDER READERS. + + * * * * * + +BABY'S DAY. + + Awake at five in the morning, + Bright as a little bird, + Cooing and laughing and crowing + Before a person has stirred. + + Carried on papa's shoulder, + Lying on mamma's arm, + Never a king was bolder + Or safer from slightest harm. + + Going to ride with sister, + Taking a cozy nap, + Resting before his dinner + On grandmamma's silken lap. + + Creeping over the carpet, + Playing with pretty toys; + Baby's the dearest darling, + The prettiest, best of boys. + + SUSIE PATTON. + + * * * * * + + OLEAN, NEW YORK. + + I think that Frankie would be a pretty name for Marion W.'s baby + brother. I have nine dolls. Their names are Mollie, Lottie, Edith, + Eva, Lena, Christina, Carrie, Johnnie, and Bertie. I like your + stories all very much, especially "Toby Tyler," "Mr. Stubbs's + Brother," and "Their Girl." I send my love to the Postmistress. + + LENA MATTHEWS. + + * * * * * + + MADISON, NEW JERSEY. + + I am a little boy six years old. My brother Louie takes YOUNG + PEOPLE, and has every number. Baby Roe and I love to have mamma + read it to us. Roe and I have bad colds, so I could not go to + school, but Louie could. I learned to print in school. This is my + first letter. I hope you will print it. + + HOWARD B. G. + +Your little note was printed so nicely that it was as plain as though +the letters had been formed by the type-writing machine. After all, +there is no machine of which I ever heard so wonderful as the four +little fingers and thumb of a boy's hand. Ask papa and mamma if they +don't agree with me. + + * * * * * + + SALEM, NORTH CAROLINA. + + I have taken YOUNG PEOPLE from the first number, and I like it very + much. I have written one letter to the Post-office Box, but I + thought I would write again. My friend Howard R. has written too. + We two have formed a printing firm under the name of P. & R. We + made four dollars clear profit, with which we bought each a pair of + roller skates. We have over three dollars in our bank now. Some of + my playmates and I have formed a club under the name of Holiday + Club, and some of my boy friends and I have formed a military + company by the name of Home Guards. We parade in the academy + play-grounds. The other day we fought almost all the battles of the + Revolution. + + A. H. P. + +All the battles of the Revolution in one day! I wonder you slept a wink +the night after such tremendous exertion. But boys are made of steel +springs and India rubber, and can stand a good deal of pounding. Please +send me word about the various doings of your holiday club, and don't +let the fun interfere with your studies, or else the preceptors and +professors may veto your good times. I am glad you are so successful as +amateur printers. + + * * * * * + + NEW YORK CITY. + + I am a little boy nine years old. I have a cat and a kitten. The + cat's name is Gypsy, but I have not named the kitten yet. I take + HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE, and I like it very much. The other day the + kitten fell from a chair and hurt its leg, but it is well now. + + CITO S. + + * * * * * + +Dear little Robin D., who often sends answers to puzzles, was not well, +and so mamma became her amanuensis, sent her answers and her new +puzzles, which will see the light before long, and this pleasant little +message to the Postmistress and to Marion W. + +I hope Robin is quite well by this time. + + Robin says: "Mamma, tell the Postmistress that my little pet bird + Jimmie died, and wasn't it too bad, but that now I have a beautiful + white dove and a dear little bird whose name is Montie, but I still + mourn for Jimmie, whose cage was draped in mourning for a whole + week. We buried him in our yard." + + Robin thinks that Edgar is a very pretty name for a boy, or Irving. + She does not really know which to choose for little Marion W.'s + dear baby brother. She says, "If one little girl may put in more + than one name for Marion to choose from, put both Irving and Edgar + in from Robin D." + +I am very sorry little Jimmie died. When Marion chooses a name, she must +not forget to send us all word what it is, as we feel quite an interest, +don't we, children? + + * * * * * + + BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS. + + I want to ask you to tell me a pretty name for a little kitty, + because I don't know any nice ones. Now I want to tell you about + where I went last summer. I went to Falmouth, which is very near + the sea-side, and is a very pleasant place. I went in bathing only + twice while I was there, but went in wading nearly every day. I + went in a sail-boat once, and had a very nice sail, and then I went + down the beach a little way to catch minnows, but couldn't. + Good-by. + + ALICE S. + +Muff is a nice name for a kitty. + +Let me tell you about a kitty which a little boy friend of mine had for +his pet. It was a black kitty, I believe, though I am not sure. He +carried it everywhere with him, and when he was practicing one +afternoon, he set it on the piano that it might hear him play. It +nestled its head cunningly on its tiny paws, and listened with all its +might. + +Somebody called the little boy away for a moment. When he came back the +kitty was gone. + +High and low they hunted for it. Mamma, nurse, two little sisters, and +even the baby, called Kitty! Kitty! but no kitty answered. After a long +time there came a faint little mieuw on the air; and where do you +suppose they found that small cat? Why, in the piano, where she had +taken a cozy nap. + + * * * * * + + NASHVILLE, TENNESSEE. + + Most boys and girls tell about their pets. I have none, except my + little brother, two years and a half old. I have two sisters and + this sweet little brother. We moved from Louisville, Kentucky, to + Nashville about a month ago, and I am very homesick to go back + again. We spent the summer at Bon Aqua Springs, not far from here, + and had a nice time. I have a doll, and her name is Eva Wallace; + she will be four years old on Christmas. My little brother tries to + call us girls "girlie," and he says "dirlie." He calls me + "Black-eye dirlie," my sister Grace "Blue-eye dirlie," and sister + Florence "Brown-eye dirlie." His name is Theodore. We have taken + YOUNG PEOPLE from the beginning, and think it is the best of + papers. Mamma takes the BAZAR and MAGAZINE. My papa is away most of + the time, and we are always glad when he comes home. I go to + school, and am in the Fifth Grade. I study reading, spelling, + arithmetic, geography, writing, and drawing. I am eleven years old. + + BESSIE W. + + * * * * * + + SOUTH BEND, INDIANA. + + I like YOUNG PEOPLE very much. I am a little girl eight years old, + and live on a farm five miles from the city. I go to school now, + but mamma will teach me at home this winter. I have two pets, a + white bantam chicken named Polly and a white kitty named Snow. I + had a canary-bird, but he was sick and died; his name was Billy. I + have three dollies; I do not play with them very much, because I + have no one to play with me. Papa has a nice Irish setter dog to + hunt with; his name is Paul. I will write again as soon as I can + write better. + + GEORGIANA D. + + * * * * * + + DRIFTON, PENNSYLVANIA. + + I have lately returned from Europe, and I enjoyed the pile of + Magazines I found here. I brought home a gondola from Venice, and I + also brought a curious swan which I saw them make at the + glass-works. I had a splendid time in dear old London. We saw the + Queen and the Princess of Wales. We saw the wine-vaults. We crossed + the Alps in four-horse carriages, and I made snow-balls in June. + YOUNG PEOPLE is the best paper out. + + OCKLEY B. C. + +You have many delightful things to remember about your trip abroad. I +hope you kept a journal. + + * * * * * + + NORWALK, CONNECTICUT. + + I am eleven years old, and live in Norwalk in the summer, and in + New York city in the winter. I have no brothers nor sisters, except + two who are grown up, and I have a brother at college. We are going + to New York on the first of next month. I enjoy HARPER'S YOUNG + PEOPLE very much, and look forward to its coming with great + pleasure. As you wanted to hear from any girl or boy who had a + garden, I thought I would tell you about mine. I planted in my + garden this summer potatoes, onions, tomatoes, strawberries, and + celery, besides flowers. I had enough potatoes for the whole family + for dinner, so I had them on the table that day, and I hope to + have my celery to-morrow. The cook made me some caramels from the + receipt you put in HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE, but it wouldn't harden, + so she made a chocolate cake, and I had it on the table one + evening. As I have no more to tell about I think I will close. + + HARRY C. M. + +You were a famous little gardener, and deserve great praise. + + * * * * * + + ALLEGHANY, PENNSYLVANIA. + + I am a little girl nearly eleven years old. I will tell you about + my summer trip. I can not tell all the places we went to, but one + place was the White Mountains of New Hampshire. There are very fine + views, especially from the top of Mount Washington. You would laugh + to see the funny little cars that go up and down. It is very steep, + and as you go up you see nothing but rocks. Mamma thought it was + frightful, but I did not. Well, good-by. + + ANNIE H. S. + +I might have laughed when I was eleven years old, dear, but I never go +up a steep mountain nowadays without feeling, like your mamma, that +there is danger as well as pleasure about the ascent. I am glad you have +been to the top of Mount Washington, and have looked from there over the +great mountains and deep valleys of New England. + + * * * * * + + MILTON, ONTARIO, CANADA. + + I am a little girl twelve years old, and live in a small town + thirty miles from Toronto. We are always very glad when your paper + comes. I love to read the letters in the Post-office Box. I like + "The Cruise of the Canoe Club." My father and four of my uncles are + in Montana, and my aunt and her children are going out there next + week. My uncle and his youngest brother belong to a surveying + party, and have been surveying in the Rocky Mountains and + Yellowstone Park all summer, and write home delightfully + interesting descriptions of the wonders to be seen there--about the + geysers and glass mountains, also soda mountains, and caÃąons. The + Grand CaÃąon is the deepest of all; it is several thousand feet + deep, and at the bottom is a rushing, roaring river. One of my + uncles descended into it. It is so deep that if you go down into it + and look upward, you can see the stars at three o'clock in the + afternoon. The geysers spout up water to a tremendous height. One + of them--I think it is called the Excelsior--throws water in which + are pieces of rock to a height of three hundred feet. Often the + eruptions are preceded by rumblings and shakings like an + earthquake. Once when the party were near one of the geyser basins, + suddenly the earth began to quake, and the water in the basin + spouted ever so high, and the sky was filled with water and pieces + of rock, and they had to run to get out of the way. Perhaps we will + go to Montana if father stays there; and if we do, mother says that + we may take an occasional trip to the Park, and then I will write + and tell you of some of the things we see there. + + BECCA R. + + * * * * * + +The cunning little letter which follows was sent by a little girl five +and one-half years old to her young lady sisters away from home. This +little girl lives near a railroad, and every day she and her brother +watch for their conductors, as they call them, and wave to them as the +cars rush past the door. By the "tassels with the board on" little Amy +meant a lambrequin which belonged on the mantel. Jumbo is a huge toy +elephant greatly admired by the little folks in Amy's nursery: + + TENAFLY, NEW JERSEY. + + DEAR LOUISE AND MAGGIE,--It will soon be Roy's birthday. If you + don't come home quick, you won't be here before it comes. Roy + creeps. He can walk with our taking hold of him. He can stand up by + the bath-tub. May S. don't know some of the words of her + music-lesson. I say my lessons every day at home, and then I say + them in school. I did not get a bad mark to-day; sometimes I do. I + get apples in B.'s yard--they don't care--and take them to school + over recess, and then I take them home. Mamma has to sew so hard, + and we bother her, and she sends us out-doors. When it rains she + don't; then we stay in the house, and play with our toys. Sarah's + back, and we're glad, and she irons every Tuesday. We take walks + with her sometimes. Mary's here too, and sometimes she goes out + with her husband. I like him, and he gives me pennies. I would like + to be over there and see your big dog Frank. Some Sunday afternoons + papa's tired, and he don't want to go riding. We did go last + Sunday. Last Sunday we took Roy. Marian plays with Roy every day, + and mamma says Stop! when she hurts him. Clifford has to get his + teeth fixed, and we can't go to P. until next Monday. Every day + papa goes out to see the men fixing the trestle-work. On Roy's + birthday we're going to have a little party; no one is coming, only + us. Mamma has to send out when she wants papa--away out to the + trestle-work. Mamma writes this letter, and I find the words. + Marian has got lots of things in the corner by the bookcase again. + Clifford's got lots of cars now, and he plays with them 'most every + day. He's got a new tin train of cars from the Fair. We're getting + our stoves fixed. There's fire in the sitting-room. Your tassels + with the board on is up in the front parlor. We've got a Jumbo from + the Fair. We take Jumbo out to see our 'ductors. Mine is away, and + ain't home yet. Roy goes around picking up everything, and gets + things out of mamma's basket, and dumped it over twice. It's near + winter, and we've got the sleds down. + + A kiss for Maggie, and a kiss for Louise. Love for Maggie, and love + for Louise. + + AMY D. + + * * * * * + + FREMONT, NEBRASKA. + + Dear "HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE,"--My brother Paul takes HARPER'S YOUNG + PEOPLE, and I think it is a very nice paper. I was eight years old + the 7th of September. I have a sister who is four years old. And we + have a horse named Dick; he is gentle and a very nice horse, and + will eat apples as well as any boy can. He will shake hands with + either leg. I go to school, and I am already in the Third Reader. + My teacher's name is Miss S. And we have got a calf called Rosy, + and she is a very gentle and nice calf, and we have a pretty wild + cow. + + BURNIE C. + + * * * * * + + SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA. + + I am a little boy nine years old. This is my first letter. I like + the story of "The Cruise of the Canoe Club" and "Mr. Stubbs's + Brother." I commenced going to school in March, 1881, and am now in + the Seventh Grade. I was honorably promoted last June. I am trying + very hard to be the same this term. I go to Alameda nearly every + Saturday with my papa to take a salt-water bath. I can swim a + little. I live in the city, and can not have as much fun as the + little boys in the country; but I shall go to the country next + vacation. + + ALLEN G. W. + +A boy who tries hard is sure to succeed. When next you are promoted +write again, as I like to keep an account of my boys when they do well. +I am glad you can swim. + + * * * * * + +FRANK AND JOE.--The twenty numbers of HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE containing +the story of "Toby Tyler" will cost you eighty cents. By sending $1 to +Messrs. HARPER & BROTHERS you may obtain _Toby Tyler_ in a beautiful +bound volume, handsomely illustrated. + + * * * * * + +SALT.--Yes, Daisy, you are right in your supposition that people in very +old times were alarmed if any one spilled salt on the table at a meal. +It was fancied that the unlucky accident was the sign of a quarrel +between two of the company. However, I attach no importance to such +signs, even when they are ancient, and if you came to dine with me, and +the salt-cellar happened to be upset, I would not trouble for our +friendship. + +Among the Arabs salt is regarded as sacred, and if you happen to be the +guest of a Bedouin, who meeting you in the desert would rob you and be +glad of the chance, you are perfectly safe if you share his bread and +salt; he will protect you against all enemies. You see, that salt among +these wild people is the emblem of hospitality. The Romans thought it +unfortunate to sit down at a feast where the salt had been forgotten. +The Greeks had the same feeling. It was also considered very thoughtless +to leave salt unlocked overnight. + +I hope, Daisy dear, that while reading and studying about these curious +superstitions you will take care not to believe in them yourself. + + * * * * * + +For the information of some of our new subscribers who write to ask we +repeat that there is no charge for the publication of exchanges. They +should be brief. State first what you desire to offer, and then what you +wish to receive. Please write with black ink as plainly as you can, and +sign your full name and post-office address. Birds' eggs and fire-arms +are prohibited as articles of exchange. The Editor reserves the right to +exclude any exchange in whole or in part if for any reason it is +considered unfit for YOUNG PEOPLE. + +Having sent your letter, you should wait very patiently for your turn, +as the department is always crowded, and no exchange can ever be printed +in the paper next issued after its reception. + +To avoid misunderstanding, exchangers should always write fully to each +other and receive replies before sending away their articles. Each +should arrange in this way about the necessary expense of the mail or +express. Articles should not be sent to the office of YOUNG PEOPLE, but +directly to the persons with whom they are to be exchanged. + + * * * * * + +SUCCESSFUL WIGGLERS.--We should be glad if Hattie M. Pearley, B. F. M., +and A. W., who have been successful in reproducing our artist's idea of +Wiggle No. 29, would each send us his or her full name and address. + + * * * * * + +PUZZLES FROM YOUNG CONTRIBUTORS. + +No. 1. + +GEOGRAPHICAL PUZZLE. + +In the month of (a cape in Massachusetts) a lady named (a city in +Brazil), and a gentleman named (a cape in Virginia), went to (the +capital of Italy) in the (a lake in Minnesota). They walked until noon, +when the lady opened a satchel made of (a country in Africa). It +contained a fried (river in Minnesota), some fine old (a river in South +America), and a (islands in the Pacific Ocean) for each. As it had been +(a lake in Minnesota) and the (a river in England) was rather (a country +of South America), they wanted to return to their home, but the (an +island west of England) lost a cuff button made of (a city in New +Mexico), and ornamented with (a river in Mississippi). While they were +on the (a cape of North Carolina) they met (a river of South America), +who said he thought (an island near Massachusetts), who was a colored +woman. + + PANSY. + + * * * * * + +No. 2. + +MIXED ANIMALS. + +In these examples the problem is to arrange the grouped letters so that +they will form a word agreeing with the accompanying definition. + + Phelenta--The largest of quadrupeds. + Spophoptiamu--A river-horse. + Reazb--A striped horse. + Elawh--A sea animal. + Tribab--A furry animal. + + BARTIE. + + * * * * * + +No. 3. + +HIDDEN FISHES. + +1. I have bought a new carpet, Angelina. 2. Lucy lost her ring. 3. Tommy +had ten chickens. 4. Mr. Stubbs had flung away all Toby Tyler's money. + + BARTIE. + + * * * * * + +No. 4. + +DOUBLE ACROSTIC. + +1. A kind of cloth. 2. A precious stone. 3. A famous musical composer. +4. A glazier's diamond. Primials--A bird. Finals--Part of the bird, +connected, to join. + + LODESTAR. + + * * * * * + +No. 5. + +THREE PROGRESSIVE HALF-SQUARES. + +1.--1. A letter. 2. A preposition. 3. A Latin verb. 4. Anything very +small. + +2.--1. A letter. 2. To exist. 3. The cry of a sheep. 4. To support. + +3.--1. A letter. 2. An abbreviation. 3. A covering. 4. To engage in +conflict. + + J. K. M. ILES. + + * * * * * + +ANSWERS TO PUZZLES IN No. 156. + +No. 1. + + J A M E S + A D E L A + M E D A L + E L A T E + S A L E M + +No. 2. + + A ra B + D at E + A we D + M in E + +No. 3. + +Lock. Peach. + +No. 4. + +Hate. + +No. 5. + +Cupboard. + +No. 6. + + D o G + O b I + L eathe R + L ul L + +No. 7. + + E Q M + A S P H U T R O B + E S S A Y Q U A I L M O N E Y + P A T T I N B E D + Y L Y + + * * * * * + +Answer to Rebus on page 848--"There's many a slip 'twixt the cup and the +lip." + + * * * * * + +Answer to Enigma on page 848--A rainbow. + + * * * * * + +Correct answers to puzzles have been received from Robin Dyke, William +A. Lewis, John Duerk, Alfred and Blanche Bloomingdale, Horace W. +Danforth, Alice C. Little, "Junebug," "Fairy Godmother," Lulu Breese, +Emily Godwin, Archie Ives, "Mayblossom," Fanny R. Emerson, Ben and Ned, +John Twombley, Hugh Remsen, "Fuss and Feathers," Brandt Beekman, Lena +Matthews, A. H. Patterson, Frank Sinsabaugh, Edith M. L., Alfred +Kauffman. + + * * * * * + +[_For Exchanges, see 2d and 3d pages of cover._] + + + + +[Illustration: SOME ANSWERS TO WIGGLE No. 29, OUR ARTIST'S IDEA, AND NEW +WIGGLE, No. 30.] + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Harper's Young People, November 14, +1882, by Various + +*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 60596 *** diff --git a/60596-h/60596-h.htm b/60596-h/60596-h.htm index 4952116..aa6a436 100644 --- a/60596-h/60596-h.htm +++ b/60596-h/60596-h.htm @@ -1,2752 +1,2336 @@ -<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
- "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
-<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en">
- <head>
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
- <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" />
- <title>
- The Project Gutenberg eBook of Harper's Young People, November 14, 1882, by Various.
- </title>
- <style type="text/css">
-
-body {
- margin-left: 10%;
- margin-right: 10%;
-}
-
- h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
- text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
- clear: both;
-}
-
-p {
- margin-top: .51em;
- text-align: justify;
- margin-bottom: .49em;
-}
-
-.p2 {margin-top: 2em;}
-.p4 {margin-top: 4em;}
-.p6 {margin-top: 6em;}
-
-hr {
- width: 33%;
- margin-top: 2em;
- margin-bottom: 2em;
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
- clear: both;
-}
-
-hr.tb {width: 45%;}
-hr.chap {width: 65%}
-hr.full {width: 95%;}
-
-table {
- margin-left: auto;
- margin-right: auto;
-}
-
-.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
- /* visibility: hidden; */
- position: absolute;
- left: 92%;
- font-size: smaller;
- text-align: right;
-} /* page numbers */
-
-.blockquot {
- margin-left: 5%;
- margin-right: 10%;
-}
-
-.center {text-align: center;}
-
-.right {text-align: right;}
-
-.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
-
-.caption {font-weight: bold;}
-
-/* Images */
-.figcenter {
- margin: auto;
- text-align: center;
-}
-
-.figleft {
- float: left;
- clear: left;
- margin-left: 0;
- margin-bottom: 1em;
- margin-top: 1em;
- margin-right: 1em;
- padding: 0;
- text-align: center;
-}
-
-.figright {
- float: right;
- clear: right;
- margin-left: 1em;
- margin-bottom:
- 1em;
- margin-top: 1em;
- margin-right: 0;
- padding: 0;
- text-align: center;
-}
-
-/* Footnotes */
-.footnotes {border: dashed 1px;}
-
-.footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;}
-
-.fnanchor {
- vertical-align: super;
- font-size: .8em;
- text-decoration:
- none;
-}
-
- </style>
- </head>
-<body>
-
-
-<pre>
-
-Project Gutenberg's Harper's Young People, November 14, 1882, by Various
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll
-have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
-this ebook.
-
-
-
-Title: Harper's Young People, November 14, 1882
- An Illustrated Weekly
-
-Author: Various
-
-Release Date: October 30, 2019 [EBook #60596]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Annie R. McGuire
-
-
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-
-<div class="center">
-<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
-<tr><td align="left"><a href="#WAITING">WAITING.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left"><a href="#AN_ADVENTURE_IN_THE_SUEZ_CANAL">AN ADVENTURE IN THE SUEZ CANAL.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left"><a href="#UNCLE_ZEDS_WOLF">UNCLE ZED'S WOLF.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CORAL_REEFS">CORAL REEFS.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left"><a href="#THE_BOYS_STORE-KEEPING">THE BOY'S STORE-KEEPING.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left"><a href="#SQUIRRELS_AND_HOW_TO_KEEP_THEM">SQUIRRELS, AND HOW TO KEEP THEM.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left"><a href="#NAN">NAN.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left"><a href="#LITTLE_MASTER_QUIG">LITTLE MASTER QUIG.</a></td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left"><a href="#OUR_POST_OFFICE_BOX">OUR POST-OFFICE BOX.</a></td></tr>
-</table></div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;">
-<img src="images/ill_001.jpg" width="800" height="298" alt="HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE" />
-</div>
-
-<hr class="full" />
-
-<div class="center">
-<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary="">
-<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">vol. iv.—no</span>. 159.</td><td align="center"><span class="smcap">Published by HARPER & BROTHERS, New York</span>.</td><td align="right"><span class="smcap">price four cents</span>.</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">Tuesday, November 14, 1882.</td><td align="center">Copyright, 1882, by <span class="smcap">Harper & Brothers</span>.</td><td align="right">$1.50 per Year, in Advance.</td></tr>
-</table></div>
-
-<hr class="full" />
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 655px;"><a name="WAITING" id="WAITING"></a>
-<img src="images/ill_002.jpg" width="655" height="700" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span></p>
-
-<h2>WAITING.</h2>
-
-<h3>BY MARGARET JOHNSON.</h3>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 19em;">I said, "When will the summer come?</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Mamma, is it not late?"</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 19em;">She smiled, and answered. "By-and-by;</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Be patient, child, and wait."</span><br />
-<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 19em;">I asked papa if he would buy</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 20em;">A new wax doll for me.</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 19em;">He pinched my cheek, and said, "Not now;</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Be patient, and I'll see."</span><br />
-<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"Nurse, tell me when my dear rose-bush</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 20em;">A blossom red will bear."</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"Oh, by-and-by, my dear. Don't fret.</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Come, let me brush your hair."</span><br />
-<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"When shall I grow so tall, papa,</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 20em;">That I can reach your head?"</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"Quite soon enough, my little one;</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Wait patiently," he said.</span><br />
-<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"Dear me!" I thought; "they all say 'Wait.'</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 20em;">I'll put my dolls away.</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 19em;">And go and sit upon the stairs</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 20em;">As long as I can stay."</span><br />
-<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Now I have waited patiently</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 20em;">For hours and hours and hours,</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 19em;">And yet the dear doll has not come,</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 20em;">The summer, nor the flowers.</span><br />
-<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 19em;">I have not grown a single bit,</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 20em;">And now I know it's late.</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 19em;">I'm going up to tell mamma</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 20em;">It does no good to wait.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<h2><a name="AN_ADVENTURE_IN_THE_SUEZ_CANAL" id="AN_ADVENTURE_IN_THE_SUEZ_CANAL">AN ADVENTURE IN THE SUEZ CANAL.</a></h2>
-
-<h3>BY DAVID KER.</h3>
-
-<p>"So it seems a fellow called Arabi Bey, or some such name, is making a
-row in Cairo; but of course it won't come to anything—these things
-never do."</p>
-
-<p>So spoke, after exchanging a few words with a pilot who had just come
-down the Suez Canal from Port Said, the Captain of our homeward-bound
-steamer from India, little dreaming how world-famous the "row" of which
-he spoke so lightly was to become not many weeks later.</p>
-
-<p>"If these Arab fellows should ever want to destroy the canal," says a
-young English Lieutenant of Engineers going home from India on leave,
-"they wouldn't have much trouble with it. You see there's a regular
-hollow on each side here and there, and they need only dig through or
-blow up the embankment to run the channel bone-dry in no time."</p>
-
-<p>His words are confirmed a few minutes later when a group of native
-goat-herds, as black and shaggy and wild-looking as the goats which they
-tend, wade out to within a few yards of the steamer, clamorously
-offering to dive for <i>piastres</i> (five-cent copper pieces). In fact, the
-Suez Canal, throughout its whole length of eighty-six miles, is as
-shallow as any ditch except in the very centre of the channel, and even
-there it has a depth of only twenty six and a quarter feet, with a mean
-breadth of seventy, widening to one hundred in the "sidings."</p>
-
-<p>Every now and then we pass a neat little landing-place, surmounted by a
-painted station house overlooking a tiny patch of stunted shrubs and
-straggling flowers, doing their best to grow upon a thin smear of soil
-brought from a distance, and plastered upon the barren, scorching sand.
-A little farther on we see, perched on a steep sand ridge just at the
-point where the canal enters the wide smooth expanse of the Timsah Lake,
-a primitive sentry-box, consisting merely of a screen of dried grass,
-supported by four tall canes, beneath which a drowsy Arab is supposed to
-look out for passing steamers when he has nothing better to do.</p>
-
-<p>But just as we are two-thirds of the way across the Timsah Lake itself,
-one of the many shallow lagoons through which the canal runs for a full
-third of its length, we see the French steamer ahead of us halt
-suddenly, and the next moment comes a signal that a boat has run aground
-in the canal beyond the lake, and that we must wait until she gets off
-again.</p>
-
-<p>There is no help for it, and we are just making up our minds to a halt
-of several hours, with nothing to do but stare at the trim bonbon-like
-houses and dark green plantations of Ismailia<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> along the farther
-shore, with the big white front of the Khedive's palace standing up in
-the midst like an overgrown hotel, when an unexpected interruption
-occurs.</p>
-
-<p>"Look here, mates," shouts a sailor perched on the jib-boom; "here's one
-o' them darkies out for a swim. He'll be coming to challenge old Jack
-here to swim a match for the championship of the canal."</p>
-
-<p>"Let him try it," retorts a tall, raw-boned, North Country man behind
-him. "If that 'ere nigger thinks he can beat <i>me</i>, he'll know better
-afore long, or my name ain't Jack Hawley."</p>
-
-<p>So saying, Jack strips and plunges in, heading straight for the round
-black head which is bobbing about like a cork in the smooth water. But
-just as he reaches the Arab the latter vanishes, and a sharp pinch on
-his right calf warns Jack that his enemy has taken him in the rear, amid
-a shout of laughter from the steamer.</p>
-
-<p>Jack darts at his assailant, who dives again, and coming up beyond him,
-splashes a perfect cataract of water in his face, and instantly the two
-are at it with might and main, filling the whole air with showers of
-glittering spray.</p>
-
-<p>"Will you swim me to that buoy yonder, Johnny?" challenges Jack.</p>
-
-<p>"You go, me go," grins the native, and off they start.</p>
-
-<p>At first the Egyptian's short, snapping, hand-over-hand stroke carries
-him bravely on; but little by little the long, steady, powerful strokes
-of the Englishman begin to tell, and at length he forges slightly ahead.
-The crew cheer lustily, and fancy that Jack has certainly won the race;
-but the young Lieutenant, who knows Arab ways, shakes his head and tells
-them to "wait a bit."</p>
-
-<p>Poor Jack! he has forgotten in his eagerness that his head is
-unprotected, and that he has not one of those cast-iron Eastern skulls
-that can defy a tropical sun. All at once his head is seen to sway
-dizzily back, he throws up his arms convulsively, and down he goes.</p>
-
-<p>"Stand by to lower the boat!" roars the Captain. "Be alive now!"</p>
-
-<p>As if moved by a single impulse, the men spring at once to the davits;
-but, luckily for poor Jack, other and nearer help is at hand. The Arab,
-when he sees his rival's strength fail so suddenly, guesses in a moment
-what is the matter, and makes for him at once. Three powerful strokes
-bring him alongside of the sinking man, and twining his sinewy fingers
-in Jack's bushy hair, he holds the latter's head above water, paddling
-gently meanwhile to keep himself afloat.</p>
-
-<p>"Stand by your tackle! let go!"</p>
-
-<p>The tackles rattle sharply through the blocks, the boat splashes into
-the water, and the passengers spring upon the bulwarks to give her a
-cheer as she darts away toward the two imperilled men, as fast as eight
-sturdy rowers can propel her.</p>
-
-<p>But in this race between life and death the chances are terribly in
-favor of the latter. True, the water of the lake, salter by far than the
-sea itself, is buoyant as India rubber; but it is no easy matter for the
-Arab, already spent with his long swim, to support the huge bulk of the
-helpless sailor, and the boat seems still a fearfully long way off.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Once, twice, the Englishman's head dips below the surface, and the
-oarsmen almost leap from their seats as they see it. Pull, boys, pull!
-And now they are but three lengths off, and now but one, and now, with a
-deafening hurrah, the fainting man and his exhausted rescuer are dragged
-into the boat.</p>
-
-<p>"Come, boys," cried Lieutenant H——, "that's a plucky fellow, Arab or
-no Arab. What do you say to sending round the hat for him; here's a
-<i>rupee</i>" (fifty cents) "to begin with."</p>
-
-<p>And half an hour later the Arab was on his way back to the shore, with
-more money tied up in the white cotton sash round his waist than he had
-ever had before, in his life.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<h2><a name="UNCLE_ZEDS_WOLF" id="UNCLE_ZEDS_WOLF">UNCLE ZED'S WOLF.</a></h2>
-
-<h4>A TRUE STORY.</h4>
-
-<h3>BY MRS. KATE UPSON CLARK.</h3>
-
-<p>"Baa! baa! baa!" sounded in noisy, frightened chorus underneath Parson
-Darius Miller's windows one cold April morning about fifty years ago.</p>
-
-<p>So loud and so persistent was the chorus that Parson Miller's three
-sturdy boys were awake and on their feet before it had grown light
-enough to distinguish anything in the gray outside.</p>
-
-<p>"Father! father!" shouted James, the second boy, clattering down the
-stairs in his heavy boots, "what ails the sheep? They're all huddled up
-close to the house, right under your window. Don't you hear them? Say,
-father, wake up!"</p>
-
-<p>In response to all this outcry, good Parson Miller, who was a
-hardworking farmer as well as a parson, and slept the sleep of the just,
-gave forth a feeble and only half-intelligent "yes." Presently, however,
-he joined the boys, and then discovered that not all the sheep were
-huddled together underneath the windows, but that two of them were
-missing, and that large dangerous-looking tracks were all over the light
-snow—a regular "sugar-snow"—which covered the ground outside.</p>
-
-<p>"I'll bet it's a wolf," ventured Daniel, the eldest boy.</p>
-
-<p>"Guess it's nothing but a wild-cat," said the parson.</p>
-
-<p>"Too big for a wild-cat," said Tom. "A great deal bigger than the one
-Squire Taylor caught in his trap."</p>
-
-<p>Tom was the quiet boy, but somehow, when Tom spoke, even the older ones
-paid attention. Tom's eyes were always on the alert, and though they
-were of a gray and by no means beautiful color, and were set in a sallow
-and "peaked" little face, Tom was considered a vastly good-looking boy
-by all of the family and his intimate friends, on the principle of
-"Handsome is that handsome does."</p>
-
-<p>Just then Squire Taylor, their next neighbor, came tramping hastily
-across his field, his two boys, of about the same age as James and Tom
-Miller, following after him.</p>
-
-<p>"Wolf tracks all around my barn," said the good Squire, excitedly,
-before he had come near enough to see the sheep lying on the snow.</p>
-
-<p>"There!" cried Daniel, nodding significantly to Tom.</p>
-
-<p>"Where's the fellow gone?" queried little Tom, who was only fourteen,
-and who didn't look so old as that by reason of his small stature.</p>
-
-<p>"That's it! that's it!" cried the Squire, slapping Tom approvingly on
-the shoulder. "Where's the varmint gone? Let's track him, to be sure.
-Hullo! there's Uncle Zed."</p>
-
-<p>Sure enough, old Zadok Cummings, familiarly known as "Uncle Zed," was
-hurrying along through the fields toward them, and carrying his old
-shot-gun in his hands. The news had evidently travelled fast.</p>
-
-<p>"Seen him?" shouted the old man, all on fire with excitement, while
-drops of sweat ran down his russet face, in spite of the chilly weather.
-"Jest tell me what direction he's took, 'n' I'll ketch him! The critter!
-I'll ketch him; oh, I'll ketch him!" And Uncle Zed looked so fierce and
-funny that all of them began to laugh. But they finally succeeded in
-convincing the old man that he couldn't possibly "ketch him," for a few
-moments at least, and that the case was too serious for them to decide
-at once on the best course to pursue.</p>
-
-<p>"He'll be around to-night too, and bring some more with him, if we don't
-ketch him," put in Uncle Zed, whenever a good chance occurred.</p>
-
-<p>Two or three had started out to follow the trail of the wolf, and they
-came back to report that the tracks ended in Squire Taylor's woods.</p>
-
-<p>"We must make a ring right around the woods, and hem him in—that's the
-way," said the Squire, quickly.</p>
-
-<p>Tom, standing back behind his brothers, was seen to nod approvingly,
-whereupon the other boys did the same. Indeed, the proposition seemed to
-commend itself to the entire company, and they started toward the woods,
-those who had not brought guns hurrying off to get some.</p>
-
-<p>"I could do it jest as well alone," muttered Uncle Zed. "They hain't ben
-no wolves around here for several years now, but I hain't forgot how to
-ketch 'em. I guess I hain't."</p>
-
-<p>The men were disposed, and then everything was profoundly quiet,
-excepting for the sound of the beating of the bushes, or of a stray
-shot, when some overconfident hunter was "sure he had him."</p>
-
-<p>At last Uncle Zed heard a low growl in a thicket, and he had hardly time
-to raise his gun when out sprang an enormous wolf, and came directly
-toward him. The old man, almost paralyzed with fright, pulled the
-trigger, but his hand trembled so that his shot went a yard above the
-wolf's head, and the animal bounded past him unhurt. Uncle Zed shrieked,
-"Wolf! wolf!" and a half-dozen men were soon in hot pursuit of the
-discovered game.</p>
-
-<p>Tom Miller, feeling very disconsolate because he hadn't any gun, had not
-accompanied the rest; but his mother, who felt no fear for Tom, and
-sympathized deeply with the courageous little fellow, had advised him to
-go to a certain neighbor's and see if he couldn't borrow one. It was
-necessary to go quite a distance, but Tom had made it on old Sorrel, the
-mare. He had come back in a wonderfully short time, bringing a trusty
-little shot-gun with him, and was making his way up the hill just as the
-wolf dashed out of the woods, heading in his direction.</p>
-
-<p>Tom's heart came up in his throat, but he ran for a clump of bushes
-close by that he thought would afford a good position for a shot,
-stationed himself among them, and waited.</p>
-
-<p>The cries of the men in pursuit came nearer. Then the gallop into which
-the wolf had broken from its quick trot when it left the woods seemed to
-shake the very ground under him. Spring—spring—spring, came the
-terrified brute. He was in sight. Tom steadied his gun and fired. The
-wolf uttered a cry, half bark, half screech, and giving a few lame and
-wounded leaps, lay bleeding on the ground. Then shot after shot from the
-men behind was poured in upon the poor creature, until he lay thoroughly
-dead. Tom Miller was quite the hero of the day, and it was voted
-unanimously that the wolf-skin belonged to him.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, Uncle Zed, why didn't you 'ketch him,' as you said you were going
-to?" inquired Squire Taylor, jokingly, as the men were separating to go
-to a late dinner.</p>
-
-<p>"Don' know what in thunder ailed my gun," complained Uncle Zed, rapping
-that unfortunate weapon crossly; "but, after all"—straightening up
-proudly—"you'd never have ketched that wolf if it hadn't 'a ben for
-me."</p>
-
-<p>"How's that?" asked the Squire.</p>
-
-<p>"Why, goodness gracious! didn't you hear me holler? I hollered an'
-started you all up. My!" continued the old man, reflectively, as he
-turned away amid a general laugh, which did not appear to damp his
-spirits in the least, "how I did holler!"</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span></p>
-
-<h2><a name="CORAL_REEFS" id="CORAL_REEFS">CORAL REEFS.</a></h2>
-
-<h3>BY SARAH COOPER.</h3>
-
-<p>The attention of seamen and navigators has long been attracted by the
-number of circular islands in the warm parts of the Pacific and Indian
-oceans. Generally each one of these circular islands contains a lake of
-quiet water extending almost to its outer shores, so that the island
-looks like a fairy ring of land floating in the ocean, and adorned with
-tropical trees and plants.</p>
-
-<p>Happily for the boys and girls of the present day, this subject, with
-other equally fascinating branches of science, has now been studied by
-naturalists, who give us the rich results of their labors. It seems
-scarcely possible that the dainty beautiful corals which we examined not
-long ago in <span class="smcap">Young People</span> can have anything to do with the making of
-islands, but so it is. Coral reefs are vast masses of coral which have
-grown in warm oceans. Their formation must have been slow, yet they
-sometimes extend hundreds of miles. Florida and many other parts of our
-solid continents are known to have been formed from coral reefs.</p>
-
-<p>Let us now try to picture to ourselves the beginning of one of these
-reefs, and by following its growth step by step we may at least
-understand how it has been formed. There are hills and valleys on the
-bottom of the ocean as well as on the land. We will fancy that some
-young coral polyps which have been swimming about in the sea settle on
-the sides of one of these hills, and begin to grow and spread all around
-it. They will increase also by the deposit of eggs until they form a
-circular wall.</p>
-
-<p>As the coral wall grows, the lower polyps and the inner ones die, their
-skeletons forming a solid foundation for all that grow above them. There
-may be only about an inch of living coral on the outside of the reef.</p>
-
-<div class="figleft" style="width: 400px;">
-<img src="images/ill_003.jpg" width="400" height="183" alt="" />
-<span class="caption">Fig. 1.—a, a, <span class="smcap">Surface of the Water</span>; b, <span class="smcap">Natural Red of
-the Ocean</span>; c, c, <span class="smcap">Coral Formation</span>; d, <span class="smcap">Lagoon</span>.</span>
-</div>
-
-<p>These walls rise nearly straight, and you will see that in doing so they
-inclose a circular basin of quiet water, and now you can understand why
-it is that a coral island mostly has a lake in the centre, as is shown
-in Fig. 1. The lakes are called lagoons.</p>
-
-<p>The bottom of the wall is formed of brain-coral and other solid kinds
-which live only in deep water, and they die when a certain height is
-reached. The formation of the new island does not stop with their death,
-however. The wall having now reached the proper height to suit branching
-corals, which require shallower water, their young polyps will settle
-upon it, and finish the structure. We might suppose a reef formed of
-branching corals would be open and unsubstantial, but in their growth
-the branches are thickly interlaced. The spaces between them become
-filled with substances floating in the ocean, and with pieces of coral
-which are broken from the reef by the fierce dashing of the waves. The
-whole forms a solid mass, stronger, perhaps, than any stone masonry. The
-fragments of coral suffer no serious injury by breaking, but if lodged
-in some favorable spot they continue to grow.</p>
-
-<p>The outer edge of the wall is steep and abrupt. Soundings taken just
-outside show very deep water. In this portion of the wall the corals
-live and thrive, always supplied with clear water. The breakers dash
-against it with such fury that apparently the hardest rock must in time
-yield to the tremendous force of the waves. But, strange as it may
-appear, the soft jelly-like bodies of the polyps give to the reef the
-power of resisting the billows.</p>
-
-<p>The inner surface of the wall slopes gently to the land, and being
-washed by quiet waters often containing sand and mud, it is not
-favorable to the growth of polyps. Still, there are certain kinds of
-coral which thrive within the lagoons; some of them are exceedingly
-brilliant and beautiful.</p>
-
-<p>The coral polyps die before they reach the surface of the ocean, as no
-corals can live out of water. The remainder of the island is built up by
-shells, pieces of broken coral, sea-weed, and other floating materials
-which are washed upon it, raising the wall higher and higher. The
-never-ceasing action of the waves grinds up these shells and broken
-coral, until at last they form a soil of sand and mud which is now ready
-to receive any seeds that may float on the water or be brought by the
-winds and the birds. The seeds take root in the new soil, and young
-plants begin to appear on the glistening white surface. Floating
-cocoa-nuts often lodge on the shores, and cocoa-nut-trees are among the
-first to grow upon them. As the plants drop their leaves and decay, the
-soil is enriched little by little, and fitted for the home of various
-animals and birds, which in some mysterious manner find their way to
-these lonely spots far out at sea. In time our coral reef may become a
-beautiful tropical island fringed with waving trees and plants, and
-inhabited by man.</p>
-
-<div class="figright" style="width: 400px;">
-<img src="images/ill_004.jpg" width="400" height="156" alt="" />
-<span class="caption">Fig. 2.—<span class="smcap">An Atoll</span>.</span>
-</div>
-
-<p>Circular islands seldom form complete rings. There is generally an
-opening into the lake on the side most sheltered from the wind. A safe
-harbor in mid-ocean is thus made, in which vessels may take shelter, but
-it requires an expert navigator to pass the perils at its entrance. To
-anchor on the outer shore would be impossible. In Fig. 2 is a pretty
-little coral island with ships in its lagoon. If a lake is entirely
-inclosed by the coral wall, it may in time be changed to fresh water by
-the rains that fall into it.</p>
-
-<p>Coral reefs often extend to a depth of three hundred feet below the
-surface of the ocean, and formerly persons were puzzled to know how they
-could have grown in such deep water, as no coral polyps can live at a
-greater depth than twenty or thirty fathoms. This puzzling question was
-settled by the late Charles Darwin, who first showed that coral islands
-occur where there has been a gradual sinking of the bottom of the ocean.
-As the reef rises in height, the sinking of the foundation partly
-counteracts the upward growth of the coral; consequently the proper<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span>
-depth of water is secured, and the reef appears to be stationary,
-whereas it is really growing upward.</p>
-
-<p>Whenever a coral reef rises above the surface of the ocean, we may know
-that the coral, which grew under water, has been lifted above the level
-of the sea by a rising of the ocean-bed.</p>
-
-<p>These circular reefs are called "atolls." They are quite different from
-the "fringing reefs," which extend along the shores of continents and
-islands. There are usually openings or breaks in fringing reefs directly
-opposite the mouths of rivers and fresh-water streams, as the corals can
-not endure currents which carry mud or sediment. Perhaps the grandest
-reef to be found in any part of the world is the one extending along the
-northeast coast of Australia. It is nearly one thousand miles in length,
-and proves to us that the helpless coral polyps have played no trifling
-part in the formation of our earth. All they have accomplished has been
-done merely by their living and growing.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;">
-<img src="images/ill_005.jpg" width="500" height="355" alt="" />
-<span class="caption">WINTER.</span>
-</div>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<h2><a name="THE_BOYS_STORE-KEEPING" id="THE_BOYS_STORE-KEEPING">THE BOY'S STORE-KEEPING.</a></h2>
-
-<h3>BY C. M. ST. DENYS.</h3>
-
-<h3>I.</h3>
-
-<p>Across the way from the Stanley boys' home a new house was being built.
-A pile of lumber lay just outside of the sidewalk in front of the new
-building, and it was piled so irregularly that the upper boards extended
-out considerably beyond the lower ones, thus forming a sheltered spot
-below. The ends of some of the lower boards, too, projected in such a
-way as to make little shelves at different heights, and even a rude seat
-and table. The boys had often gathered under this shelter for a chat,
-and when John and Bob Stanley announced that they saw in it the making
-of a fine store, all the other boys groaned inwardly, and said to
-themselves, "Why did not I think of that?"</p>
-
-<p>Of course Bob and John did not plunge into the risks of business without
-first counting the cost. The plan was well digested. They had talked it
-over fully three days before it was publicly announced.</p>
-
-<p>The chief difficulty was about the amount of capital to be invested.
-John had been saving up his money for a long time toward buying a
-bicycle, and Bob—well, Bob was not so thrifty; there was not much
-"save" about him, though when it came to needing the money to set him up
-in business, he saw clearly that he must mend his ways.</p>
-
-<p>"I declare, John," he said, gloomily, "I don't believe I can rake up
-twenty-five cents toward starting the store. I wish I'd thought of it
-before. It was only last week I bought ten cents' worth of marbles."</p>
-
-<p>"Put them in stock, and sell out at an advance," suggested John.</p>
-
-<p>Bob shook his head. "The boys aren't going to pay me more for marbles
-than they can get them for at Thompson's. Besides, I was dunce enough to
-show them off at recess, so the boys would call them second-hand, and
-want a reduction."</p>
-
-<p>"That's true. But you had better lose on them for the sake of getting
-some cash in hand that you could lay out in something you could make
-money on."</p>
-
-<p>"But I don't see how we are to make money, anyhow. The other boys can
-buy as cheap as we can."</p>
-
-<p>"No; Thompson would come down in his prices if we told him we were
-buying to sell again. Buying at wholesale, you know, they always do."</p>
-
-<p>"So they do;" and Bob's face brightened. "You have a lot of money to put
-into the business," he said, admiringly.</p>
-
-<p>"I sha'n't put all my money in," said the prudent John. "It's too much
-risk. I'd rather begin small; and then I could get my bicycle even if we
-failed in business."</p>
-
-<p>For it must be admitted that, like reasonable beings, they looked
-forward to failure as the most probable ending to their enterprise. Nine
-men out of every ten who start in business for themselves fail; and why
-should not they close in this exciting and approved manner? As far back
-as the time of Macbeth such things were not unknown; and the boys said
-bravely to themselves, "'If we fail, we fail'; and so much the more
-interesting."</p>
-
-<p>"But how much capital are you going to put in?" persisted Bob.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, now, really, Bob, if we are to be even partners, I can't put any
-more money in than you do. It would make the thing too complicated, and
-not be fair to me, you know."</p>
-
-<p>Bob sighed. "Only half a dollar to start the business! It will look
-mean. I wish I had not got so many glasses of soda-water this season.
-It's worse than marbles for running away with money."</p>
-
-<p>"We might take in some more partners," said John, after a thoughtful
-pause.</p>
-
-<p>"But Dick says he don't care about it, and every cent of Sam's money
-goes for his bantams and pigeons."</p>
-
-<p>"What do you say to asking Tom Fleming?"</p>
-
-<p>"No," said Bob, decisively. "When a gold mine opens before you, keep it
-all in the family, I say."</p>
-
-<p>But the difficulty of the small capital still remained. Their anxiety
-lost the boys at least an hour's sleep that night, and when they woke in
-the morning, the same burden at once took possession of them.</p>
-
-<p>"Let's tell Aunt Sue about it," said Bob.</p>
-
-<p>Aunt Sue was much pleased with the plan. She thought the effort to
-conduct the little business would give them business habits and tact.
-She made suggestions that helped them greatly.</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>"You won't need much money to start with," she said. "Look over your
-closets and boxes, and see what you have already that you would like to
-dispose of. You have a good many toys and other things that you will
-never use again, and you might sell them for something. Call your shop a
-new and second-hand store, and that will make it all fair. What kind of
-a stock were you thinking of keeping?"</p>
-
-<p>"Oh, almost anything. Like a country store, you know. Marbles, and tops,
-and slate-pencils, and—"</p>
-
-<p>"And chewing-gum," suggested Bob. "The boys and girls buy more of that
-than of anything else lately."</p>
-
-<p>"I wouldn't keep it if I were you," said Aunt Sue. "It's a bad habit to
-use it, and you want to establish your business on good principles. I
-hope you'll keep bird-seed, though. You could count on me as a
-customer."</p>
-
-<p>"Well, we will, and we'll give up the chewing-gum. But, Aunt Sue," and
-Bob assumed his most persuasive tones, "I'll tell you one thing we could
-sell like wild-fire, and it would not cost us anything, either."</p>
-
-<p>"What?" asked Aunt Sue, smiling, but mentally bracing herself for
-opposition.</p>
-
-<p>"Cookies."</p>
-
-<p>"Not of my baking, Bob. You ought to know too much of the trouble and
-expense of cake-making to think of it. I can't undertake to supply the
-town with cookies."</p>
-
-<p>Bob sobered at this reference to his prowess at cake-baking; but Sister
-Bess, regardless of his feelings, mischievously suggested,</p>
-
-<p>"You might make molasses candy for sale."</p>
-
-<p>"It's out of season," returned Bob, with dignity. "I guess we'll lay in
-a stock of sour-balls."</p>
-
-<p>"I'll tell you what I'll do for you," said Bess, relenting. "I'll make
-you some button-hole bouquets."</p>
-
-<p>"Well, but I don't know who'll buy them."</p>
-
-<p>"They'll help to fill up the shelves and make the place look pretty, at
-any rate."</p>
-
-<p>Bob and John began to feel that the store was going to be a success, and
-proceeded to overhaul the attic for salable articles.</p>
-
-<p>The sign-board was a very important matter. Dick undertook to paint them
-one. But as it would take some days for the paint to dry, it was decided
-that they could begin with a sign chalked on an old slate.</p>
-
-<p>There was not much to be done toward fitting up the store. A piece of
-canvas was hung on one side, and a loose board was laid across the
-entrance for protection against the rabble, for as the store was only
-large enough to hold the proprietors and their goods, the customers were
-exacted to make their purchases over the counter from the outside.</p>
-
-<p>Saturday was to be "Opening Day," and the very earliest people on their
-way to market saw the two boys working like beavers to get the place to
-rights in good season. By the time the village boys and girls had
-breakfasted the new store shone out in all its glory, with the sign
-"<span class="smcap">Stanley Brothers</span>" the most conspicuous thing about it.</p>
-
-<p>The marbles and other small articles were arranged as neatly as possible
-in boxes on the irregular little shelves. Some old story-books with the
-boys' dictionary were piled modestly in the background, while the jar of
-sour-balls and the row of tasty little bouquets were paraded on the
-counter.</p>
-
-<p>This plan, however, did not work well, for the boys found themselves
-obliged to keep a sharp eye on these attractive goods to prevent their
-being snatched by evil-disposed visitors, and it was very harassing. The
-business had been so well advertised beforehand, at recesses and on
-other occasions, that the whole juvenile population made a point of
-repairing thither in the course of the day. Most of them came only to
-look, but that was to be expected on Opening Day.</p>
-
-<p>The boys had not thought of putting up a notice to the effect that it
-was no trouble to show goods; but if they had, that day's experience
-would have decided them against it. Some of the boys, and girls too, for
-that matter, were very provoking, and insisted on seeing everything that
-was in the store, when they had not the least intention of buying
-anything.</p>
-
-<p>Some of them, too, were very frank in expressing their opinion about the
-stock. <i>They</i> would not open a store at all if they could do no better
-than that.</p>
-
-<p>But the very worst of it all was that all the boys that did want to buy
-always wanted to trade off something else for the goods; and the girls
-were more unreasonable still, for they thought that Bob and John ought
-to be willing to sell everything for pins.</p>
-
-<p>By noon the boys were beginning to feel quite dejected. To be sure, they
-had taken in a few cents for sour-balls; but then they had reason to
-believe that several had been feloniously abstracted while the throng
-was greatest—for part of the time the little counter had been lined
-three or four deep—so that, on the whole, they would probably lose on
-this most popular article. Bob and John each ate a sour-ball to restore
-their spirits.</p>
-
-<p>"They'll melt in this bright sun," said Bob, "and the flowers are
-wilting. We had better put them back in the shade. What shall we put
-front instead?"</p>
-
-<p>"Slate-pencils," suggested John.</p>
-
-<p>"Pooh! Catch a boy buying a slate-pencil on Saturday."</p>
-
-<p>The question was still unsettled when the welcome sound of the dinner
-bell was heard. Obeying the first impulse, both boys started for home.
-Then Bob stopped.</p>
-
-<p>"I don't believe it's safe to leave the store alone," he said.</p>
-
-<p>"No, of course not. You stay till I come back. I'm awfully hungry."</p>
-
-<p>"I guess I'm as hungry as you are," returned Bob, but John was half-way
-across the street; so Bob, calling to him to hurry back, sat down,
-hungrier than ever, to nurse his provocation over that selfish John.
-There was no help for it; he must try if another sour-ball would stop
-the gnawings of hunger and sweeten his temper for the next customer.</p>
-
-<p>It seemed as if the whole town must dine at the same hour, for Bob was
-left quite lonely for a while.</p>
-
-<p>Then John came back, devouring a biscuit as he came, and making some
-remarks beginning, "Aunt Sue says," which Bob did not stop to hear, for
-the boys passed each other in the middle of the street like two
-oppositely bound locomotives.</p>
-
-<h3>II.</h3>
-
-<p>Bob staid a long time. Neither did he move as swiftly on his return trip
-as he had when he started out.</p>
-
-<p>"I'll tell you what it is, John," he said, at the first opportunity,
-"we'll have to take in some outside partners, after all. A couple of the
-Flemings could help us first-rate. They always have their meals later
-than we do."</p>
-
-<p>"Well," said John, "I don't know but it would be a good thing to have
-somebody to share the responsibility."</p>
-
-<p>"But I don't see how we can make room for any more boys inside here.
-It's crowded enough now."</p>
-
-<p>"We don't all need to be inside at once. One could be floor-walker, and
-one a detective, or something in the crowd. I'd like it. It's tiresome
-sitting in this little place all day. I got awfully cramped this
-morning."</p>
-
-<p>So overtures were made to Tom and Fred Fleming, who felt quite
-flattered, and accepted the honor at once. After some discussion they
-were installed as silent partners, and contributed their quota of
-fish-hooks and decalcomanie pictures, etc., to the now flourishing
-business.</p>
-
-<p>The shop being so near, Aunt Sue and Bessie visited it in the afternoon
-to see how the boys were getting on.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span> They were shocked to see some of
-their own possessions airing in the new store. An old set of false curls
-hung dangling on a nail, like a scalp adorning an Indian wigwam as an
-honorable trophy.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 642px;">
-<img src="images/ill_006.jpg" width="642" height="700" alt="" />
-<span class="caption">"'YOU OUTRAGEOUS BOYS!' EXCLAIMED AUNT SUE."</span>
-</div>
-
-<p>"You outrageous boys!" exclaimed Aunt Sue, as she seized and confiscated
-it. "Where did you get this?"</p>
-
-<p>"Out of the attic," said Bob, meekly. "I thought you were done with it."</p>
-
-<p>"But it's not for sale if I am done with it. I'm surprised at you."</p>
-
-<p>Aunt Sue seemed really hurt, and was scarcely mollified by Bob's saying,
-coaxingly, "Oh, now, Aunt Sue, don't be vexed. I always liked to see
-them hanging down your neck. They looked so pretty, I thought somebody
-else might be glad to get them."</p>
-
-<p>By this time Bessie had discovered a tin-type of herself among a lot of
-cheap pictures, and her wrath burst forth on John, who was just
-congratulating himself on having escaped his aunt's wrath.</p>
-
-<p>"I'd like to know what right you have to offer my picture for sale," she
-said, indignantly.</p>
-
-<p>"It's not yours. It's mine. You gave it to me on my birthday."</p>
-
-<p>"And that's all you care for it! I'll be careful how I ever give my
-picture to another boy. Give it to me this minute."</p>
-
-<p>"Why, no, Bess. It shows how much we admire it. Other folks do too. I
-had an offer for it this morning, but I couldn't make the change."</p>
-
-<p>Bessie's eyes flashed; and Aunt Sue, coming to the rescue, quietly laid
-the picture in her bag with the curls.</p>
-
-<p>"I think you had better show us your whole stock, boys," she said,
-calmly. "What are your skates doing here?"</p>
-
-<p>"I'm going to sell them. I'd rather have a bicycle than skates any day."</p>
-
-<p>"Very well; only if you part with them don't expect to have a new pair
-given to you when winter comes. What books have you? Why, boys, you are
-not going to sell your dictionary!"</p>
-
-<p>"Oh, I'm tired of looking through it. The old bother!"</p>
-
-<p>"It must be taken home," said Aunt Sue, with decision. "It won't do to
-have your father's dictionaries thumbed and dog-eared in this way. You
-must keep your own."</p>
-
-<p>The boys were beginning to think that the custom of their immediate
-relatives was not going to be profitable. But the seizures were over
-now, and Aunt Sue actually bought in John's old copy of <i>Original
-Poems</i>. Bessie, too, concluded to be forgiving, and she and Aunt Sue
-made several other purchases, so that they left the boys in good spirits
-in spite of the bad beginning.</p>
-
-<p>In the trying morning hours the boys had decided to close early every
-Saturday afternoon "for the sake of their clerks." But they felt better
-after the Flemings came to their assistance, and did not close until six
-o'clock, when everything had to be packed in boxes and carried home
-until Monday. Before doing this, however, they took an account of stock
-and balanced their accounts, which was a comparatively simple matter, as
-they sold nothing on credit. Aunt Sue had bought half their supply of
-bird-seed, and Molly Fleming had taken all the bouquets at half price to
-distribute in the infant school the next morning. The boys spent the
-evening in talking over the events of the day.</p>
-
-<p>"If we did so well on the first day, what may we not expect on the
-second?" was the feeling with which the young merchants began business
-on Monday. But Monday brought new trials. The goods had all to be packed
-away, and the store closed by school-time, which seemed rather
-humiliating. Of course the boys intended to resume punctually at twelve
-o'clock. But how unlucky! They all unaccountably missed their lessons,
-and were kept in to correct them, so that they lost the whole of their
-noon trade.</p>
-
-<p>Perhaps this only gave greater zest to the afternoon spell, for they
-kept open quite late that evening. Still, with all their devotion,
-business flagged. Infant schools could not absorb a stock of bouquets
-every day, and Aunt Sue had enough bird-seed to last her a week. The
-sour-ball business proved to be quite a losing one, for the luscious
-things melted away mysteriously even when kept in the shade, although
-each partner kept a strict watch on himself, and seldom, oh, very
-seldom, refreshed himself with one.</p>
-
-<p>Things got so serious that the four partners held a business meeting
-that evening after the store closed.</p>
-
-<p>"We've got to do something, boys, or we'll break before the week's out,
-sure as fate," said Fred Fleming.</p>
-
-<p>By Tuesday the boys had that care-worn look that men acquire when they
-can't make both ends meet. The other boys really pitied them, and some
-of them actually bought slate-pencils on their way to school in the
-afternoon, though they did not need them.</p>
-
-<p>That very afternoon an occurrence took place which threatened to end the
-boys' store-keeping quite tragically.</p>
-
-<p>An organ grinder, with his red-coated monkey, planted himself just
-beside the pile of lumber and began to play. This pleased Tom and Bob,
-who happened to be in sole charge at the time. They enjoyed a monkey's
-antics as well as any one.</p>
-
-<p>Perhaps it was the flag waving over the sign of the "Stanley Brothers"
-that suggested to the man to play "Rally round the Flag, Boys." He
-played it with a will, and the boys, and girls too, rallied with a
-vengeance. The young merchants found their store again a grand centre of
-attraction.</p>
-
-<p>The monkey seemed particularly delighted with it, for, after dancing and
-bowing on the organ-top a short time, he leaped upon the counter, and
-before the proprietors knew what he was about he had thrust his paw into
-the box of rubber balls, and was throwing a ball into the crowd.</p>
-
-<p>A shout of delight greeted this feat. Tom and Bob each made a dive after
-the monkey, but he dexterously eluded them, and threw another ball.</p>
-
-<p>Of course the balls were thrown back at him, and in a moment the air
-seemed full of them, flying in every direction. The boys could not turn
-their heads but bounce would come a ball into their eyes, and if they
-tried to say, "You rascal," the words would be cut short by a ball
-flying into their mouths. The uproar was tremendous, and the crowd grew
-larger every minute. The monkey seemed to be in his element, dancing and
-jumping from shelf to shelf, grinning and chattering with all his might,
-and when there was no ball convenient he did not hesitate to throw
-something else.</p>
-
-<p>The boys grew desperate when they saw their slate-pencils and
-Jew's-harps flying through the air.</p>
-
-<p>"See here!" they shouted to the organ-grinder, who was now peacefully
-playing the "Marseillaise Hymn," "this thing is getting dangerous. Take
-your old monkey away, will you? You'll have to pay for all the damage.
-Do you hear?"</p>
-
-<p>It would have been surprising if he had heard in all that uproar, but he
-gave no sign.</p>
-
-<p>Tom made another lunge at the monkey, and fell sprawling over the
-counter. Then Bob dived at him, but the monkey, reaching down from a
-high perch, deftly lifted Bob's hat, and threw it into the crowd.</p>
-
-<p>"You rascal. I'll pay you for this," screamed Bob.</p>
-
-<p>But the next thing the monkey did was to plant himself on Bob's head.
-Bob, with his face as red as the monkey's coat, clutched wildly at him,
-but the monkey clutched the tighter.</p>
-
-<p>Bob could do nothing but scream and beat at the mischievous<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span> animal,
-first with one hand, then with the other, then with both at once, while
-the crowd shouted with laughter, until the organ-grinder, seeing that
-his monkey was really in danger, stopped his music, called off his pet,
-and began to move away. Then the crowd of children dispersed.</p>
-
-<p>John and Fred, who had been taking their turn "off" when these
-proceedings began, now made their way to their crest-fallen comrades.
-Bob was too angry to make any attempt to collect his property. He picked
-up his battered hat and walked home, saying, "I don't care what becomes
-of the old things. I've done with them."</p>
-
-<p>A few of their friends were kind enough to assist them in the search,
-but it was a sorry-looking set of goods that were collected.</p>
-
-<p>"They're half of them gone," said Tom. "I do believe that monkey went
-off with his cheeks and pockets full of our things."</p>
-
-<p>"I'll have that man prosecuted," said John, fiercely. "Which way did he
-go?"</p>
-
-<p>"Oh, he's more likely to prosecute us. He says Bob half killed his
-monkey."</p>
-
-<p>Sadly the boys packed up their damaged goods and carried them home,
-protesting that they had had enough of store-keeping. The monkey had
-scratched Bob's head so hard that he was really suffering, and Bess had
-to run for the arnica bottle, and bandage his head.</p>
-
-<p>Aunt Sue was particularly liberal with the cake and preserves that
-evening at tea, and if anything could have comforted the boys, it was
-such thoughtfulness.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 510px;">
-<img src="images/ill_007.jpg" width="510" height="700" alt="" />
-<span class="caption">A FLIRTATION.</span>
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span></p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<h2><a name="SQUIRRELS_AND_HOW_TO_KEEP_THEM" id="SQUIRRELS_AND_HOW_TO_KEEP_THEM">SQUIRRELS, AND HOW TO KEEP THEM.</a></h2>
-
-<h3>BY JAMES OTIS.</h3>
-
-<p>It seems almost cruel to catch and cage such a bright, winsome little
-fellow as a squirrel. In his natural state he seems to be thoroughly
-happy. His home is a snug little hole in the fork of a tree, and all the
-nut-bearing giants of the forest pay tribute to him. Bright, happy,
-"cunning" little fellow, if you must keep him as a pet, lavish upon him
-such kindness and attention as shall reconcile him to the prison bars,
-and make him forget his forest home.</p>
-
-<p>The name squirrel comes from the Greek word <i>sciurus</i>, which is made up
-of two words, signifying shade and tail, indicative of the little
-creature's habit of shading its entire body when at rest with its tail.</p>
-
-<p>Of the species known to our woods, the most common is the striped
-squirrel, an industrious little body, fond of his home and family, and
-seldom given to roving, but one which the confinement of a cage kills in
-a very short time.</p>
-
-<p>Then there is a little animal known by the boys as a chipmunk, which
-some naturalists declare is a member of the squirrel family, while
-others give it the name of dormouse. It makes a good pet, but must be
-kept in a warm place, and besides the usual food for squirrels it
-requires milk.</p>
-
-<p>The black squirrel is the largest of its species, and while it will live
-in a cage, is rarely a tractable animal, requiring a vast amount of
-patience to induce it even to take its food when any one is looking at
-it.</p>
-
-<p>Then there is the flying-squirrel, which resembles the striped species.
-It does not really fly, but has the power of flattening its legs and
-feet in such a way that they do not look unlike wings. In leaping, the
-legs and feet sustain it in the air until it almost seems as if it was
-flying.</p>
-
-<p>It is the gray squirrel that is the most contented in captivity, and the
-most easily tamed; therefore, if one really thinks it necessary to his
-happiness to make a prisoner of such a liberty-loving little creature,
-he should procure one of the gray species.</p>
-
-<p>If the reader is a would-be squirrel owner, and proposes to catch one in
-the woods, he will be obliged to take just the kind of one that is
-foolish enough to enter his trap; but if he proposes to buy one, he
-should select it carefully, for much depends upon the condition of the
-prisoner in taming or keeping him.</p>
-
-<p>See that the fur is sleek and glossy, for dry, ruffled-looking fur is a
-sure sign the animal is sick, or pining so for the woods that he will
-not live very long in a cage. Observe well if the feet are clean, for if
-they are dirty, he has lost all pride in his appearance, which is
-another sign of homesickness or some equally serious ailment. The eyes
-should be bright, and the teeth perfectly white. Yellow teeth are a
-sign of age, and it is as difficult to tame a very old squirrel as it is
-to keep him alive in captivity.</p>
-
-<p>Beware of squirrels brought around by men who say they have caught and
-tamed them. If they look stupid and inactive, the chances are that they
-have been drugged to make them seem tame, and if they live, they will
-surely be wild and intractable.</p>
-
-<p>Having made the selection of just such a one as you want for a pet, give
-him all the comfort possible in the way of a cage. It is better to have
-a large rough one than a small neat looking one; and if it is not
-possible to buy a large cage, make one yourself, and the squirrel will
-be pleased at the absence of style because of the increased facilities
-for moving about.</p>
-
-<p>A board thirty-six inches long and sixteen wide is quite as small a base
-for the house and run-around as should be given. Twenty-two inches of
-this length should be devoted to the dwelling portion, which should be
-built something after the style of a one-story cottage, with a second
-floor just at the slope of the roof, so that the attic may serve as
-sleeping-room and a place to which the squirrel can retire when he is
-anxious to be hidden from view.</p>
-
-<p>The lower front of the house may be of wire, so that a portion of his
-domestic life may be seen. The second floor should have in it an opening
-about three inches square, which is connected with the first floor by a
-small strip of board or thin stuff of any kind, placed at an angle, so
-that he can get "upstairs" without difficulty.</p>
-
-<p>The floors should be of some hard wood, so that they may not absorb
-water, and the whole place should be cleaned thoroughly once in every
-three or four weeks. In order to do this readily, it is well to have one
-side of the house fastened with hinges, so it may be swung open, and
-then the little fellow can be shut into the wheel during house-cleaning.
-The lower compartment should have a wire door, through which food can be
-given.</p>
-
-<p>The wheel in which he takes his treadmill exercise any tin or wire
-worker can make, and the hole which connects it with the house should be
-large enough to prevent any possibility of his getting squeezed if he
-attempts to go into his house while the wheel is turning rapidly.</p>
-
-<p>Give the little prisoner plenty of nuts of any kind, although those
-containing the least oil are the best—acorns, wheat, stale bread, a
-little boiled potato, and once in a very great while a bit of cooked
-meat. Keep a small dish of water in the cage, and see to it carefully
-that it is changed each day.</p>
-
-<p>In all dealings with the squirrel it is necessary to be gentle and
-patient with him, if it is desired to make of him a real pet. Do not
-force him out of his nest when he goes into it, nor keep him in the
-wheel when he desires to go into his house.</p>
-
-<p>Each time that he is fed, whistle or make some peculiar sound, and he
-will soon learn to come when he is called. This is the first step toward
-teaching him to come into his owner's hands. After he has learned to
-come at call, hold some particular dainty in the fingers, and do not let
-him have it until he takes it himself.</p>
-
-<p>When once he has learned to have perfect confidence in his master, he
-will not scruple to take food from his hands, and in a very short time
-will be bold enough to explore his pockets, going into them bodily, for
-something to eat that is a trifle better than his regular fare.</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<h2><a name="NAN" id="NAN"></a>NAN.<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></h2>
-
-<h3>BY MRS. JOHN LILLIE,</h3>
-
-<h4><span class="smcap">Author of "Mildred's Bargain," "Aunt Ruth's Temptation," etc</span>.</h4>
-
-<h3><span class="smcap">Chapter V</span>.</h3>
-
-<p>Nan thought that the delight of this day never could be equalled by
-anything life would bring, even at Beverley. To begin with, she and Miss
-Phyllis started out in a luxurious carriage, which rolled them through
-the town, past the butter shop, where Mrs. Rupert was standing in the
-doorway, and deposited them at Mr. Lennon's large store, into which Nan
-had never gone half so proudly before.</p>
-
-<p>"You needn't appear to recognize any one, Nan," Miss Phyllis said, just
-as they went in; and this dashed Nan's spirits just a little, for Mary
-Seymour, one of the girls in the millinery-room, was a particular friend
-of her aunt's; but then Miss Phyllis must know best, thought Nan, and
-she would trust to luck's keeping Mary out of their way.</p>
-
-<div class="figright" style="width: 405px;">
-<img src="images/ill_008.jpg" width="405" height="500" alt="" />
-<span class="caption">NAN PRESENTED TO MISS PHYLLIS FOR APPROVAL.</span>
-</div>
-
-<p>Everybody was most polite to Miss Rolf; and when she said quietly, "I
-want to see your handsomest dresses, ready made, for this little girl,"
-Nan could hardly move to follow them upstairs. Out of a long case, dress
-after dress was taken, held up, tried on, examined, and criticised by
-Miss Phyllis, who sat languidly with her purse and her<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span> note-book,
-evidently quite regardless of prices. It was well Nan's opinion was not
-asked, for she would never have dared to choose what Miss Phyllis did
-for her, a soft, seal brown wool costume, handsomely trimmed with silk,
-and with a jacket to match. Miss Phyllis quietly desired Nan to put
-these garments on; and when the saleswoman brought her back from the
-dressing-room, her cousin could not repress a smile of satisfaction; and
-really little Nan did credit to the quiet, lady-like costume. Miss
-Phyllis saw a great many possibilities in the child's bright face and
-pretty, slender figure.</p>
-
-<p>The hat question came next, and here Nan's joy was somewhat dampened by
-her fear that Mary Seymour would appear and claim acquaintance, and
-thereby annoy Miss Phyllis; and sure enough, while she was trying on a
-beautiful brown felt hat with a scarlet wing in it, Mary Seymour's voice
-was heard cheerily from across the room.</p>
-
-<p>"Why, Nan Rolf," she was saying, "is that you?"</p>
-
-<p>And then Nan saw that her princess could look very different on
-different occasions. She turned a cold little stare upon poor Mary, and
-then said, in a tone that the shop-girl could hear perfectly, "Who is
-that, Annice?"</p>
-
-<p>Now it was the first time Nan had been called by her full name since her
-father died, and between the start it gave her, and her little worry
-about Mary Seymour, she hardly knew what to say, and stood looking
-guiltily at her aunt's friend, with a rush of color in her face.</p>
-
-<p>"It is Mary Seymour," she said, in a low voice.</p>
-
-<p>Miss Phyllis waited a moment, the cold look still on her face; then she
-took Nan by the hand, and went across the room to where Mary was busy
-putting bonnet frames into a drawer.</p>
-
-<p>"My little cousin is going away from Bromfield," she said, smiling, but
-speaking in the very chilliest tone. "Perhaps you had better say
-'good-by' to her now. She is going to live with her aunt at Beverley."</p>
-
-<p>Poor Mary stared at the beautiful young lady, and said nothing for a
-moment; then she stooped down and kissed Nan's little red check
-heartily.</p>
-
-<p>"Well, good-luck go with you, Nannie dear," she said; and half
-understanding the impression Miss Rolf wished to make, she added,
-looking up with a sad smile, "I suppose it won't do to expect you to
-remember us any more, but Tommy'll miss you dreadfully."</p>
-
-<p>"I'll write him a letter, Mary," Nan exclaimed, and seeing Miss Rolf's
-look of surprise turn to something like disgust, she added, "Tommy is
-Mary's lame little brother."</p>
-
-<p>Miss Phyllis said nothing, but led the way back to the hats, and Nan,
-unable to restrain herself further, whispered, "Miss Rolf, Cousin
-Phyllis, why did you say I was going to <i>live</i> at Beverley, when it is
-only a visit?"</p>
-
-<p>Miss Phyllis bit her lip angrily. "Never mind," was all she answered;
-and then the brown felt hat was chosen, and the purchases went
-on—gloves, and boots, and some dainty under-linen, and various small
-belongings, until finally all that remained on Miss Phyllis's list was a
-dressing-case and a trunk. Nan hardly knew which of the beautiful cases
-to choose when her cousin left it to her; but finally a black leather
-one with silver fastenings was selected, and Miss Phyllis directed the
-shopman to have Nan's initials, A. B. R., put on it in little silver
-letters.</p>
-
-<p>By this time Nan, in her new brown suit, with her hands in three-button
-kid gloves, had begun to think she never, never could do justice to the
-day, to Philip and Marian, and yet a something had stolen over her of
-half dread to going back to the shop. Already she dreaded her aunt's
-voice; the noisy, greasy tea table, where only Philip made things
-endurable for her; so that when, as they left the last store, loading
-the carriage with parcels, and Miss Phyllis said, "I'm going to keep you
-for the night, Nan," my little heroine felt more than ever grateful and
-happy.</p>
-
-<h3><span class="smcap">Chapter VI</span>.</h3>
-
-<p>Mrs. Grange received Nan very cordially when she made her appearance
-with Miss Rolf. The gentle little lady was quite a revelation to Nan,
-whose ideas of elderly people were formed entirely on the noisy,
-overworked matrons she had seen at Mrs. Rupert's. Nan was only allowed a
-few words with her hostess, and then Miss Rolf carried her off to the
-little sitting-room upstairs, where, when she had laid aside her hat and
-jacket, Miss Rolf told her she had better write Mrs. Rupert a note to
-explain her absence.</p>
-
-<p>"And I want you to word it very carefully, Nan," said Phyllis, coming up
-to the little girl with a very serious expression. "You know things are
-changed with you now, and you must begin at once to let your aunt and
-her family understand that you are not—they can not expect you—to
-treat them quite as equals."</p>
-
-<p>Nan was still full of the excitement and delight of her good fortune;
-yet as Phyllis spoke, looking down gravely upon her, there came a blush
-of mortification into the child's honest face. A tinge of the same color
-deepened in Phyllis's soft cheeks for just half a moment, but she said,
-very decidedly:</p>
-
-<p>"Now, Nan, you are not going to be a foolish, obstinate child, I hope?
-Surely you must know that I and your aunt Letitia understand these
-things better than a little girl brought up among vulgar people could.
-Now there must be no nonsense, my dear."</p>
-
-<p>Phyllis's tone was kind, but something in it made Nan see that she
-expected obedience; and was she not in every way the most wonderful and
-beautiful creature Nan had ever seen? Nan's doubts vanished while
-Phyllis laid out note-paper and pen and ink on a dainty little table
-drawn up to one of the windows; and when Nan placed herself there to
-write, her cousin sat down by the fire, with her slippered toes on the
-fender, and her pretty hands, sparkling with rings, folded gracefully in
-her lap.</p>
-
-<p>"Now, Nan," she said, "begin your letter. Date it 'The Willows'—that is
-the name of this place. 'March 8. Dear Mrs. Rupert.'"</p>
-
-<p>Nan smiled quickly.</p>
-
-<p>"Why, Miss—Cousin Phyllis," she said, looking up from the paper, "she
-would think me crazy; she is Aunt Rebecca, you know."</p>
-
-<p>Miss Rolf's delicate eyebrows drew together in a little frown. She
-waited a moment, and then, with an impatient sigh, said,</p>
-
-<p>"Very well, let it go—'Dear Aunt Rebecca.'"</p>
-
-<p>Nan's pen scratched on, with many splutterings, for penmanship was her
-weak point, and had not been considered a very necessary accomplishment
-in the Rupert household. She looked up presently for further
-instructions.</p>
-
-<p>"My cousin, Miss Rolf," dictated that young lady, "has decided that I
-had better remain with her until I go to Beverley." ("Oh!" ejaculated
-Nan.) "My aunt, Miss Rolf, has invited me to make her a long visit, and
-as previous to my going, there are many things to be attended to in my
-wardrobe, etc., my cousin Phyllis thinks it best to keep me with her. I
-shall, of course, see you all before I leave."</p>
-
-<p>Nan's pen finally came to a stop.</p>
-
-<p>"That is all," said Phyllis, placidly.</p>
-
-<p>"Then I'll just send my love, I suppose," said Nan.</p>
-
-<p>After a little pause Phyllis said, "Yes," and Nan went to work again.
-When she brought the letter to her cousin for inspection, this is how it
-was concluded:</p>
-
-<p>"I hope you are all well, and that you'll tell Mary Seymour, when you
-see her, that I'll go there before I leave, and I'll write to Tommy; and
-tell Marian, please, I'll give her and Philip all the pea-nuts that are
-in my drawer, and I'll write them everything that happens at Beverley. I
-hope uncle's jaw is better. Your loving niece, Nan."</p>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span></p>
-
-<p>Phyllis Rolf read the letter with so quiet an air that for a moment Nan
-felt much relieved, feeling sure it was all right; but the first words
-startled her.</p>
-
-<p>"That would not do, my dear, at all," Phyllis said, coldly. "You can
-<i>not</i> go to see this Tommy Seymour, and you had better understand at
-once that your aunt will not like you to write everything to your
-cousins here. Now, Nan, do you see what I mean?"</p>
-
-<p>Nan began to see a little more clearly, yet her mind was not yet made
-up; still, enough of Phyllis's meaning reached her to bring two large
-tears to her eyes. They rolled down her cheeks, while she looked
-silently at Phyllis and her letter.</p>
-
-<p>"Don't be silly, my dear," said the young lady, standing up and smiling
-good-naturedly. "There, finish your letter with just your love; that
-will be the best way."</p>
-
-<p>And so Nan went back to the little table, brushing away those first
-tears, and quietly obeyed her cousin. Miss Rolf took the letter from her
-as soon as it was finished, and went out of the room, while Nan sat
-still, wondering if Beverley would be quite <i>all</i> she hoped for.</p>
-
-<p>Enough excitement remained to make it easy for Phyllis to control her as
-she wished, and that young lady trusted to time and absence working
-wonders. While Nan was sitting absorbed in her thoughts, the door
-opened, and Lance Rolf came suddenly into the room. He was a tall boy,
-with a spare, handsome face, delicate as Phyllis's in feature, but
-olive-tinted, and with more sweetness in the brown eyes and the hues of
-the mouth. He came up to Nan, holding out his hand with a pleasant
-smile.</p>
-
-<p>"And are you Nan?" he said, looking at her earnestly.</p>
-
-<p>"Yes," was Nan's timid answer.</p>
-
-<p>"Well," said the boy, cheerfully, "we are cousins. My name is Lancelot
-Rolf. I hope we'll be very well acquainted. So you are going to
-Beverley."</p>
-
-<p>"Yes," was all Nan could contrive to say again. She longed to ask a
-dozen questions of the bright, cheerful-looking boy, who, although no
-older than Philip, looked so <i>very</i> much like a little gentleman.</p>
-
-<p>"Shall you like to go?" Lance said, presently.</p>
-
-<p>Nan really felt she couldn't go on saying "yes" to everything, and so
-with a great effort she said:</p>
-
-<p>"I want to go very much. Is it—is it nice there?"</p>
-
-<p>"It's a jolly old house where you are going," said Lance, "but I don't
-know whether you'll enjoy it much, it's so slow, so stupid. Still,
-perhaps you're not accustomed to much fun." Lance could hardly imagine
-the cheese-monger's family as very entertaining.</p>
-
-<p>"Oh yes, we have a great deal of fun sometimes," said Nan, gaining
-confidence. "In winter we coast and skate, and in summer there are
-always picnics, and sometimes a circus."</p>
-
-<p>"But at home—wasn't there ever any fun at home?"</p>
-
-<p>Nan could not remember anything which impressed her as particularly
-enjoyable in-doors.</p>
-
-<p>"No," she said, slowly, "I don't think there was. Marian always liked to
-tend the shop, but I never cared so much for that. I didn't like the
-smell of the cheeses, don't you know."</p>
-
-<p>"It was a cheese shop?" Lance looked very much interested.</p>
-
-<p>"Cheese and butter, and eggs and hams," Nan recited the list glibly.</p>
-
-<p>"Well," said Lancelot, very gravely, "there won't be anything like that
-at Beverley; and see here, Nan, I'll just give you a friendly hint. I
-don't think I'd talk much about the shop before Cousin Letitia. You see,
-she might not like it—don't be <i>ashamed</i> of it," added the boy,
-flushing a little; "I don't mean you to be <i>mean</i> about it, only you
-won't need to <i>talk of it</i>."</p>
-
-<p>Nan felt that she had begun to put her old life behind her when she was
-arrayed in the brown cashmere, and now little by little she was learning
-to feel as the people around her felt; that, after all, she would be
-expected to act and appear and think very differently about everything
-as soon as she was in Beverley.</p>
-
-<p>"What do <i>you</i> do?" said Nan, looking brightly at her new acquaintance.
-"Do you live at Beverley?"</p>
-
-<p>Lance nodded.</p>
-
-<p>"When I'm home," he said. "I come to school near here, at Barnabas
-Academy. When I'm home I live quite near to where you're going to be.
-Oh, I do lots of things! Boys are so different from girls. I'm captain
-of our baseball club, for one thing, and we are jolly good cricketers
-too, I tell you. At home I do all sorts of things. Phyllis and I are
-great chums; Phyllis is a regular brick." He might have said more, but
-at this moment Phyllis reappeared. Nan looked at her a little anxiously.
-She wondered if she was going to feel offended with her about the note;
-but the young lady was perfectly cheerful, and even kissed Nan when she
-said, "Now, dear, we will go down to supper. Mrs. Grange is waiting."</p>
-
-<h4>[<span class="smcap">to be continued</span>.]</h4>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span></p>
-
-<h2><a name="LITTLE_MASTER_QUIG" id="LITTLE_MASTER_QUIG">LITTLE MASTER QUIG.</a></h2>
-
-<h3>BY MARY A BARR.</h3>
-
-<div class="center">
-<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
-<tr><td align="left">This tale's of little Master Quig,</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">Who, being little, wasn't big,</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">And many said, who understood,</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">That, being bad, he wasn't good.</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">When from his school he ran away,</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">Most people thought he didn't stay;</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">And I have heard, from those who know,</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">When he ran fast, it wasn't slow.</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">He always studied when compelled,</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">And always staid when he was held,</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">And always slept when not awake,</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">And left the thing he could not take.</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">To go to sea one day he planned,</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">And being there, was not on land,</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">And so stuck on a bar—alas!</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">For, being stuck, he could not pass.</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">The dark night found him in a fright,</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">For, being dark, it was not light.</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">The big waves rose and filled the boat,</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">And being full, it could not float.</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">And so, as I have heard it said,</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">They found him in the morning dead,</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">And men of sense do still maintain</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">He never more was seen again.</td></tr>
-</table></div>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
-<img src="images/ill_009.jpg" width="400" height="163" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p class="center">Hey, diddle, diddle,</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
-<img src="images/ill_010.jpg" width="400" height="340" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p class="center">The cat and the fiddle;</p>
-
-<p class="center">The cow jumped over the moon;</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
-<img src="images/ill_011.jpg" width="400" height="342" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p class="center">The little dog laughed to see such sport;</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
-<img src="images/ill_012.jpg" width="400" height="354" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p class="center">And the dish ran away with the spoon.</p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
-<img src="images/ill_013.jpg" width="400" height="327" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span></p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 310px;"><a name="OUR_POST_OFFICE_BOX" id="OUR_POST_OFFICE_BOX"></a>
-<img src="images/ill_014.jpg" width="310" height="400" alt="" />
-</div>
-
-<h2>OUR POST-OFFICE BOX.</h2>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Wytheville, Virginia</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>We are three little girls who have often read and enjoyed <span class="smcap">Harper's
-Young People</span> very much. We meet successively at each other's home
-every Friday evening, and read the stories in it. We live in a
-beautiful town in the mountains of Southwest Virginia. We three go
-to the same school, and like our teachers very much. Our parents
-take all your papers—the <span class="smcap">Monthly</span>, <span class="smcap">Bazar</span>, and <span class="smcap">Weekly</span>—and we take
-<span class="smcap">Young People</span>. We look forward to Wednesday with a great deal of
-pleasure, for we know it is the day our paper comes. We are so glad
-to see Mrs. John Lillie is going to write a new story, and we are
-sure it will be very interesting, as all her others are. Please
-print this, as we would like to surprise our mammas.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Ellie C</span>., <span class="smcap">Helen S. S</span>., and <span class="smcap">Susie W</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<p>Well, Ellie, Susie, and Helen, though I do not know which of you has
-brown eyes and which blue, which is the tall slender girl, which the
-merry-faced one with the dancing dimples, and which the plump little
-maiden who always thinks before she speaks, I send my love to each of
-you, and am glad to hear of your pleasant Friday evenings. You and the
-thousands of other girls for whom Mrs. Lillie has written her charming
-story have a real treat before you in reading it. I sometimes wish
-myself a girl again just to feel for an hour the delight I used to when
-beginning a beautiful new story. The girls who form Mrs. Lillie's
-audience have better times in the story way than girls did when your
-mammas and myself were at your age. But I, for one, still dearly love a
-bright sketch or a beautiful serial; and if I were near you, I might
-sometimes glide in and take an easy-chair in the corner on your reading
-evenings—that is, if you would let me in on my promising to be very
-good indeed.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>Some of you who have empty cologne or scent bottles may make very pretty
-presents for your friends by covering them with silk or plush, and
-finishing off with a dainty lace ruffle and a narrow ribbon around the
-neck. A beautiful tidy which I saw the other day was crocheted in heavy
-cord, and looped over crimson silk. Very lovely plaques are made of the
-birch-bark plates on which butter is sent home by the grocer. They must
-be covered very neatly with silk or satin, on which a design is worked
-or painted. The pretty little Japanese umbrellas, which cost but a few
-cents, may be inverted, opened, and caught at each point with a ribbon.
-Suspended from a nail, they make dainty little scrap-bags.</p>
-
-<p>The letter which follows contains a suggestion which the Postmistress
-thinks excellent. She will keep a corner in the Post-office Box for all
-such letters as our correspondent invites:</p>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Boston, Massachusetts</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Dear Postmistress</span>,—I remember when I was eight or ten years
-younger than I am now, how hard it used to be for me to find
-anything new to make for Christmas for all the aunts and cousins,
-and now, as Christmas is drawing near, my younger sister comes to
-me and says: "Can not you think of something for Christmas? I want
-something for Aunt Mary and Aunt Lizzie, something I have not made
-for them before." I have no doubt that many other little people say
-the same thing. Now, I have a plan to propose to you, and if you
-think it a good one, will you mention it in the Post-office Box?
-Let each little girl—and boy too, if he wishes—write and describe
-something that he or she makes for Christmas, and then if you will
-be so good as to publish the letters I think before Christmas we
-may have quite a variety of ideas. Of course each article mentioned
-would not be new to all, but it would be new to some, and I think
-many little girls would be greatly aided. Now what do you think?</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">One of your Older Readers</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<h3>BABY'S DAY.</h3>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Awake at five in the morning,</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Bright as a little bird,</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Cooing and laughing and crowing</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Before a person has stirred.</span><br />
-<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Carried on papa's shoulder,</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Lying on mamma's arm,</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Never a king was bolder</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Or safer from slightest harm.</span><br />
-<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Going to ride with sister,</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Taking a cozy nap,</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Resting before his dinner</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 22em;">On grandmamma's silken lap.</span><br />
-<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Creeping over the carpet,</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Playing with pretty toys;</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Baby's the dearest darling,</span><br />
-<span style="margin-left: 22em;">The prettiest, best of boys.</span><br />
-<br />
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Susie Patton</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Olean, New York</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>I think that Frankie would be a pretty name for Marion W.'s baby
-brother. I have nine dolls. Their names are Mollie, Lottie, Edith,
-Eva, Lena, Christina, Carrie, Johnnie, and Bertie. I like your
-stories all very much, especially "Toby Tyler," "Mr. Stubbs's
-Brother," and "Their Girl." I send my love to the Postmistress.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Lena Matthews</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Madison, New Jersey</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>I am a little boy six years old. My brother Louie takes <span class="smcap">Young
-People</span>, and has every number. Baby Roe and I love to have mamma
-read it to us. Roe and I have bad colds, so I could not go to
-school, but Louie could. I learned to print in school. This is my
-first letter. I hope you will print it.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Howard B. G</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<p>Your little note was printed so nicely that it was as plain as though
-the letters had been formed by the type-writing machine. After all,
-there is no machine of which I ever heard so wonderful as the four
-little fingers and thumb of a boy's hand. Ask papa and mamma if they
-don't agree with me.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Salem, North Carolina</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>I have taken <span class="smcap">Young People</span> from the first number, and I like it very
-much. I have written one letter to the Post-office Box, but I
-thought I would write again. My friend Howard R. has written too.
-We two have formed a printing firm under the name of P. & R. We
-made four dollars clear profit, with which we bought each a pair of
-roller skates. We have over three dollars in our bank now. Some of
-my playmates and I have formed a club under the name of Holiday
-Club, and some of my boy friends and I have formed a military
-company by the name of Home Guards. We parade in the academy
-play-grounds. The other day we fought almost all the battles of the
-Revolution.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;">A. H. P.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<p>All the battles of the Revolution in one day! I wonder you slept a wink
-the night after such tremendous exertion. But boys are made of steel
-springs and India rubber, and can stand a good deal of pounding. Please
-send me word about the various doings of your holiday club, and don't
-let the fun interfere with your studies, or else the preceptors and
-professors may veto your good times. I am glad you are so successful as
-amateur printers.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">New York City</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>I am a little boy nine years old. I have a cat and a kitten. The
-cat's name is Gypsy, but I have not named the kitten yet. I take
-<span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>, and I like it very much. The other day the
-kitten fell from a chair and hurt its leg, but it is well now.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Cito S</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>Dear little Robin D., who often sends answers to puzzles, was not well,
-and so mamma became her amanuensis, sent her answers and her new
-puzzles, which will see the light before long, and this pleasant little
-message to the Postmistress and to Marion W.</p>
-
-<p>I hope Robin is quite well by this time.</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>Robin says: "Mamma, tell the Postmistress that my little pet bird
-Jimmie died, and wasn't it too bad, but that now I have a beautiful
-white dove and a dear little bird whose name is Montie, but I still
-mourn for Jimmie, whose cage was draped in mourning for a whole
-week. We buried him in our yard."</p>
-
-<p>Robin thinks that Edgar is a very pretty name for a boy, or Irving.
-She does not really know which to choose for little Marion W.'s
-dear baby brother. She says, "If one little girl may put in more
-than one name for Marion to choose from, put both Irving and Edgar
-in from Robin D."</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>I am very sorry little Jimmie died. When Marion chooses a name, she must
-not forget to send us all word what it is, as we feel quite an interest,
-don't we, children?</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Boston, Massachusetts</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>I want to ask you to tell me a pretty name for a little kitty,
-because I don't know any nice ones. Now I want to tell you about
-where I went last summer. I went to Falmouth, which is very near
-the sea-side, and is a very pleasant place. I went in bathing only
-twice while I was there, but went in wading nearly every day. I
-went in a sail-boat once, and had a very nice sail, and then I went
-down the beach a little way to catch minnows, but couldn't.
-Good-by.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Alice S</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<p>Muff is a nice name for a kitty.</p>
-
-<p>Let me tell you about a kitty which a little boy friend of mine had for
-his pet. It was a black kitty, I believe, though I am not sure. He
-carried it everywhere with him, and when he was practicing one
-afternoon, he set it on the piano that it might hear him play. It
-nestled its head cunningly on its tiny paws, and listened with all its
-might.</p>
-
-<p>Somebody called the little boy away for a moment. When he came back the
-kitty was gone.</p>
-
-<p>High and low they hunted for it. Mamma, nurse, two little sisters, and
-even the baby, called Kitty! Kitty! but no kitty answered. After a long
-time there came a faint little mieuw on the air; and where do you
-suppose they found that small cat? Why, in the piano, where she had
-taken a cozy nap.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Nashville, Tennessee</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>Most boys and girls tell about their pets. I have none, except my
-little brother, two years and a half old. I have two sisters and
-this sweet little brother. We moved from Louisville, Kentucky, to
-Nashville about a month ago, and I am very homesick to go back
-again. We spent the summer at Bon Aqua Springs, not far from here,
-and had a nice time. I have a doll, and her name is Eva Wallace;
-she will be four years old on Christmas. My little brother tries to
-call us girls "girlie," and he says "dirlie." He calls me
-"Black-eye dirlie," my sister Grace "Blue-eye dirlie," and sister
-Florence "Brown-eye dirlie." His name is Theodore. We have taken
-<span class="smcap">Young People</span> from the beginning, and think it is the best of
-papers. Mamma takes the <span class="smcap">Bazar</span> and <span class="smcap">Magazine</span>. My papa is away most of
-the time, and we are always glad when he comes home. I go to
-school, and am in the Fifth Grade. I study reading, spelling,
-arithmetic, geography, writing, and drawing. I am eleven years old.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Bessie W</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">South Bend, Indiana</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>I like <span class="smcap">Young People</span> very much. I am a little girl eight years old,
-and live on a farm five miles from the city. I go to school now,
-but mamma will teach me at home this winter. I have two pets, a
-white bantam chicken named Polly and a white kitty named Snow. I
-had a canary-bird, but he was sick and died; his name was Billy. I
-have three dollies; I do not play with them very much, because I
-have no one to play with me. Papa has a nice Irish setter dog to
-hunt with; his name is Paul. I will write again as soon as I can
-write better.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Georgiana D</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Drifton, Pennsylvania</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>I have lately returned from Europe, and I enjoyed the pile of
-Magazines I found here. I brought home a gondola from Venice, and I
-also brought a curious swan which I saw them make at the
-glass-works. I had a splendid time in dear old London. We saw the
-Queen and the Princess of Wales. We saw the wine-vaults. We crossed
-the Alps in four-horse carriages, and I made snow-balls in June.
-<span class="smcap">Young People</span> is the best paper out.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Ockley B. C</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<p>You have many delightful things to remember about your trip abroad. I
-hope you kept a journal.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Norwalk, Connecticut</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>I am eleven years old, and live in Norwalk in the summer, and in
-New York city in the winter. I have no brothers nor sisters, except
-two who are grown up, and I have a brother at college. We are going
-to New York on the first of next month. I enjoy <span class="smcap">Harper's Young
-People</span> very much, and look forward to its coming with great
-pleasure. As you wanted to hear from any girl or boy who had a
-garden, I thought I would tell you about mine. I planted in my
-garden this summer potatoes, onions, tomatoes, strawberries, and
-celery, besides flowers. I had enough potatoes for the whole family
-for dinner, so I had them on the table that day, and I hope to
-have<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span> my celery to-morrow. The cook made me some caramels from the
-receipt you put in <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>, but it wouldn't harden,
-so she made a chocolate cake, and I had it on the table one
-evening. As I have no more to tell about I think I will close.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Harry C. M</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<p>You were a famous little gardener, and deserve great praise.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Alleghany, Pennsylvania</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>I am a little girl nearly eleven years old. I will tell you about
-my summer trip. I can not tell all the places we went to, but one
-place was the White Mountains of New Hampshire. There are very fine
-views, especially from the top of Mount Washington. You would laugh
-to see the funny little cars that go up and down. It is very steep,
-and as you go up you see nothing but rocks. Mamma thought it was
-frightful, but I did not. Well, good-by.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Annie H. S</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<p>I might have laughed when I was eleven years old, dear, but I never go
-up a steep mountain nowadays without feeling, like your mamma, that
-there is danger as well as pleasure about the ascent. I am glad you have
-been to the top of Mount Washington, and have looked from there over the
-great mountains and deep valleys of New England.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Milton, Ontario, Canada</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>I am a little girl twelve years old, and live in a small town
-thirty miles from Toronto. We are always very glad when your paper
-comes. I love to read the letters in the Post-office Box. I like
-"The Cruise of the Canoe Club." My father and four of my uncles are
-in Montana, and my aunt and her children are going out there next
-week. My uncle and his youngest brother belong to a surveying
-party, and have been surveying in the Rocky Mountains and
-Yellowstone Park all summer, and write home delightfully
-interesting descriptions of the wonders to be seen there—about the
-geysers and glass mountains, also soda mountains, and caņons. The
-Grand Caņon is the deepest of all; it is several thousand feet
-deep, and at the bottom is a rushing, roaring river. One of my
-uncles descended into it. It is so deep that if you go down into it
-and look upward, you can see the stars at three o'clock in the
-afternoon. The geysers spout up water to a tremendous height. One
-of them—I think it is called the Excelsior—throws water in which
-are pieces of rock to a height of three hundred feet. Often the
-eruptions are preceded by rumblings and shakings like an
-earthquake. Once when the party were near one of the geyser basins,
-suddenly the earth began to quake, and the water in the basin
-spouted ever so high, and the sky was filled with water and pieces
-of rock, and they had to run to get out of the way. Perhaps we will
-go to Montana if father stays there; and if we do, mother says that
-we may take an occasional trip to the Park, and then I will write
-and tell you of some of the things we see there.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Becca R</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>The cunning little letter which follows was sent by a little girl five
-and one-half years old to her young lady sisters away from home. This
-little girl lives near a railroad, and every day she and her brother
-watch for their conductors, as they call them, and wave to them as the
-cars rush past the door. By the "tassels with the board on" little Amy
-meant a lambrequin which belonged on the mantel. Jumbo is a huge toy
-elephant greatly admired by the little folks in Amy's nursery:</p>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Tenafly, New Jersey</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Dear Louise and Maggie</span>,—It will soon be Roy's birthday. If you
-don't come home quick, you won't be here before it comes. Roy
-creeps. He can walk with our taking hold of him. He can stand up by
-the bath-tub. May S. don't know some of the words of her
-music-lesson. I say my lessons every day at home, and then I say
-them in school. I did not get a bad mark to-day; sometimes I do. I
-get apples in B.'s yard—they don't care—and take them to school
-over recess, and then I take them home. Mamma has to sew so hard,
-and we bother her, and she sends us out-doors. When it rains she
-don't; then we stay in the house, and play with our toys. Sarah's
-back, and we're glad, and she irons every Tuesday. We take walks
-with her sometimes. Mary's here too, and sometimes she goes out
-with her husband. I like him, and he gives me pennies. I would like
-to be over there and see your big dog Frank. Some Sunday afternoons
-papa's tired, and he don't want to go riding. We did go last
-Sunday. Last Sunday we took Roy. Marian plays with Roy every day,
-and mamma says Stop! when she hurts him. Clifford has to get his
-teeth fixed, and we can't go to P. until next Monday. Every day
-papa goes out to see the men fixing the trestle-work. On Roy's
-birthday we're going to have a little party; no one is coming, only
-us. Mamma has to send out when she wants papa—away out to the
-trestle-work. Mamma writes this letter, and I find the words.
-Marian has got lots of things in the corner by the bookcase again.
-Clifford's got lots of cars now, and he plays with them 'most every
-day. He's got a new tin train of cars from the Fair. We're getting
-our stoves fixed. There's fire in the sitting-room. Your tassels
-with the board on is up in the front parlor. We've got a Jumbo from
-the Fair. We take Jumbo out to see our 'ductors. Mine is away, and
-ain't home yet. Roy goes around picking up everything, and gets
-things out of mamma's basket, and dumped it over twice. It's near
-winter, and we've got the sleds down.</p>
-
-<p>A kiss for Maggie, and a kiss for Louise. Love for Maggie, and love
-for Louise.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Amy D</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Fremont, Nebraska</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>Dear "<span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>,"—My brother Paul takes <span class="smcap">Harper's Young
-People</span>, and I think it is a very nice paper. I was eight years old
-the 7th of September. I have a sister who is four years old. And we
-have a horse named Dick; he is gentle and a very nice horse, and
-will eat apples as well as any boy can. He will shake hands with
-either leg. I go to school, and I am already in the Third Reader.
-My teacher's name is Miss S. And we have got a calf called Rosy,
-and she is a very gentle and nice calf, and we have a pretty wild
-cow.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Burnie C</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">San Francisco, California</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<blockquote>
-
-<p>I am a little boy nine years old. This is my first letter. I like
-the story of "The Cruise of the Canoe Club" and "Mr. Stubbs's
-Brother." I commenced going to school in March, 1881, and am now in
-the Seventh Grade. I was honorably promoted last June. I am trying
-very hard to be the same this term. I go to Alameda nearly every
-Saturday with my papa to take a salt-water bath. I can swim a
-little. I live in the city, and can not have as much fun as the
-little boys in the country; but I shall go to the country next
-vacation.</p></blockquote>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Allen G. W</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<p>A boy who tries hard is sure to succeed. When next you are promoted
-write again, as I like to keep an account of my boys when they do well.
-I am glad you can swim.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Frank and Joe</span>.—The twenty numbers of <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span> containing
-the story of "Toby Tyler" will cost you eighty cents. By sending $1 to
-Messrs. <span class="smcap">Harper & Brothers</span> you may obtain <i>Toby Tyler</i> in a beautiful
-bound volume, handsomely illustrated.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Salt</span>.—Yes, Daisy, you are right in your supposition that people in very
-old times were alarmed if any one spilled salt on the table at a meal.
-It was fancied that the unlucky accident was the sign of a quarrel
-between two of the company. However, I attach no importance to such
-signs, even when they are ancient, and if you came to dine with me, and
-the salt-cellar happened to be upset, I would not trouble for our
-friendship.</p>
-
-<p>Among the Arabs salt is regarded as sacred, and if you happen to be the
-guest of a Bedouin, who meeting you in the desert would rob you and be
-glad of the chance, you are perfectly safe if you share his bread and
-salt; he will protect you against all enemies. You see, that salt among
-these wild people is the emblem of hospitality. The Romans thought it
-unfortunate to sit down at a feast where the salt had been forgotten.
-The Greeks had the same feeling. It was also considered very thoughtless
-to leave salt unlocked overnight.</p>
-
-<p>I hope, Daisy dear, that while reading and studying about these curious
-superstitions you will take care not to believe in them yourself.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>For the information of some of our new subscribers who write to ask we
-repeat that there is no charge for the publication of exchanges. They
-should be brief. State first what you desire to offer, and then what you
-wish to receive. Please write with black ink as plainly as you can, and
-sign your full name and post-office address. Birds' eggs and fire-arms
-are prohibited as articles of exchange. The Editor reserves the right to
-exclude any exchange in whole or in part if for any reason it is
-considered unfit for <span class="smcap">Young People</span>.</p>
-
-<p>Having sent your letter, you should wait very patiently for your turn,
-as the department is always crowded, and no exchange can ever be printed
-in the paper next issued after its reception.</p>
-
-<p>To avoid misunderstanding, exchangers should always write fully to each
-other and receive replies before sending away their articles. Each
-should arrange in this way about the necessary expense of the mail or
-express. Articles should not be sent to the office of <span class="smcap">Young People</span>, but
-directly to the persons with whom they are to be exchanged.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p><span class="smcap">Successful Wigglers</span>.—We should be glad if Hattie M. Pearley, B. F. M.,
-and A. W., who have been successful in reproducing our artist's idea of
-Wiggle No. 29, would each send us his or her full name and address.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<h3>PUZZLES FROM YOUNG CONTRIBUTORS.</h3>
-
-<h3>No. 1.</h3>
-
-<h3>GEOGRAPHICAL PUZZLE.</h3>
-
-<p>In the month of (a cape in Massachusetts) a lady named (a city in
-Brazil), and a gentleman named (a cape in Virginia), went to (the
-capital of Italy) in the (a lake in Minnesota). They walked until noon,
-when the lady opened a satchel made of (a country in Africa). It
-contained a fried (river in Minnesota), some fine old (a river in South
-America), and a (islands in the Pacific Ocean) for each. As it had been
-(a lake in Minnesota) and the (a river in England) was rather (a country
-of South America), they wanted to return to their home, but the (an
-island west of England) lost a cuff button made of (a city in New
-Mexico), and ornamented with (a river in Mississippi). While they were
-on the (a cape of North Carolina) they met (a river of South America),
-who said he thought (an island near Massachusetts), who was a colored
-woman.</p>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Pansy</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<h3>No. 2.</h3>
-
-<h3>MIXED ANIMALS.</h3>
-
-<p>In these examples the problem is to arrange the grouped letters so that
-they will form a word agreeing with the accompanying definition.</p>
-
-<div class="center">
-<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary="">
-<tr><td align="left">Phelenta—The largest of quadrupeds.</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">Spophoptiamu—A river-horse.</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">Reazb—A striped horse.</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">Elawh—A sea animal.</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="left">Tribab—A furry animal.</td></tr>
-</table></div>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Bartie</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<h3>No. 3.</h3>
-
-<h3>HIDDEN FISHES.</h3>
-
-<p>1. I have bought a new carpet, Angelina. 2. Lucy lost her ring. 3. Tommy
-had ten chickens. 4. Mr. Stubbs had flung away all Toby Tyler's money.</p>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Bartie</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<h3>No. 4.</h3>
-
-<h3>DOUBLE ACROSTIC.</h3>
-
-<p>1. A kind of cloth. 2. A precious stone. 3. A famous musical composer.
-4. A glazier's diamond. Primials—A bird. Finals—Part of the bird,
-connected, to join.</p>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Lodestar</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<h3>No. 5.</h3>
-
-<h3>THREE PROGRESSIVE HALF-SQUARES.</h3>
-
-<p>1.—1. A letter. 2. A preposition. 3. A Latin verb. 4. Anything very
-small.</p>
-
-<p>2.—1. A letter. 2. To exist. 3. The cry of a sheep. 4. To support.</p>
-
-<p>3.—1. A letter. 2. An abbreviation. 3. A covering. 4. To engage in
-conflict.</p>
-
-<p>
-<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">J. K. M. Iles</span>.</span><br />
-</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<h3>ANSWERS TO PUZZLES IN No. 156.</h3>
-
-<h3>No. 1.</h3>
-
-<div class="center">
-<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="">
-<tr><td align="center">J</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">M</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">S</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">D</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">A</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="center">M</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">D</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">L</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">T</td><td align="center">E</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="center">S</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">M</td></tr>
-</table></div>
-
-<h3>No. 2.</h3>
-
-<div class="center">
-<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="">
-<tr><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">ra</td><td align="center">B</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="center">D</td><td align="center">at</td><td align="center">E</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">we</td><td align="center">D</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="center">M</td><td align="center">in</td><td align="center">E</td></tr>
-</table></div>
-
-<h3>No. 3.</h3>
-
-<p class="center">Lock. Peach.</p>
-
-<h3>No. 4.</h3>
-
-<p class="center">Hate.</p>
-
-<h3>No. 5.</h3>
-
-<p class="center">Cupboard.</p>
-
-<h3>No. 6.</h3>
-
-<div class="center">
-<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="">
-<tr><td align="center">D</td><td align="center">o</td><td align="center">G</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="center">O</td><td align="center">b</td><td align="center">I</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">eathe</td><td align="center">R</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">ul</td><td align="center">L</td></tr>
-</table></div>
-
-<h3>No. 7.</h3>
-
-<div class="center">
-<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="">
-<tr><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">Q</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">M</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="center"></td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">S</td><td align="center">P</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">H</td><td align="center">U</td><td align="center">T</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">R</td><td align="center">O</td><td align="center">B</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">S</td><td align="center">S</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">Y</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">Q</td><td align="center">U</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">I</td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">M</td><td align="center">O</td><td align="center">N</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">Y</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="center"></td><td align="center">P</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">T</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">T</td><td align="center">I</td><td align="center">N</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">B</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">D</td></tr>
-<tr><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">Y</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">Y</td></tr>
-</table></div>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p class="center">Answer to Rebus on page 848—"There's many a slip 'twixt the cup and the
-lip."</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p class="center">Answer to Enigma on page 848—A rainbow.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p>Correct answers to puzzles have been received from Robin Dyke, William
-A. Lewis, John Duerk, Alfred and Blanche Bloomingdale, Horace W.
-Danforth, Alice C. Little, "Junebug," "Fairy Godmother," Lulu Breese,
-Emily Godwin, Archie Ives, "Mayblossom," Fanny R. Emerson, Ben and Ned,
-John Twombley, Hugh Remsen, "Fuss and Feathers," Brandt Beekman, Lena
-Matthews, A. H. Patterson, Frank Sinsabaugh, Edith M. L., Alfred
-Kauffman.</p>
-
-<hr class="tb" />
-
-<p class="center">[<i>For Exchanges, see 2d and 3d pages of cover.</i>]</p>
-
-<hr class="chap" />
-
-<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span></p>
-
-<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;">
-<img src="images/ill_015.jpg" width="700" height="990" alt="" />
-<span class="caption">SOME ANSWERS TO WIGGLE No. 29, OUR ARTIST'S IDEA, AND NEW
-WIGGLE, No. 30.</span>
-</div>
-
-<p style="clear:both;"> </p>
-
-<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> Named after its founder, Ismail Pasha, the late Khedive of
-Egypt. It is connected with Suez by a fresh-water canal, through which
-the little Egyptian steam-launches run in about twelve hours.</p></div>
-
-<div class="footnote">
-
-<p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Begun in No. 157, <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>.</p></div></div>
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-<pre>
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Harper's Young People, November 14,
-1882, by Various
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE ***
-
-***** This file should be named 60596-h.htm or 60596-h.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/0/5/9/60596/
-
-Produced by Annie R. McGuire
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
-
-
-</pre>
-
-</body>
-</html>
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=UTF-8" /> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Harper's Young People, November 14, 1882, by Various. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> + +body { + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; +} + + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; +} + +p { + margin-top: .51em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .49em; +} + +.p2 {margin-top: 2em;} +.p4 {margin-top: 4em;} +.p6 {margin-top: 6em;} + +hr { + width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; +} + +hr.tb {width: 45%;} +hr.chap {width: 65%} +hr.full {width: 95%;} + +table { + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; +} + +.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; +} /* page numbers */ + +.blockquot { + margin-left: 5%; + margin-right: 10%; +} + +.center {text-align: center;} + +.right {text-align: right;} + +.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + +.caption {font-weight: bold;} + +/* Images */ +.figcenter { + margin: auto; + text-align: center; +} + +.figleft { + float: left; + clear: left; + margin-left: 0; + margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-right: 1em; + padding: 0; + text-align: center; +} + +.figright { + float: right; + clear: right; + margin-left: 1em; + margin-bottom: + 1em; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-right: 0; + padding: 0; + text-align: center; +} + +/* Footnotes */ +.footnotes {border: dashed 1px;} + +.footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;} + +.fnanchor { + vertical-align: super; + font-size: .8em; + text-decoration: + none; +} + + </style> + </head> +<body> +<div>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 60596 ***</div> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#WAITING">WAITING.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#AN_ADVENTURE_IN_THE_SUEZ_CANAL">AN ADVENTURE IN THE SUEZ CANAL.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#UNCLE_ZEDS_WOLF">UNCLE ZED'S WOLF.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CORAL_REEFS">CORAL REEFS.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#THE_BOYS_STORE-KEEPING">THE BOY'S STORE-KEEPING.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#SQUIRRELS_AND_HOW_TO_KEEP_THEM">SQUIRRELS, AND HOW TO KEEP THEM.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#NAN">NAN.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#LITTLE_MASTER_QUIG">LITTLE MASTER QUIG.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#OUR_POST_OFFICE_BOX">OUR POST-OFFICE BOX.</a></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;"> +<img src="images/ill_001.jpg" width="800" height="298" alt="HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE" /> +</div> + +<hr class="full" /> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary=""> +<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">vol. iv.—no</span>. 159.</td><td align="center"><span class="smcap">Published by HARPER & BROTHERS, New York</span>.</td><td align="right"><span class="smcap">price four cents</span>.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Tuesday, November 14, 1882.</td><td align="center">Copyright, 1882, by <span class="smcap">Harper & Brothers</span>.</td><td align="right">$1.50 per Year, in Advance.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<hr class="full" /> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 655px;"><a name="WAITING" id="WAITING"></a> +<img src="images/ill_002.jpg" width="655" height="700" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span></p> + +<h2>WAITING.</h2> + +<h3>BY MARGARET JOHNSON.</h3> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">I said, "When will the summer come?</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Mamma, is it not late?"</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">She smiled, and answered. "By-and-by;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Be patient, child, and wait."</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">I asked papa if he would buy</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">A new wax doll for me.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">He pinched my cheek, and said, "Not now;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Be patient, and I'll see."</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"Nurse, tell me when my dear rose-bush</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">A blossom red will bear."</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"Oh, by-and-by, my dear. Don't fret.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Come, let me brush your hair."</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"When shall I grow so tall, papa,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">That I can reach your head?"</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"Quite soon enough, my little one;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Wait patiently," he said.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"Dear me!" I thought; "they all say 'Wait.'</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">I'll put my dolls away.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">And go and sit upon the stairs</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">As long as I can stay."</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Now I have waited patiently</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">For hours and hours and hours,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">And yet the dear doll has not come,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">The summer, nor the flowers.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">I have not grown a single bit,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">And now I know it's late.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">I'm going up to tell mamma</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">It does no good to wait.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="AN_ADVENTURE_IN_THE_SUEZ_CANAL" id="AN_ADVENTURE_IN_THE_SUEZ_CANAL">AN ADVENTURE IN THE SUEZ CANAL.</a></h2> + +<h3>BY DAVID KER.</h3> + +<p>"So it seems a fellow called Arabi Bey, or some such name, is making a +row in Cairo; but of course it won't come to anything—these things +never do."</p> + +<p>So spoke, after exchanging a few words with a pilot who had just come +down the Suez Canal from Port Said, the Captain of our homeward-bound +steamer from India, little dreaming how world-famous the "row" of which +he spoke so lightly was to become not many weeks later.</p> + +<p>"If these Arab fellows should ever want to destroy the canal," says a +young English Lieutenant of Engineers going home from India on leave, +"they wouldn't have much trouble with it. You see there's a regular +hollow on each side here and there, and they need only dig through or +blow up the embankment to run the channel bone-dry in no time."</p> + +<p>His words are confirmed a few minutes later when a group of native +goat-herds, as black and shaggy and wild-looking as the goats which they +tend, wade out to within a few yards of the steamer, clamorously +offering to dive for <i>piastres</i> (five-cent copper pieces). In fact, the +Suez Canal, throughout its whole length of eighty-six miles, is as +shallow as any ditch except in the very centre of the channel, and even +there it has a depth of only twenty six and a quarter feet, with a mean +breadth of seventy, widening to one hundred in the "sidings."</p> + +<p>Every now and then we pass a neat little landing-place, surmounted by a +painted station house overlooking a tiny patch of stunted shrubs and +straggling flowers, doing their best to grow upon a thin smear of soil +brought from a distance, and plastered upon the barren, scorching sand. +A little farther on we see, perched on a steep sand ridge just at the +point where the canal enters the wide smooth expanse of the Timsah Lake, +a primitive sentry-box, consisting merely of a screen of dried grass, +supported by four tall canes, beneath which a drowsy Arab is supposed to +look out for passing steamers when he has nothing better to do.</p> + +<p>But just as we are two-thirds of the way across the Timsah Lake itself, +one of the many shallow lagoons through which the canal runs for a full +third of its length, we see the French steamer ahead of us halt +suddenly, and the next moment comes a signal that a boat has run aground +in the canal beyond the lake, and that we must wait until she gets off +again.</p> + +<p>There is no help for it, and we are just making up our minds to a halt +of several hours, with nothing to do but stare at the trim bonbon-like +houses and dark green plantations of Ismailia<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> along the farther +shore, with the big white front of the Khedive's palace standing up in +the midst like an overgrown hotel, when an unexpected interruption +occurs.</p> + +<p>"Look here, mates," shouts a sailor perched on the jib-boom; "here's one +o' them darkies out for a swim. He'll be coming to challenge old Jack +here to swim a match for the championship of the canal."</p> + +<p>"Let him try it," retorts a tall, raw-boned, North Country man behind +him. "If that 'ere nigger thinks he can beat <i>me</i>, he'll know better +afore long, or my name ain't Jack Hawley."</p> + +<p>So saying, Jack strips and plunges in, heading straight for the round +black head which is bobbing about like a cork in the smooth water. But +just as he reaches the Arab the latter vanishes, and a sharp pinch on +his right calf warns Jack that his enemy has taken him in the rear, amid +a shout of laughter from the steamer.</p> + +<p>Jack darts at his assailant, who dives again, and coming up beyond him, +splashes a perfect cataract of water in his face, and instantly the two +are at it with might and main, filling the whole air with showers of +glittering spray.</p> + +<p>"Will you swim me to that buoy yonder, Johnny?" challenges Jack.</p> + +<p>"You go, me go," grins the native, and off they start.</p> + +<p>At first the Egyptian's short, snapping, hand-over-hand stroke carries +him bravely on; but little by little the long, steady, powerful strokes +of the Englishman begin to tell, and at length he forges slightly ahead. +The crew cheer lustily, and fancy that Jack has certainly won the race; +but the young Lieutenant, who knows Arab ways, shakes his head and tells +them to "wait a bit."</p> + +<p>Poor Jack! he has forgotten in his eagerness that his head is +unprotected, and that he has not one of those cast-iron Eastern skulls +that can defy a tropical sun. All at once his head is seen to sway +dizzily back, he throws up his arms convulsively, and down he goes.</p> + +<p>"Stand by to lower the boat!" roars the Captain. "Be alive now!"</p> + +<p>As if moved by a single impulse, the men spring at once to the davits; +but, luckily for poor Jack, other and nearer help is at hand. The Arab, +when he sees his rival's strength fail so suddenly, guesses in a moment +what is the matter, and makes for him at once. Three powerful strokes +bring him alongside of the sinking man, and twining his sinewy fingers +in Jack's bushy hair, he holds the latter's head above water, paddling +gently meanwhile to keep himself afloat.</p> + +<p>"Stand by your tackle! let go!"</p> + +<p>The tackles rattle sharply through the blocks, the boat splashes into +the water, and the passengers spring upon the bulwarks to give her a +cheer as she darts away toward the two imperilled men, as fast as eight +sturdy rowers can propel her.</p> + +<p>But in this race between life and death the chances are terribly in +favor of the latter. True, the water of the lake, salter by far than the +sea itself, is buoyant as India rubber; but it is no easy matter for the +Arab, already spent with his long swim, to support the huge bulk of the +helpless sailor, and the boat seems still a fearfully long way off.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span></p> + +<p>Once, twice, the Englishman's head dips below the surface, and the +oarsmen almost leap from their seats as they see it. Pull, boys, pull! +And now they are but three lengths off, and now but one, and now, with a +deafening hurrah, the fainting man and his exhausted rescuer are dragged +into the boat.</p> + +<p>"Come, boys," cried Lieutenant H——, "that's a plucky fellow, Arab or +no Arab. What do you say to sending round the hat for him; here's a +<i>rupee</i>" (fifty cents) "to begin with."</p> + +<p>And half an hour later the Arab was on his way back to the shore, with +more money tied up in the white cotton sash round his waist than he had +ever had before, in his life.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="UNCLE_ZEDS_WOLF" id="UNCLE_ZEDS_WOLF">UNCLE ZED'S WOLF.</a></h2> + +<h4>A TRUE STORY.</h4> + +<h3>BY MRS. KATE UPSON CLARK.</h3> + +<p>"Baa! baa! baa!" sounded in noisy, frightened chorus underneath Parson +Darius Miller's windows one cold April morning about fifty years ago.</p> + +<p>So loud and so persistent was the chorus that Parson Miller's three +sturdy boys were awake and on their feet before it had grown light +enough to distinguish anything in the gray outside.</p> + +<p>"Father! father!" shouted James, the second boy, clattering down the +stairs in his heavy boots, "what ails the sheep? They're all huddled up +close to the house, right under your window. Don't you hear them? Say, +father, wake up!"</p> + +<p>In response to all this outcry, good Parson Miller, who was a +hardworking farmer as well as a parson, and slept the sleep of the just, +gave forth a feeble and only half-intelligent "yes." Presently, however, +he joined the boys, and then discovered that not all the sheep were +huddled together underneath the windows, but that two of them were +missing, and that large dangerous-looking tracks were all over the light +snow—a regular "sugar-snow"—which covered the ground outside.</p> + +<p>"I'll bet it's a wolf," ventured Daniel, the eldest boy.</p> + +<p>"Guess it's nothing but a wild-cat," said the parson.</p> + +<p>"Too big for a wild-cat," said Tom. "A great deal bigger than the one +Squire Taylor caught in his trap."</p> + +<p>Tom was the quiet boy, but somehow, when Tom spoke, even the older ones +paid attention. Tom's eyes were always on the alert, and though they +were of a gray and by no means beautiful color, and were set in a sallow +and "peaked" little face, Tom was considered a vastly good-looking boy +by all of the family and his intimate friends, on the principle of +"Handsome is that handsome does."</p> + +<p>Just then Squire Taylor, their next neighbor, came tramping hastily +across his field, his two boys, of about the same age as James and Tom +Miller, following after him.</p> + +<p>"Wolf tracks all around my barn," said the good Squire, excitedly, +before he had come near enough to see the sheep lying on the snow.</p> + +<p>"There!" cried Daniel, nodding significantly to Tom.</p> + +<p>"Where's the fellow gone?" queried little Tom, who was only fourteen, +and who didn't look so old as that by reason of his small stature.</p> + +<p>"That's it! that's it!" cried the Squire, slapping Tom approvingly on +the shoulder. "Where's the varmint gone? Let's track him, to be sure. +Hullo! there's Uncle Zed."</p> + +<p>Sure enough, old Zadok Cummings, familiarly known as "Uncle Zed," was +hurrying along through the fields toward them, and carrying his old +shot-gun in his hands. The news had evidently travelled fast.</p> + +<p>"Seen him?" shouted the old man, all on fire with excitement, while +drops of sweat ran down his russet face, in spite of the chilly weather. +"Jest tell me what direction he's took, 'n' I'll ketch him! The critter! +I'll ketch him; oh, I'll ketch him!" And Uncle Zed looked so fierce and +funny that all of them began to laugh. But they finally succeeded in +convincing the old man that he couldn't possibly "ketch him," for a few +moments at least, and that the case was too serious for them to decide +at once on the best course to pursue.</p> + +<p>"He'll be around to-night too, and bring some more with him, if we don't +ketch him," put in Uncle Zed, whenever a good chance occurred.</p> + +<p>Two or three had started out to follow the trail of the wolf, and they +came back to report that the tracks ended in Squire Taylor's woods.</p> + +<p>"We must make a ring right around the woods, and hem him in—that's the +way," said the Squire, quickly.</p> + +<p>Tom, standing back behind his brothers, was seen to nod approvingly, +whereupon the other boys did the same. Indeed, the proposition seemed to +commend itself to the entire company, and they started toward the woods, +those who had not brought guns hurrying off to get some.</p> + +<p>"I could do it jest as well alone," muttered Uncle Zed. "They hain't ben +no wolves around here for several years now, but I hain't forgot how to +ketch 'em. I guess I hain't."</p> + +<p>The men were disposed, and then everything was profoundly quiet, +excepting for the sound of the beating of the bushes, or of a stray +shot, when some overconfident hunter was "sure he had him."</p> + +<p>At last Uncle Zed heard a low growl in a thicket, and he had hardly time +to raise his gun when out sprang an enormous wolf, and came directly +toward him. The old man, almost paralyzed with fright, pulled the +trigger, but his hand trembled so that his shot went a yard above the +wolf's head, and the animal bounded past him unhurt. Uncle Zed shrieked, +"Wolf! wolf!" and a half-dozen men were soon in hot pursuit of the +discovered game.</p> + +<p>Tom Miller, feeling very disconsolate because he hadn't any gun, had not +accompanied the rest; but his mother, who felt no fear for Tom, and +sympathized deeply with the courageous little fellow, had advised him to +go to a certain neighbor's and see if he couldn't borrow one. It was +necessary to go quite a distance, but Tom had made it on old Sorrel, the +mare. He had come back in a wonderfully short time, bringing a trusty +little shot-gun with him, and was making his way up the hill just as the +wolf dashed out of the woods, heading in his direction.</p> + +<p>Tom's heart came up in his throat, but he ran for a clump of bushes +close by that he thought would afford a good position for a shot, +stationed himself among them, and waited.</p> + +<p>The cries of the men in pursuit came nearer. Then the gallop into which +the wolf had broken from its quick trot when it left the woods seemed to +shake the very ground under him. Spring—spring—spring, came the +terrified brute. He was in sight. Tom steadied his gun and fired. The +wolf uttered a cry, half bark, half screech, and giving a few lame and +wounded leaps, lay bleeding on the ground. Then shot after shot from the +men behind was poured in upon the poor creature, until he lay thoroughly +dead. Tom Miller was quite the hero of the day, and it was voted +unanimously that the wolf-skin belonged to him.</p> + +<p>"Well, Uncle Zed, why didn't you 'ketch him,' as you said you were going +to?" inquired Squire Taylor, jokingly, as the men were separating to go +to a late dinner.</p> + +<p>"Don' know what in thunder ailed my gun," complained Uncle Zed, rapping +that unfortunate weapon crossly; "but, after all"—straightening up +proudly—"you'd never have ketched that wolf if it hadn't 'a ben for +me."</p> + +<p>"How's that?" asked the Squire.</p> + +<p>"Why, goodness gracious! didn't you hear me holler? I hollered an' +started you all up. My!" continued the old man, reflectively, as he +turned away amid a general laugh, which did not appear to damp his +spirits in the least, "how I did holler!"</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span></p> + +<h2><a name="CORAL_REEFS" id="CORAL_REEFS">CORAL REEFS.</a></h2> + +<h3>BY SARAH COOPER.</h3> + +<p>The attention of seamen and navigators has long been attracted by the +number of circular islands in the warm parts of the Pacific and Indian +oceans. Generally each one of these circular islands contains a lake of +quiet water extending almost to its outer shores, so that the island +looks like a fairy ring of land floating in the ocean, and adorned with +tropical trees and plants.</p> + +<p>Happily for the boys and girls of the present day, this subject, with +other equally fascinating branches of science, has now been studied by +naturalists, who give us the rich results of their labors. It seems +scarcely possible that the dainty beautiful corals which we examined not +long ago in <span class="smcap">Young People</span> can have anything to do with the making of +islands, but so it is. Coral reefs are vast masses of coral which have +grown in warm oceans. Their formation must have been slow, yet they +sometimes extend hundreds of miles. Florida and many other parts of our +solid continents are known to have been formed from coral reefs.</p> + +<p>Let us now try to picture to ourselves the beginning of one of these +reefs, and by following its growth step by step we may at least +understand how it has been formed. There are hills and valleys on the +bottom of the ocean as well as on the land. We will fancy that some +young coral polyps which have been swimming about in the sea settle on +the sides of one of these hills, and begin to grow and spread all around +it. They will increase also by the deposit of eggs until they form a +circular wall.</p> + +<p>As the coral wall grows, the lower polyps and the inner ones die, their +skeletons forming a solid foundation for all that grow above them. There +may be only about an inch of living coral on the outside of the reef.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_003.jpg" width="400" height="183" alt="" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1.—a, a, <span class="smcap">Surface of the Water</span>; b, <span class="smcap">Natural Red of +the Ocean</span>; c, c, <span class="smcap">Coral Formation</span>; d, <span class="smcap">Lagoon</span>.</span> +</div> + +<p>These walls rise nearly straight, and you will see that in doing so they +inclose a circular basin of quiet water, and now you can understand why +it is that a coral island mostly has a lake in the centre, as is shown +in Fig. 1. The lakes are called lagoons.</p> + +<p>The bottom of the wall is formed of brain-coral and other solid kinds +which live only in deep water, and they die when a certain height is +reached. The formation of the new island does not stop with their death, +however. The wall having now reached the proper height to suit branching +corals, which require shallower water, their young polyps will settle +upon it, and finish the structure. We might suppose a reef formed of +branching corals would be open and unsubstantial, but in their growth +the branches are thickly interlaced. The spaces between them become +filled with substances floating in the ocean, and with pieces of coral +which are broken from the reef by the fierce dashing of the waves. The +whole forms a solid mass, stronger, perhaps, than any stone masonry. The +fragments of coral suffer no serious injury by breaking, but if lodged +in some favorable spot they continue to grow.</p> + +<p>The outer edge of the wall is steep and abrupt. Soundings taken just +outside show very deep water. In this portion of the wall the corals +live and thrive, always supplied with clear water. The breakers dash +against it with such fury that apparently the hardest rock must in time +yield to the tremendous force of the waves. But, strange as it may +appear, the soft jelly-like bodies of the polyps give to the reef the +power of resisting the billows.</p> + +<p>The inner surface of the wall slopes gently to the land, and being +washed by quiet waters often containing sand and mud, it is not +favorable to the growth of polyps. Still, there are certain kinds of +coral which thrive within the lagoons; some of them are exceedingly +brilliant and beautiful.</p> + +<p>The coral polyps die before they reach the surface of the ocean, as no +corals can live out of water. The remainder of the island is built up by +shells, pieces of broken coral, sea-weed, and other floating materials +which are washed upon it, raising the wall higher and higher. The +never-ceasing action of the waves grinds up these shells and broken +coral, until at last they form a soil of sand and mud which is now ready +to receive any seeds that may float on the water or be brought by the +winds and the birds. The seeds take root in the new soil, and young +plants begin to appear on the glistening white surface. Floating +cocoa-nuts often lodge on the shores, and cocoa-nut-trees are among the +first to grow upon them. As the plants drop their leaves and decay, the +soil is enriched little by little, and fitted for the home of various +animals and birds, which in some mysterious manner find their way to +these lonely spots far out at sea. In time our coral reef may become a +beautiful tropical island fringed with waving trees and plants, and +inhabited by man.</p> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_004.jpg" width="400" height="156" alt="" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2.—<span class="smcap">An Atoll</span>.</span> +</div> + +<p>Circular islands seldom form complete rings. There is generally an +opening into the lake on the side most sheltered from the wind. A safe +harbor in mid-ocean is thus made, in which vessels may take shelter, but +it requires an expert navigator to pass the perils at its entrance. To +anchor on the outer shore would be impossible. In Fig. 2 is a pretty +little coral island with ships in its lagoon. If a lake is entirely +inclosed by the coral wall, it may in time be changed to fresh water by +the rains that fall into it.</p> + +<p>Coral reefs often extend to a depth of three hundred feet below the +surface of the ocean, and formerly persons were puzzled to know how they +could have grown in such deep water, as no coral polyps can live at a +greater depth than twenty or thirty fathoms. This puzzling question was +settled by the late Charles Darwin, who first showed that coral islands +occur where there has been a gradual sinking of the bottom of the ocean. +As the reef rises in height, the sinking of the foundation partly +counteracts the upward growth of the coral; consequently the proper<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span> +depth of water is secured, and the reef appears to be stationary, +whereas it is really growing upward.</p> + +<p>Whenever a coral reef rises above the surface of the ocean, we may know +that the coral, which grew under water, has been lifted above the level +of the sea by a rising of the ocean-bed.</p> + +<p>These circular reefs are called "atolls." They are quite different from +the "fringing reefs," which extend along the shores of continents and +islands. There are usually openings or breaks in fringing reefs directly +opposite the mouths of rivers and fresh-water streams, as the corals can +not endure currents which carry mud or sediment. Perhaps the grandest +reef to be found in any part of the world is the one extending along the +northeast coast of Australia. It is nearly one thousand miles in length, +and proves to us that the helpless coral polyps have played no trifling +part in the formation of our earth. All they have accomplished has been +done merely by their living and growing.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/ill_005.jpg" width="500" height="355" alt="" /> +<span class="caption">WINTER.</span> +</div> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="THE_BOYS_STORE-KEEPING" id="THE_BOYS_STORE-KEEPING">THE BOY'S STORE-KEEPING.</a></h2> + +<h3>BY C. M. ST. DENYS.</h3> + +<h3>I.</h3> + +<p>Across the way from the Stanley boys' home a new house was being built. +A pile of lumber lay just outside of the sidewalk in front of the new +building, and it was piled so irregularly that the upper boards extended +out considerably beyond the lower ones, thus forming a sheltered spot +below. The ends of some of the lower boards, too, projected in such a +way as to make little shelves at different heights, and even a rude seat +and table. The boys had often gathered under this shelter for a chat, +and when John and Bob Stanley announced that they saw in it the making +of a fine store, all the other boys groaned inwardly, and said to +themselves, "Why did not I think of that?"</p> + +<p>Of course Bob and John did not plunge into the risks of business without +first counting the cost. The plan was well digested. They had talked it +over fully three days before it was publicly announced.</p> + +<p>The chief difficulty was about the amount of capital to be invested. +John had been saving up his money for a long time toward buying a +bicycle, and Bob—well, Bob was not so thrifty; there was not much +"save" about him, though when it came to needing the money to set him up +in business, he saw clearly that he must mend his ways.</p> + +<p>"I declare, John," he said, gloomily, "I don't believe I can rake up +twenty-five cents toward starting the store. I wish I'd thought of it +before. It was only last week I bought ten cents' worth of marbles."</p> + +<p>"Put them in stock, and sell out at an advance," suggested John.</p> + +<p>Bob shook his head. "The boys aren't going to pay me more for marbles +than they can get them for at Thompson's. Besides, I was dunce enough to +show them off at recess, so the boys would call them second-hand, and +want a reduction."</p> + +<p>"That's true. But you had better lose on them for the sake of getting +some cash in hand that you could lay out in something you could make +money on."</p> + +<p>"But I don't see how we are to make money, anyhow. The other boys can +buy as cheap as we can."</p> + +<p>"No; Thompson would come down in his prices if we told him we were +buying to sell again. Buying at wholesale, you know, they always do."</p> + +<p>"So they do;" and Bob's face brightened. "You have a lot of money to put +into the business," he said, admiringly.</p> + +<p>"I sha'n't put all my money in," said the prudent John. "It's too much +risk. I'd rather begin small; and then I could get my bicycle even if we +failed in business."</p> + +<p>For it must be admitted that, like reasonable beings, they looked +forward to failure as the most probable ending to their enterprise. Nine +men out of every ten who start in business for themselves fail; and why +should not they close in this exciting and approved manner? As far back +as the time of Macbeth such things were not unknown; and the boys said +bravely to themselves, "'If we fail, we fail'; and so much the more +interesting."</p> + +<p>"But how much capital are you going to put in?" persisted Bob.</p> + +<p>"Well, now, really, Bob, if we are to be even partners, I can't put any +more money in than you do. It would make the thing too complicated, and +not be fair to me, you know."</p> + +<p>Bob sighed. "Only half a dollar to start the business! It will look +mean. I wish I had not got so many glasses of soda-water this season. +It's worse than marbles for running away with money."</p> + +<p>"We might take in some more partners," said John, after a thoughtful +pause.</p> + +<p>"But Dick says he don't care about it, and every cent of Sam's money +goes for his bantams and pigeons."</p> + +<p>"What do you say to asking Tom Fleming?"</p> + +<p>"No," said Bob, decisively. "When a gold mine opens before you, keep it +all in the family, I say."</p> + +<p>But the difficulty of the small capital still remained. Their anxiety +lost the boys at least an hour's sleep that night, and when they woke in +the morning, the same burden at once took possession of them.</p> + +<p>"Let's tell Aunt Sue about it," said Bob.</p> + +<p>Aunt Sue was much pleased with the plan. She thought the effort to +conduct the little business would give them business habits and tact. +She made suggestions that helped them greatly.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span></p> + +<p>"You won't need much money to start with," she said. "Look over your +closets and boxes, and see what you have already that you would like to +dispose of. You have a good many toys and other things that you will +never use again, and you might sell them for something. Call your shop a +new and second-hand store, and that will make it all fair. What kind of +a stock were you thinking of keeping?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, almost anything. Like a country store, you know. Marbles, and tops, +and slate-pencils, and—"</p> + +<p>"And chewing-gum," suggested Bob. "The boys and girls buy more of that +than of anything else lately."</p> + +<p>"I wouldn't keep it if I were you," said Aunt Sue. "It's a bad habit to +use it, and you want to establish your business on good principles. I +hope you'll keep bird-seed, though. You could count on me as a +customer."</p> + +<p>"Well, we will, and we'll give up the chewing-gum. But, Aunt Sue," and +Bob assumed his most persuasive tones, "I'll tell you one thing we could +sell like wild-fire, and it would not cost us anything, either."</p> + +<p>"What?" asked Aunt Sue, smiling, but mentally bracing herself for +opposition.</p> + +<p>"Cookies."</p> + +<p>"Not of my baking, Bob. You ought to know too much of the trouble and +expense of cake-making to think of it. I can't undertake to supply the +town with cookies."</p> + +<p>Bob sobered at this reference to his prowess at cake-baking; but Sister +Bess, regardless of his feelings, mischievously suggested,</p> + +<p>"You might make molasses candy for sale."</p> + +<p>"It's out of season," returned Bob, with dignity. "I guess we'll lay in +a stock of sour-balls."</p> + +<p>"I'll tell you what I'll do for you," said Bess, relenting. "I'll make +you some button-hole bouquets."</p> + +<p>"Well, but I don't know who'll buy them."</p> + +<p>"They'll help to fill up the shelves and make the place look pretty, at +any rate."</p> + +<p>Bob and John began to feel that the store was going to be a success, and +proceeded to overhaul the attic for salable articles.</p> + +<p>The sign-board was a very important matter. Dick undertook to paint them +one. But as it would take some days for the paint to dry, it was decided +that they could begin with a sign chalked on an old slate.</p> + +<p>There was not much to be done toward fitting up the store. A piece of +canvas was hung on one side, and a loose board was laid across the +entrance for protection against the rabble, for as the store was only +large enough to hold the proprietors and their goods, the customers were +exacted to make their purchases over the counter from the outside.</p> + +<p>Saturday was to be "Opening Day," and the very earliest people on their +way to market saw the two boys working like beavers to get the place to +rights in good season. By the time the village boys and girls had +breakfasted the new store shone out in all its glory, with the sign +"<span class="smcap">Stanley Brothers</span>" the most conspicuous thing about it.</p> + +<p>The marbles and other small articles were arranged as neatly as possible +in boxes on the irregular little shelves. Some old story-books with the +boys' dictionary were piled modestly in the background, while the jar of +sour-balls and the row of tasty little bouquets were paraded on the +counter.</p> + +<p>This plan, however, did not work well, for the boys found themselves +obliged to keep a sharp eye on these attractive goods to prevent their +being snatched by evil-disposed visitors, and it was very harassing. The +business had been so well advertised beforehand, at recesses and on +other occasions, that the whole juvenile population made a point of +repairing thither in the course of the day. Most of them came only to +look, but that was to be expected on Opening Day.</p> + +<p>The boys had not thought of putting up a notice to the effect that it +was no trouble to show goods; but if they had, that day's experience +would have decided them against it. Some of the boys, and girls too, for +that matter, were very provoking, and insisted on seeing everything that +was in the store, when they had not the least intention of buying +anything.</p> + +<p>Some of them, too, were very frank in expressing their opinion about the +stock. <i>They</i> would not open a store at all if they could do no better +than that.</p> + +<p>But the very worst of it all was that all the boys that did want to buy +always wanted to trade off something else for the goods; and the girls +were more unreasonable still, for they thought that Bob and John ought +to be willing to sell everything for pins.</p> + +<p>By noon the boys were beginning to feel quite dejected. To be sure, they +had taken in a few cents for sour-balls; but then they had reason to +believe that several had been feloniously abstracted while the throng +was greatest—for part of the time the little counter had been lined +three or four deep—so that, on the whole, they would probably lose on +this most popular article. Bob and John each ate a sour-ball to restore +their spirits.</p> + +<p>"They'll melt in this bright sun," said Bob, "and the flowers are +wilting. We had better put them back in the shade. What shall we put +front instead?"</p> + +<p>"Slate-pencils," suggested John.</p> + +<p>"Pooh! Catch a boy buying a slate-pencil on Saturday."</p> + +<p>The question was still unsettled when the welcome sound of the dinner +bell was heard. Obeying the first impulse, both boys started for home. +Then Bob stopped.</p> + +<p>"I don't believe it's safe to leave the store alone," he said.</p> + +<p>"No, of course not. You stay till I come back. I'm awfully hungry."</p> + +<p>"I guess I'm as hungry as you are," returned Bob, but John was half-way +across the street; so Bob, calling to him to hurry back, sat down, +hungrier than ever, to nurse his provocation over that selfish John. +There was no help for it; he must try if another sour-ball would stop +the gnawings of hunger and sweeten his temper for the next customer.</p> + +<p>It seemed as if the whole town must dine at the same hour, for Bob was +left quite lonely for a while.</p> + +<p>Then John came back, devouring a biscuit as he came, and making some +remarks beginning, "Aunt Sue says," which Bob did not stop to hear, for +the boys passed each other in the middle of the street like two +oppositely bound locomotives.</p> + +<h3>II.</h3> + +<p>Bob staid a long time. Neither did he move as swiftly on his return trip +as he had when he started out.</p> + +<p>"I'll tell you what it is, John," he said, at the first opportunity, +"we'll have to take in some outside partners, after all. A couple of the +Flemings could help us first-rate. They always have their meals later +than we do."</p> + +<p>"Well," said John, "I don't know but it would be a good thing to have +somebody to share the responsibility."</p> + +<p>"But I don't see how we can make room for any more boys inside here. +It's crowded enough now."</p> + +<p>"We don't all need to be inside at once. One could be floor-walker, and +one a detective, or something in the crowd. I'd like it. It's tiresome +sitting in this little place all day. I got awfully cramped this +morning."</p> + +<p>So overtures were made to Tom and Fred Fleming, who felt quite +flattered, and accepted the honor at once. After some discussion they +were installed as silent partners, and contributed their quota of +fish-hooks and decalcomanie pictures, etc., to the now flourishing +business.</p> + +<p>The shop being so near, Aunt Sue and Bessie visited it in the afternoon +to see how the boys were getting on.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span> They were shocked to see some of +their own possessions airing in the new store. An old set of false curls +hung dangling on a nail, like a scalp adorning an Indian wigwam as an +honorable trophy.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 642px;"> +<img src="images/ill_006.jpg" width="642" height="700" alt="" /> +<span class="caption">"'YOU OUTRAGEOUS BOYS!' EXCLAIMED AUNT SUE."</span> +</div> + +<p>"You outrageous boys!" exclaimed Aunt Sue, as she seized and confiscated +it. "Where did you get this?"</p> + +<p>"Out of the attic," said Bob, meekly. "I thought you were done with it."</p> + +<p>"But it's not for sale if I am done with it. I'm surprised at you."</p> + +<p>Aunt Sue seemed really hurt, and was scarcely mollified by Bob's saying, +coaxingly, "Oh, now, Aunt Sue, don't be vexed. I always liked to see +them hanging down your neck. They looked so pretty, I thought somebody +else might be glad to get them."</p> + +<p>By this time Bessie had discovered a tin-type of herself among a lot of +cheap pictures, and her wrath burst forth on John, who was just +congratulating himself on having escaped his aunt's wrath.</p> + +<p>"I'd like to know what right you have to offer my picture for sale," she +said, indignantly.</p> + +<p>"It's not yours. It's mine. You gave it to me on my birthday."</p> + +<p>"And that's all you care for it! I'll be careful how I ever give my +picture to another boy. Give it to me this minute."</p> + +<p>"Why, no, Bess. It shows how much we admire it. Other folks do too. I +had an offer for it this morning, but I couldn't make the change."</p> + +<p>Bessie's eyes flashed; and Aunt Sue, coming to the rescue, quietly laid +the picture in her bag with the curls.</p> + +<p>"I think you had better show us your whole stock, boys," she said, +calmly. "What are your skates doing here?"</p> + +<p>"I'm going to sell them. I'd rather have a bicycle than skates any day."</p> + +<p>"Very well; only if you part with them don't expect to have a new pair +given to you when winter comes. What books have you? Why, boys, you are +not going to sell your dictionary!"</p> + +<p>"Oh, I'm tired of looking through it. The old bother!"</p> + +<p>"It must be taken home," said Aunt Sue, with decision. "It won't do to +have your father's dictionaries thumbed and dog-eared in this way. You +must keep your own."</p> + +<p>The boys were beginning to think that the custom of their immediate +relatives was not going to be profitable. But the seizures were over +now, and Aunt Sue actually bought in John's old copy of <i>Original +Poems</i>. Bessie, too, concluded to be forgiving, and she and Aunt Sue +made several other purchases, so that they left the boys in good spirits +in spite of the bad beginning.</p> + +<p>In the trying morning hours the boys had decided to close early every +Saturday afternoon "for the sake of their clerks." But they felt better +after the Flemings came to their assistance, and did not close until six +o'clock, when everything had to be packed in boxes and carried home +until Monday. Before doing this, however, they took an account of stock +and balanced their accounts, which was a comparatively simple matter, as +they sold nothing on credit. Aunt Sue had bought half their supply of +bird-seed, and Molly Fleming had taken all the bouquets at half price to +distribute in the infant school the next morning. The boys spent the +evening in talking over the events of the day.</p> + +<p>"If we did so well on the first day, what may we not expect on the +second?" was the feeling with which the young merchants began business +on Monday. But Monday brought new trials. The goods had all to be packed +away, and the store closed by school-time, which seemed rather +humiliating. Of course the boys intended to resume punctually at twelve +o'clock. But how unlucky! They all unaccountably missed their lessons, +and were kept in to correct them, so that they lost the whole of their +noon trade.</p> + +<p>Perhaps this only gave greater zest to the afternoon spell, for they +kept open quite late that evening. Still, with all their devotion, +business flagged. Infant schools could not absorb a stock of bouquets +every day, and Aunt Sue had enough bird-seed to last her a week. The +sour-ball business proved to be quite a losing one, for the luscious +things melted away mysteriously even when kept in the shade, although +each partner kept a strict watch on himself, and seldom, oh, very +seldom, refreshed himself with one.</p> + +<p>Things got so serious that the four partners held a business meeting +that evening after the store closed.</p> + +<p>"We've got to do something, boys, or we'll break before the week's out, +sure as fate," said Fred Fleming.</p> + +<p>By Tuesday the boys had that care-worn look that men acquire when they +can't make both ends meet. The other boys really pitied them, and some +of them actually bought slate-pencils on their way to school in the +afternoon, though they did not need them.</p> + +<p>That very afternoon an occurrence took place which threatened to end the +boys' store-keeping quite tragically.</p> + +<p>An organ grinder, with his red-coated monkey, planted himself just +beside the pile of lumber and began to play. This pleased Tom and Bob, +who happened to be in sole charge at the time. They enjoyed a monkey's +antics as well as any one.</p> + +<p>Perhaps it was the flag waving over the sign of the "Stanley Brothers" +that suggested to the man to play "Rally round the Flag, Boys." He +played it with a will, and the boys, and girls too, rallied with a +vengeance. The young merchants found their store again a grand centre of +attraction.</p> + +<p>The monkey seemed particularly delighted with it, for, after dancing and +bowing on the organ-top a short time, he leaped upon the counter, and +before the proprietors knew what he was about he had thrust his paw into +the box of rubber balls, and was throwing a ball into the crowd.</p> + +<p>A shout of delight greeted this feat. Tom and Bob each made a dive after +the monkey, but he dexterously eluded them, and threw another ball.</p> + +<p>Of course the balls were thrown back at him, and in a moment the air +seemed full of them, flying in every direction. The boys could not turn +their heads but bounce would come a ball into their eyes, and if they +tried to say, "You rascal," the words would be cut short by a ball +flying into their mouths. The uproar was tremendous, and the crowd grew +larger every minute. The monkey seemed to be in his element, dancing and +jumping from shelf to shelf, grinning and chattering with all his might, +and when there was no ball convenient he did not hesitate to throw +something else.</p> + +<p>The boys grew desperate when they saw their slate-pencils and +Jew's-harps flying through the air.</p> + +<p>"See here!" they shouted to the organ-grinder, who was now peacefully +playing the "Marseillaise Hymn," "this thing is getting dangerous. Take +your old monkey away, will you? You'll have to pay for all the damage. +Do you hear?"</p> + +<p>It would have been surprising if he had heard in all that uproar, but he +gave no sign.</p> + +<p>Tom made another lunge at the monkey, and fell sprawling over the +counter. Then Bob dived at him, but the monkey, reaching down from a +high perch, deftly lifted Bob's hat, and threw it into the crowd.</p> + +<p>"You rascal. I'll pay you for this," screamed Bob.</p> + +<p>But the next thing the monkey did was to plant himself on Bob's head. +Bob, with his face as red as the monkey's coat, clutched wildly at him, +but the monkey clutched the tighter.</p> + +<p>Bob could do nothing but scream and beat at the mischievous<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span> animal, +first with one hand, then with the other, then with both at once, while +the crowd shouted with laughter, until the organ-grinder, seeing that +his monkey was really in danger, stopped his music, called off his pet, +and began to move away. Then the crowd of children dispersed.</p> + +<p>John and Fred, who had been taking their turn "off" when these +proceedings began, now made their way to their crest-fallen comrades. +Bob was too angry to make any attempt to collect his property. He picked +up his battered hat and walked home, saying, "I don't care what becomes +of the old things. I've done with them."</p> + +<p>A few of their friends were kind enough to assist them in the search, +but it was a sorry-looking set of goods that were collected.</p> + +<p>"They're half of them gone," said Tom. "I do believe that monkey went +off with his cheeks and pockets full of our things."</p> + +<p>"I'll have that man prosecuted," said John, fiercely. "Which way did he +go?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, he's more likely to prosecute us. He says Bob half killed his +monkey."</p> + +<p>Sadly the boys packed up their damaged goods and carried them home, +protesting that they had had enough of store-keeping. The monkey had +scratched Bob's head so hard that he was really suffering, and Bess had +to run for the arnica bottle, and bandage his head.</p> + +<p>Aunt Sue was particularly liberal with the cake and preserves that +evening at tea, and if anything could have comforted the boys, it was +such thoughtfulness.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 510px;"> +<img src="images/ill_007.jpg" width="510" height="700" alt="" /> +<span class="caption">A FLIRTATION.</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span></p> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="SQUIRRELS_AND_HOW_TO_KEEP_THEM" id="SQUIRRELS_AND_HOW_TO_KEEP_THEM">SQUIRRELS, AND HOW TO KEEP THEM.</a></h2> + +<h3>BY JAMES OTIS.</h3> + +<p>It seems almost cruel to catch and cage such a bright, winsome little +fellow as a squirrel. In his natural state he seems to be thoroughly +happy. His home is a snug little hole in the fork of a tree, and all the +nut-bearing giants of the forest pay tribute to him. Bright, happy, +"cunning" little fellow, if you must keep him as a pet, lavish upon him +such kindness and attention as shall reconcile him to the prison bars, +and make him forget his forest home.</p> + +<p>The name squirrel comes from the Greek word <i>sciurus</i>, which is made up +of two words, signifying shade and tail, indicative of the little +creature's habit of shading its entire body when at rest with its tail.</p> + +<p>Of the species known to our woods, the most common is the striped +squirrel, an industrious little body, fond of his home and family, and +seldom given to roving, but one which the confinement of a cage kills in +a very short time.</p> + +<p>Then there is a little animal known by the boys as a chipmunk, which +some naturalists declare is a member of the squirrel family, while +others give it the name of dormouse. It makes a good pet, but must be +kept in a warm place, and besides the usual food for squirrels it +requires milk.</p> + +<p>The black squirrel is the largest of its species, and while it will live +in a cage, is rarely a tractable animal, requiring a vast amount of +patience to induce it even to take its food when any one is looking at +it.</p> + +<p>Then there is the flying-squirrel, which resembles the striped species. +It does not really fly, but has the power of flattening its legs and +feet in such a way that they do not look unlike wings. In leaping, the +legs and feet sustain it in the air until it almost seems as if it was +flying.</p> + +<p>It is the gray squirrel that is the most contented in captivity, and the +most easily tamed; therefore, if one really thinks it necessary to his +happiness to make a prisoner of such a liberty-loving little creature, +he should procure one of the gray species.</p> + +<p>If the reader is a would-be squirrel owner, and proposes to catch one in +the woods, he will be obliged to take just the kind of one that is +foolish enough to enter his trap; but if he proposes to buy one, he +should select it carefully, for much depends upon the condition of the +prisoner in taming or keeping him.</p> + +<p>See that the fur is sleek and glossy, for dry, ruffled-looking fur is a +sure sign the animal is sick, or pining so for the woods that he will +not live very long in a cage. Observe well if the feet are clean, for if +they are dirty, he has lost all pride in his appearance, which is +another sign of homesickness or some equally serious ailment. The eyes +should be bright, and the teeth perfectly white. Yellow teeth are a +sign of age, and it is as difficult to tame a very old squirrel as it is +to keep him alive in captivity.</p> + +<p>Beware of squirrels brought around by men who say they have caught and +tamed them. If they look stupid and inactive, the chances are that they +have been drugged to make them seem tame, and if they live, they will +surely be wild and intractable.</p> + +<p>Having made the selection of just such a one as you want for a pet, give +him all the comfort possible in the way of a cage. It is better to have +a large rough one than a small neat looking one; and if it is not +possible to buy a large cage, make one yourself, and the squirrel will +be pleased at the absence of style because of the increased facilities +for moving about.</p> + +<p>A board thirty-six inches long and sixteen wide is quite as small a base +for the house and run-around as should be given. Twenty-two inches of +this length should be devoted to the dwelling portion, which should be +built something after the style of a one-story cottage, with a second +floor just at the slope of the roof, so that the attic may serve as +sleeping-room and a place to which the squirrel can retire when he is +anxious to be hidden from view.</p> + +<p>The lower front of the house may be of wire, so that a portion of his +domestic life may be seen. The second floor should have in it an opening +about three inches square, which is connected with the first floor by a +small strip of board or thin stuff of any kind, placed at an angle, so +that he can get "upstairs" without difficulty.</p> + +<p>The floors should be of some hard wood, so that they may not absorb +water, and the whole place should be cleaned thoroughly once in every +three or four weeks. In order to do this readily, it is well to have one +side of the house fastened with hinges, so it may be swung open, and +then the little fellow can be shut into the wheel during house-cleaning. +The lower compartment should have a wire door, through which food can be +given.</p> + +<p>The wheel in which he takes his treadmill exercise any tin or wire +worker can make, and the hole which connects it with the house should be +large enough to prevent any possibility of his getting squeezed if he +attempts to go into his house while the wheel is turning rapidly.</p> + +<p>Give the little prisoner plenty of nuts of any kind, although those +containing the least oil are the best—acorns, wheat, stale bread, a +little boiled potato, and once in a very great while a bit of cooked +meat. Keep a small dish of water in the cage, and see to it carefully +that it is changed each day.</p> + +<p>In all dealings with the squirrel it is necessary to be gentle and +patient with him, if it is desired to make of him a real pet. Do not +force him out of his nest when he goes into it, nor keep him in the +wheel when he desires to go into his house.</p> + +<p>Each time that he is fed, whistle or make some peculiar sound, and he +will soon learn to come when he is called. This is the first step toward +teaching him to come into his owner's hands. After he has learned to +come at call, hold some particular dainty in the fingers, and do not let +him have it until he takes it himself.</p> + +<p>When once he has learned to have perfect confidence in his master, he +will not scruple to take food from his hands, and in a very short time +will be bold enough to explore his pockets, going into them bodily, for +something to eat that is a trifle better than his regular fare.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="NAN" id="NAN"></a>NAN.<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></h2> + +<h3>BY MRS. JOHN LILLIE,</h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Author of "Mildred's Bargain," "Aunt Ruth's Temptation," etc</span>.</h4> + +<h3><span class="smcap">Chapter V</span>.</h3> + +<p>Nan thought that the delight of this day never could be equalled by +anything life would bring, even at Beverley. To begin with, she and Miss +Phyllis started out in a luxurious carriage, which rolled them through +the town, past the butter shop, where Mrs. Rupert was standing in the +doorway, and deposited them at Mr. Lennon's large store, into which Nan +had never gone half so proudly before.</p> + +<p>"You needn't appear to recognize any one, Nan," Miss Phyllis said, just +as they went in; and this dashed Nan's spirits just a little, for Mary +Seymour, one of the girls in the millinery-room, was a particular friend +of her aunt's; but then Miss Phyllis must know best, thought Nan, and +she would trust to luck's keeping Mary out of their way.</p> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 405px;"> +<img src="images/ill_008.jpg" width="405" height="500" alt="" /> +<span class="caption">NAN PRESENTED TO MISS PHYLLIS FOR APPROVAL.</span> +</div> + +<p>Everybody was most polite to Miss Rolf; and when she said quietly, "I +want to see your handsomest dresses, ready made, for this little girl," +Nan could hardly move to follow them upstairs. Out of a long case, dress +after dress was taken, held up, tried on, examined, and criticised by +Miss Phyllis, who sat languidly with her purse and her<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span> note-book, +evidently quite regardless of prices. It was well Nan's opinion was not +asked, for she would never have dared to choose what Miss Phyllis did +for her, a soft, seal brown wool costume, handsomely trimmed with silk, +and with a jacket to match. Miss Phyllis quietly desired Nan to put +these garments on; and when the saleswoman brought her back from the +dressing-room, her cousin could not repress a smile of satisfaction; and +really little Nan did credit to the quiet, lady-like costume. Miss +Phyllis saw a great many possibilities in the child's bright face and +pretty, slender figure.</p> + +<p>The hat question came next, and here Nan's joy was somewhat dampened by +her fear that Mary Seymour would appear and claim acquaintance, and +thereby annoy Miss Phyllis; and sure enough, while she was trying on a +beautiful brown felt hat with a scarlet wing in it, Mary Seymour's voice +was heard cheerily from across the room.</p> + +<p>"Why, Nan Rolf," she was saying, "is that you?"</p> + +<p>And then Nan saw that her princess could look very different on +different occasions. She turned a cold little stare upon poor Mary, and +then said, in a tone that the shop-girl could hear perfectly, "Who is +that, Annice?"</p> + +<p>Now it was the first time Nan had been called by her full name since her +father died, and between the start it gave her, and her little worry +about Mary Seymour, she hardly knew what to say, and stood looking +guiltily at her aunt's friend, with a rush of color in her face.</p> + +<p>"It is Mary Seymour," she said, in a low voice.</p> + +<p>Miss Phyllis waited a moment, the cold look still on her face; then she +took Nan by the hand, and went across the room to where Mary was busy +putting bonnet frames into a drawer.</p> + +<p>"My little cousin is going away from Bromfield," she said, smiling, but +speaking in the very chilliest tone. "Perhaps you had better say +'good-by' to her now. She is going to live with her aunt at Beverley."</p> + +<p>Poor Mary stared at the beautiful young lady, and said nothing for a +moment; then she stooped down and kissed Nan's little red check +heartily.</p> + +<p>"Well, good-luck go with you, Nannie dear," she said; and half +understanding the impression Miss Rolf wished to make, she added, +looking up with a sad smile, "I suppose it won't do to expect you to +remember us any more, but Tommy'll miss you dreadfully."</p> + +<p>"I'll write him a letter, Mary," Nan exclaimed, and seeing Miss Rolf's +look of surprise turn to something like disgust, she added, "Tommy is +Mary's lame little brother."</p> + +<p>Miss Phyllis said nothing, but led the way back to the hats, and Nan, +unable to restrain herself further, whispered, "Miss Rolf, Cousin +Phyllis, why did you say I was going to <i>live</i> at Beverley, when it is +only a visit?"</p> + +<p>Miss Phyllis bit her lip angrily. "Never mind," was all she answered; +and then the brown felt hat was chosen, and the purchases went +on—gloves, and boots, and some dainty under-linen, and various small +belongings, until finally all that remained on Miss Phyllis's list was a +dressing-case and a trunk. Nan hardly knew which of the beautiful cases +to choose when her cousin left it to her; but finally a black leather +one with silver fastenings was selected, and Miss Phyllis directed the +shopman to have Nan's initials, A. B. R., put on it in little silver +letters.</p> + +<p>By this time Nan, in her new brown suit, with her hands in three-button +kid gloves, had begun to think she never, never could do justice to the +day, to Philip and Marian, and yet a something had stolen over her of +half dread to going back to the shop. Already she dreaded her aunt's +voice; the noisy, greasy tea table, where only Philip made things +endurable for her; so that when, as they left the last store, loading +the carriage with parcels, and Miss Phyllis said, "I'm going to keep you +for the night, Nan," my little heroine felt more than ever grateful and +happy.</p> + +<h3><span class="smcap">Chapter VI</span>.</h3> + +<p>Mrs. Grange received Nan very cordially when she made her appearance +with Miss Rolf. The gentle little lady was quite a revelation to Nan, +whose ideas of elderly people were formed entirely on the noisy, +overworked matrons she had seen at Mrs. Rupert's. Nan was only allowed a +few words with her hostess, and then Miss Rolf carried her off to the +little sitting-room upstairs, where, when she had laid aside her hat and +jacket, Miss Rolf told her she had better write Mrs. Rupert a note to +explain her absence.</p> + +<p>"And I want you to word it very carefully, Nan," said Phyllis, coming up +to the little girl with a very serious expression. "You know things are +changed with you now, and you must begin at once to let your aunt and +her family understand that you are not—they can not expect you—to +treat them quite as equals."</p> + +<p>Nan was still full of the excitement and delight of her good fortune; +yet as Phyllis spoke, looking down gravely upon her, there came a blush +of mortification into the child's honest face. A tinge of the same color +deepened in Phyllis's soft cheeks for just half a moment, but she said, +very decidedly:</p> + +<p>"Now, Nan, you are not going to be a foolish, obstinate child, I hope? +Surely you must know that I and your aunt Letitia understand these +things better than a little girl brought up among vulgar people could. +Now there must be no nonsense, my dear."</p> + +<p>Phyllis's tone was kind, but something in it made Nan see that she +expected obedience; and was she not in every way the most wonderful and +beautiful creature Nan had ever seen? Nan's doubts vanished while +Phyllis laid out note-paper and pen and ink on a dainty little table +drawn up to one of the windows; and when Nan placed herself there to +write, her cousin sat down by the fire, with her slippered toes on the +fender, and her pretty hands, sparkling with rings, folded gracefully in +her lap.</p> + +<p>"Now, Nan," she said, "begin your letter. Date it 'The Willows'—that is +the name of this place. 'March 8. Dear Mrs. Rupert.'"</p> + +<p>Nan smiled quickly.</p> + +<p>"Why, Miss—Cousin Phyllis," she said, looking up from the paper, "she +would think me crazy; she is Aunt Rebecca, you know."</p> + +<p>Miss Rolf's delicate eyebrows drew together in a little frown. She +waited a moment, and then, with an impatient sigh, said,</p> + +<p>"Very well, let it go—'Dear Aunt Rebecca.'"</p> + +<p>Nan's pen scratched on, with many splutterings, for penmanship was her +weak point, and had not been considered a very necessary accomplishment +in the Rupert household. She looked up presently for further +instructions.</p> + +<p>"My cousin, Miss Rolf," dictated that young lady, "has decided that I +had better remain with her until I go to Beverley." ("Oh!" ejaculated +Nan.) "My aunt, Miss Rolf, has invited me to make her a long visit, and +as previous to my going, there are many things to be attended to in my +wardrobe, etc., my cousin Phyllis thinks it best to keep me with her. I +shall, of course, see you all before I leave."</p> + +<p>Nan's pen finally came to a stop.</p> + +<p>"That is all," said Phyllis, placidly.</p> + +<p>"Then I'll just send my love, I suppose," said Nan.</p> + +<p>After a little pause Phyllis said, "Yes," and Nan went to work again. +When she brought the letter to her cousin for inspection, this is how it +was concluded:</p> + +<p>"I hope you are all well, and that you'll tell Mary Seymour, when you +see her, that I'll go there before I leave, and I'll write to Tommy; and +tell Marian, please, I'll give her and Philip all the pea-nuts that are +in my drawer, and I'll write them everything that happens at Beverley. I +hope uncle's jaw is better. Your loving niece, Nan."</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span></p> + +<p>Phyllis Rolf read the letter with so quiet an air that for a moment Nan +felt much relieved, feeling sure it was all right; but the first words +startled her.</p> + +<p>"That would not do, my dear, at all," Phyllis said, coldly. "You can +<i>not</i> go to see this Tommy Seymour, and you had better understand at +once that your aunt will not like you to write everything to your +cousins here. Now, Nan, do you see what I mean?"</p> + +<p>Nan began to see a little more clearly, yet her mind was not yet made +up; still, enough of Phyllis's meaning reached her to bring two large +tears to her eyes. They rolled down her cheeks, while she looked +silently at Phyllis and her letter.</p> + +<p>"Don't be silly, my dear," said the young lady, standing up and smiling +good-naturedly. "There, finish your letter with just your love; that +will be the best way."</p> + +<p>And so Nan went back to the little table, brushing away those first +tears, and quietly obeyed her cousin. Miss Rolf took the letter from her +as soon as it was finished, and went out of the room, while Nan sat +still, wondering if Beverley would be quite <i>all</i> she hoped for.</p> + +<p>Enough excitement remained to make it easy for Phyllis to control her as +she wished, and that young lady trusted to time and absence working +wonders. While Nan was sitting absorbed in her thoughts, the door +opened, and Lance Rolf came suddenly into the room. He was a tall boy, +with a spare, handsome face, delicate as Phyllis's in feature, but +olive-tinted, and with more sweetness in the brown eyes and the hues of +the mouth. He came up to Nan, holding out his hand with a pleasant +smile.</p> + +<p>"And are you Nan?" he said, looking at her earnestly.</p> + +<p>"Yes," was Nan's timid answer.</p> + +<p>"Well," said the boy, cheerfully, "we are cousins. My name is Lancelot +Rolf. I hope we'll be very well acquainted. So you are going to +Beverley."</p> + +<p>"Yes," was all Nan could contrive to say again. She longed to ask a +dozen questions of the bright, cheerful-looking boy, who, although no +older than Philip, looked so <i>very</i> much like a little gentleman.</p> + +<p>"Shall you like to go?" Lance said, presently.</p> + +<p>Nan really felt she couldn't go on saying "yes" to everything, and so +with a great effort she said:</p> + +<p>"I want to go very much. Is it—is it nice there?"</p> + +<p>"It's a jolly old house where you are going," said Lance, "but I don't +know whether you'll enjoy it much, it's so slow, so stupid. Still, +perhaps you're not accustomed to much fun." Lance could hardly imagine +the cheese-monger's family as very entertaining.</p> + +<p>"Oh yes, we have a great deal of fun sometimes," said Nan, gaining +confidence. "In winter we coast and skate, and in summer there are +always picnics, and sometimes a circus."</p> + +<p>"But at home—wasn't there ever any fun at home?"</p> + +<p>Nan could not remember anything which impressed her as particularly +enjoyable in-doors.</p> + +<p>"No," she said, slowly, "I don't think there was. Marian always liked to +tend the shop, but I never cared so much for that. I didn't like the +smell of the cheeses, don't you know."</p> + +<p>"It was a cheese shop?" Lance looked very much interested.</p> + +<p>"Cheese and butter, and eggs and hams," Nan recited the list glibly.</p> + +<p>"Well," said Lancelot, very gravely, "there won't be anything like that +at Beverley; and see here, Nan, I'll just give you a friendly hint. I +don't think I'd talk much about the shop before Cousin Letitia. You see, +she might not like it—don't be <i>ashamed</i> of it," added the boy, +flushing a little; "I don't mean you to be <i>mean</i> about it, only you +won't need to <i>talk of it</i>."</p> + +<p>Nan felt that she had begun to put her old life behind her when she was +arrayed in the brown cashmere, and now little by little she was learning +to feel as the people around her felt; that, after all, she would be +expected to act and appear and think very differently about everything +as soon as she was in Beverley.</p> + +<p>"What do <i>you</i> do?" said Nan, looking brightly at her new acquaintance. +"Do you live at Beverley?"</p> + +<p>Lance nodded.</p> + +<p>"When I'm home," he said. "I come to school near here, at Barnabas +Academy. When I'm home I live quite near to where you're going to be. +Oh, I do lots of things! Boys are so different from girls. I'm captain +of our baseball club, for one thing, and we are jolly good cricketers +too, I tell you. At home I do all sorts of things. Phyllis and I are +great chums; Phyllis is a regular brick." He might have said more, but +at this moment Phyllis reappeared. Nan looked at her a little anxiously. +She wondered if she was going to feel offended with her about the note; +but the young lady was perfectly cheerful, and even kissed Nan when she +said, "Now, dear, we will go down to supper. Mrs. Grange is waiting."</p> + +<h4>[<span class="smcap">to be continued</span>.]</h4> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span></p> + +<h2><a name="LITTLE_MASTER_QUIG" id="LITTLE_MASTER_QUIG">LITTLE MASTER QUIG.</a></h2> + +<h3>BY MARY A BARR.</h3> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="left">This tale's of little Master Quig,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Who, being little, wasn't big,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And many said, who understood,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">That, being bad, he wasn't good.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">When from his school he ran away,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Most people thought he didn't stay;</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And I have heard, from those who know,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">When he ran fast, it wasn't slow.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">He always studied when compelled,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And always staid when he was held,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And always slept when not awake,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And left the thing he could not take.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">To go to sea one day he planned,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And being there, was not on land,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And so stuck on a bar—alas!</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">For, being stuck, he could not pass.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The dark night found him in a fright,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">For, being dark, it was not light.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The big waves rose and filled the boat,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And being full, it could not float.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And so, as I have heard it said,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">They found him in the morning dead,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And men of sense do still maintain</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">He never more was seen again.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_009.jpg" width="400" height="163" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p class="center">Hey, diddle, diddle,</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_010.jpg" width="400" height="340" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p class="center">The cat and the fiddle;</p> + +<p class="center">The cow jumped over the moon;</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_011.jpg" width="400" height="342" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p class="center">The little dog laughed to see such sport;</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_012.jpg" width="400" height="354" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p class="center">And the dish ran away with the spoon.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_013.jpg" width="400" height="327" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span></p> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 310px;"><a name="OUR_POST_OFFICE_BOX" id="OUR_POST_OFFICE_BOX"></a> +<img src="images/ill_014.jpg" width="310" height="400" alt="" /> +</div> + +<h2>OUR POST-OFFICE BOX.</h2> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Wytheville, Virginia</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>We are three little girls who have often read and enjoyed <span class="smcap">Harper's +Young People</span> very much. We meet successively at each other's home +every Friday evening, and read the stories in it. We live in a +beautiful town in the mountains of Southwest Virginia. We three go +to the same school, and like our teachers very much. Our parents +take all your papers—the <span class="smcap">Monthly</span>, <span class="smcap">Bazar</span>, and <span class="smcap">Weekly</span>—and we take +<span class="smcap">Young People</span>. We look forward to Wednesday with a great deal of +pleasure, for we know it is the day our paper comes. We are so glad +to see Mrs. John Lillie is going to write a new story, and we are +sure it will be very interesting, as all her others are. Please +print this, as we would like to surprise our mammas.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Ellie C</span>., <span class="smcap">Helen S. S</span>., and <span class="smcap">Susie W</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>Well, Ellie, Susie, and Helen, though I do not know which of you has +brown eyes and which blue, which is the tall slender girl, which the +merry-faced one with the dancing dimples, and which the plump little +maiden who always thinks before she speaks, I send my love to each of +you, and am glad to hear of your pleasant Friday evenings. You and the +thousands of other girls for whom Mrs. Lillie has written her charming +story have a real treat before you in reading it. I sometimes wish +myself a girl again just to feel for an hour the delight I used to when +beginning a beautiful new story. The girls who form Mrs. Lillie's +audience have better times in the story way than girls did when your +mammas and myself were at your age. But I, for one, still dearly love a +bright sketch or a beautiful serial; and if I were near you, I might +sometimes glide in and take an easy-chair in the corner on your reading +evenings—that is, if you would let me in on my promising to be very +good indeed.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p>Some of you who have empty cologne or scent bottles may make very pretty +presents for your friends by covering them with silk or plush, and +finishing off with a dainty lace ruffle and a narrow ribbon around the +neck. A beautiful tidy which I saw the other day was crocheted in heavy +cord, and looped over crimson silk. Very lovely plaques are made of the +birch-bark plates on which butter is sent home by the grocer. They must +be covered very neatly with silk or satin, on which a design is worked +or painted. The pretty little Japanese umbrellas, which cost but a few +cents, may be inverted, opened, and caught at each point with a ribbon. +Suspended from a nail, they make dainty little scrap-bags.</p> + +<p>The letter which follows contains a suggestion which the Postmistress +thinks excellent. She will keep a corner in the Post-office Box for all +such letters as our correspondent invites:</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Boston, Massachusetts</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p><span class="smcap">Dear Postmistress</span>,—I remember when I was eight or ten years +younger than I am now, how hard it used to be for me to find +anything new to make for Christmas for all the aunts and cousins, +and now, as Christmas is drawing near, my younger sister comes to +me and says: "Can not you think of something for Christmas? I want +something for Aunt Mary and Aunt Lizzie, something I have not made +for them before." I have no doubt that many other little people say +the same thing. Now, I have a plan to propose to you, and if you +think it a good one, will you mention it in the Post-office Box? +Let each little girl—and boy too, if he wishes—write and describe +something that he or she makes for Christmas, and then if you will +be so good as to publish the letters I think before Christmas we +may have quite a variety of ideas. Of course each article mentioned +would not be new to all, but it would be new to some, and I think +many little girls would be greatly aided. Now what do you think?</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">One of your Older Readers</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<h3>BABY'S DAY.</h3> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Awake at five in the morning,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Bright as a little bird,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Cooing and laughing and crowing</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Before a person has stirred.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Carried on papa's shoulder,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Lying on mamma's arm,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Never a king was bolder</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Or safer from slightest harm.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Going to ride with sister,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Taking a cozy nap,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Resting before his dinner</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">On grandmamma's silken lap.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Creeping over the carpet,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Playing with pretty toys;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Baby's the dearest darling,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">The prettiest, best of boys.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Susie Patton</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Olean, New York</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I think that Frankie would be a pretty name for Marion W.'s baby +brother. I have nine dolls. Their names are Mollie, Lottie, Edith, +Eva, Lena, Christina, Carrie, Johnnie, and Bertie. I like your +stories all very much, especially "Toby Tyler," "Mr. Stubbs's +Brother," and "Their Girl." I send my love to the Postmistress.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Lena Matthews</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Madison, New Jersey</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I am a little boy six years old. My brother Louie takes <span class="smcap">Young +People</span>, and has every number. Baby Roe and I love to have mamma +read it to us. Roe and I have bad colds, so I could not go to +school, but Louie could. I learned to print in school. This is my +first letter. I hope you will print it.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Howard B. G</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>Your little note was printed so nicely that it was as plain as though +the letters had been formed by the type-writing machine. After all, +there is no machine of which I ever heard so wonderful as the four +little fingers and thumb of a boy's hand. Ask papa and mamma if they +don't agree with me.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Salem, North Carolina</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I have taken <span class="smcap">Young People</span> from the first number, and I like it very +much. I have written one letter to the Post-office Box, but I +thought I would write again. My friend Howard R. has written too. +We two have formed a printing firm under the name of P. & R. We +made four dollars clear profit, with which we bought each a pair of +roller skates. We have over three dollars in our bank now. Some of +my playmates and I have formed a club under the name of Holiday +Club, and some of my boy friends and I have formed a military +company by the name of Home Guards. We parade in the academy +play-grounds. The other day we fought almost all the battles of the +Revolution.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;">A. H. P.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>All the battles of the Revolution in one day! I wonder you slept a wink +the night after such tremendous exertion. But boys are made of steel +springs and India rubber, and can stand a good deal of pounding. Please +send me word about the various doings of your holiday club, and don't +let the fun interfere with your studies, or else the preceptors and +professors may veto your good times. I am glad you are so successful as +amateur printers.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">New York City</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I am a little boy nine years old. I have a cat and a kitten. The +cat's name is Gypsy, but I have not named the kitten yet. I take +<span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>, and I like it very much. The other day the +kitten fell from a chair and hurt its leg, but it is well now.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Cito S</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p>Dear little Robin D., who often sends answers to puzzles, was not well, +and so mamma became her amanuensis, sent her answers and her new +puzzles, which will see the light before long, and this pleasant little +message to the Postmistress and to Marion W.</p> + +<p>I hope Robin is quite well by this time.</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>Robin says: "Mamma, tell the Postmistress that my little pet bird +Jimmie died, and wasn't it too bad, but that now I have a beautiful +white dove and a dear little bird whose name is Montie, but I still +mourn for Jimmie, whose cage was draped in mourning for a whole +week. We buried him in our yard."</p> + +<p>Robin thinks that Edgar is a very pretty name for a boy, or Irving. +She does not really know which to choose for little Marion W.'s +dear baby brother. She says, "If one little girl may put in more +than one name for Marion to choose from, put both Irving and Edgar +in from Robin D."</p></blockquote> + +<p>I am very sorry little Jimmie died. When Marion chooses a name, she must +not forget to send us all word what it is, as we feel quite an interest, +don't we, children?</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Boston, Massachusetts</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I want to ask you to tell me a pretty name for a little kitty, +because I don't know any nice ones. Now I want to tell you about +where I went last summer. I went to Falmouth, which is very near +the sea-side, and is a very pleasant place. I went in bathing only +twice while I was there, but went in wading nearly every day. I +went in a sail-boat once, and had a very nice sail, and then I went +down the beach a little way to catch minnows, but couldn't. +Good-by.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Alice S</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>Muff is a nice name for a kitty.</p> + +<p>Let me tell you about a kitty which a little boy friend of mine had for +his pet. It was a black kitty, I believe, though I am not sure. He +carried it everywhere with him, and when he was practicing one +afternoon, he set it on the piano that it might hear him play. It +nestled its head cunningly on its tiny paws, and listened with all its +might.</p> + +<p>Somebody called the little boy away for a moment. When he came back the +kitty was gone.</p> + +<p>High and low they hunted for it. Mamma, nurse, two little sisters, and +even the baby, called Kitty! Kitty! but no kitty answered. After a long +time there came a faint little mieuw on the air; and where do you +suppose they found that small cat? Why, in the piano, where she had +taken a cozy nap.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Nashville, Tennessee</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>Most boys and girls tell about their pets. I have none, except my +little brother, two years and a half old. I have two sisters and +this sweet little brother. We moved from Louisville, Kentucky, to +Nashville about a month ago, and I am very homesick to go back +again. We spent the summer at Bon Aqua Springs, not far from here, +and had a nice time. I have a doll, and her name is Eva Wallace; +she will be four years old on Christmas. My little brother tries to +call us girls "girlie," and he says "dirlie." He calls me +"Black-eye dirlie," my sister Grace "Blue-eye dirlie," and sister +Florence "Brown-eye dirlie." His name is Theodore. We have taken +<span class="smcap">Young People</span> from the beginning, and think it is the best of +papers. Mamma takes the <span class="smcap">Bazar</span> and <span class="smcap">Magazine</span>. My papa is away most of +the time, and we are always glad when he comes home. I go to +school, and am in the Fifth Grade. I study reading, spelling, +arithmetic, geography, writing, and drawing. I am eleven years old.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Bessie W</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">South Bend, Indiana</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I like <span class="smcap">Young People</span> very much. I am a little girl eight years old, +and live on a farm five miles from the city. I go to school now, +but mamma will teach me at home this winter. I have two pets, a +white bantam chicken named Polly and a white kitty named Snow. I +had a canary-bird, but he was sick and died; his name was Billy. I +have three dollies; I do not play with them very much, because I +have no one to play with me. Papa has a nice Irish setter dog to +hunt with; his name is Paul. I will write again as soon as I can +write better.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Georgiana D</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Drifton, Pennsylvania</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I have lately returned from Europe, and I enjoyed the pile of +Magazines I found here. I brought home a gondola from Venice, and I +also brought a curious swan which I saw them make at the +glass-works. I had a splendid time in dear old London. We saw the +Queen and the Princess of Wales. We saw the wine-vaults. We crossed +the Alps in four-horse carriages, and I made snow-balls in June. +<span class="smcap">Young People</span> is the best paper out.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Ockley B. C</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>You have many delightful things to remember about your trip abroad. I +hope you kept a journal.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Norwalk, Connecticut</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I am eleven years old, and live in Norwalk in the summer, and in +New York city in the winter. I have no brothers nor sisters, except +two who are grown up, and I have a brother at college. We are going +to New York on the first of next month. I enjoy <span class="smcap">Harper's Young +People</span> very much, and look forward to its coming with great +pleasure. As you wanted to hear from any girl or boy who had a +garden, I thought I would tell you about mine. I planted in my +garden this summer potatoes, onions, tomatoes, strawberries, and +celery, besides flowers. I had enough potatoes for the whole family +for dinner, so I had them on the table that day, and I hope to +have<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span> my celery to-morrow. The cook made me some caramels from the +receipt you put in <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>, but it wouldn't harden, +so she made a chocolate cake, and I had it on the table one +evening. As I have no more to tell about I think I will close.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Harry C. M</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>You were a famous little gardener, and deserve great praise.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Alleghany, Pennsylvania</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I am a little girl nearly eleven years old. I will tell you about +my summer trip. I can not tell all the places we went to, but one +place was the White Mountains of New Hampshire. There are very fine +views, especially from the top of Mount Washington. You would laugh +to see the funny little cars that go up and down. It is very steep, +and as you go up you see nothing but rocks. Mamma thought it was +frightful, but I did not. Well, good-by.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Annie H. S</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>I might have laughed when I was eleven years old, dear, but I never go +up a steep mountain nowadays without feeling, like your mamma, that +there is danger as well as pleasure about the ascent. I am glad you have +been to the top of Mount Washington, and have looked from there over the +great mountains and deep valleys of New England.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Milton, Ontario, Canada</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I am a little girl twelve years old, and live in a small town +thirty miles from Toronto. We are always very glad when your paper +comes. I love to read the letters in the Post-office Box. I like +"The Cruise of the Canoe Club." My father and four of my uncles are +in Montana, and my aunt and her children are going out there next +week. My uncle and his youngest brother belong to a surveying +party, and have been surveying in the Rocky Mountains and +Yellowstone Park all summer, and write home delightfully +interesting descriptions of the wonders to be seen there—about the +geysers and glass mountains, also soda mountains, and caÃąons. The +Grand CaÃąon is the deepest of all; it is several thousand feet +deep, and at the bottom is a rushing, roaring river. One of my +uncles descended into it. It is so deep that if you go down into it +and look upward, you can see the stars at three o'clock in the +afternoon. The geysers spout up water to a tremendous height. One +of them—I think it is called the Excelsior—throws water in which +are pieces of rock to a height of three hundred feet. Often the +eruptions are preceded by rumblings and shakings like an +earthquake. Once when the party were near one of the geyser basins, +suddenly the earth began to quake, and the water in the basin +spouted ever so high, and the sky was filled with water and pieces +of rock, and they had to run to get out of the way. Perhaps we will +go to Montana if father stays there; and if we do, mother says that +we may take an occasional trip to the Park, and then I will write +and tell you of some of the things we see there.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Becca R</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p>The cunning little letter which follows was sent by a little girl five +and one-half years old to her young lady sisters away from home. This +little girl lives near a railroad, and every day she and her brother +watch for their conductors, as they call them, and wave to them as the +cars rush past the door. By the "tassels with the board on" little Amy +meant a lambrequin which belonged on the mantel. Jumbo is a huge toy +elephant greatly admired by the little folks in Amy's nursery:</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Tenafly, New Jersey</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p><span class="smcap">Dear Louise and Maggie</span>,—It will soon be Roy's birthday. If you +don't come home quick, you won't be here before it comes. Roy +creeps. He can walk with our taking hold of him. He can stand up by +the bath-tub. May S. don't know some of the words of her +music-lesson. I say my lessons every day at home, and then I say +them in school. I did not get a bad mark to-day; sometimes I do. I +get apples in B.'s yard—they don't care—and take them to school +over recess, and then I take them home. Mamma has to sew so hard, +and we bother her, and she sends us out-doors. When it rains she +don't; then we stay in the house, and play with our toys. Sarah's +back, and we're glad, and she irons every Tuesday. We take walks +with her sometimes. Mary's here too, and sometimes she goes out +with her husband. I like him, and he gives me pennies. I would like +to be over there and see your big dog Frank. Some Sunday afternoons +papa's tired, and he don't want to go riding. We did go last +Sunday. Last Sunday we took Roy. Marian plays with Roy every day, +and mamma says Stop! when she hurts him. Clifford has to get his +teeth fixed, and we can't go to P. until next Monday. Every day +papa goes out to see the men fixing the trestle-work. On Roy's +birthday we're going to have a little party; no one is coming, only +us. Mamma has to send out when she wants papa—away out to the +trestle-work. Mamma writes this letter, and I find the words. +Marian has got lots of things in the corner by the bookcase again. +Clifford's got lots of cars now, and he plays with them 'most every +day. He's got a new tin train of cars from the Fair. We're getting +our stoves fixed. There's fire in the sitting-room. Your tassels +with the board on is up in the front parlor. We've got a Jumbo from +the Fair. We take Jumbo out to see our 'ductors. Mine is away, and +ain't home yet. Roy goes around picking up everything, and gets +things out of mamma's basket, and dumped it over twice. It's near +winter, and we've got the sleds down.</p> + +<p>A kiss for Maggie, and a kiss for Louise. Love for Maggie, and love +for Louise.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Amy D</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Fremont, Nebraska</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>Dear "<span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>,"—My brother Paul takes <span class="smcap">Harper's Young +People</span>, and I think it is a very nice paper. I was eight years old +the 7th of September. I have a sister who is four years old. And we +have a horse named Dick; he is gentle and a very nice horse, and +will eat apples as well as any boy can. He will shake hands with +either leg. I go to school, and I am already in the Third Reader. +My teacher's name is Miss S. And we have got a calf called Rosy, +and she is a very gentle and nice calf, and we have a pretty wild +cow.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Burnie C</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">San Francisco, California</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I am a little boy nine years old. This is my first letter. I like +the story of "The Cruise of the Canoe Club" and "Mr. Stubbs's +Brother." I commenced going to school in March, 1881, and am now in +the Seventh Grade. I was honorably promoted last June. I am trying +very hard to be the same this term. I go to Alameda nearly every +Saturday with my papa to take a salt-water bath. I can swim a +little. I live in the city, and can not have as much fun as the +little boys in the country; but I shall go to the country next +vacation.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Allen G. W</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>A boy who tries hard is sure to succeed. When next you are promoted +write again, as I like to keep an account of my boys when they do well. +I am glad you can swim.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Frank and Joe</span>.—The twenty numbers of <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span> containing +the story of "Toby Tyler" will cost you eighty cents. By sending $1 to +Messrs. <span class="smcap">Harper & Brothers</span> you may obtain <i>Toby Tyler</i> in a beautiful +bound volume, handsomely illustrated.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Salt</span>.—Yes, Daisy, you are right in your supposition that people in very +old times were alarmed if any one spilled salt on the table at a meal. +It was fancied that the unlucky accident was the sign of a quarrel +between two of the company. However, I attach no importance to such +signs, even when they are ancient, and if you came to dine with me, and +the salt-cellar happened to be upset, I would not trouble for our +friendship.</p> + +<p>Among the Arabs salt is regarded as sacred, and if you happen to be the +guest of a Bedouin, who meeting you in the desert would rob you and be +glad of the chance, you are perfectly safe if you share his bread and +salt; he will protect you against all enemies. You see, that salt among +these wild people is the emblem of hospitality. The Romans thought it +unfortunate to sit down at a feast where the salt had been forgotten. +The Greeks had the same feeling. It was also considered very thoughtless +to leave salt unlocked overnight.</p> + +<p>I hope, Daisy dear, that while reading and studying about these curious +superstitions you will take care not to believe in them yourself.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p>For the information of some of our new subscribers who write to ask we +repeat that there is no charge for the publication of exchanges. They +should be brief. State first what you desire to offer, and then what you +wish to receive. Please write with black ink as plainly as you can, and +sign your full name and post-office address. Birds' eggs and fire-arms +are prohibited as articles of exchange. The Editor reserves the right to +exclude any exchange in whole or in part if for any reason it is +considered unfit for <span class="smcap">Young People</span>.</p> + +<p>Having sent your letter, you should wait very patiently for your turn, +as the department is always crowded, and no exchange can ever be printed +in the paper next issued after its reception.</p> + +<p>To avoid misunderstanding, exchangers should always write fully to each +other and receive replies before sending away their articles. Each +should arrange in this way about the necessary expense of the mail or +express. Articles should not be sent to the office of <span class="smcap">Young People</span>, but +directly to the persons with whom they are to be exchanged.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Successful Wigglers</span>.—We should be glad if Hattie M. Pearley, B. F. M., +and A. W., who have been successful in reproducing our artist's idea of +Wiggle No. 29, would each send us his or her full name and address.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<h3>PUZZLES FROM YOUNG CONTRIBUTORS.</h3> + +<h3>No. 1.</h3> + +<h3>GEOGRAPHICAL PUZZLE.</h3> + +<p>In the month of (a cape in Massachusetts) a lady named (a city in +Brazil), and a gentleman named (a cape in Virginia), went to (the +capital of Italy) in the (a lake in Minnesota). They walked until noon, +when the lady opened a satchel made of (a country in Africa). It +contained a fried (river in Minnesota), some fine old (a river in South +America), and a (islands in the Pacific Ocean) for each. As it had been +(a lake in Minnesota) and the (a river in England) was rather (a country +of South America), they wanted to return to their home, but the (an +island west of England) lost a cuff button made of (a city in New +Mexico), and ornamented with (a river in Mississippi). While they were +on the (a cape of North Carolina) they met (a river of South America), +who said he thought (an island near Massachusetts), who was a colored +woman.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Pansy</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<h3>No. 2.</h3> + +<h3>MIXED ANIMALS.</h3> + +<p>In these examples the problem is to arrange the grouped letters so that +they will form a word agreeing with the accompanying definition.</p> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="left">Phelenta—The largest of quadrupeds.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Spophoptiamu—A river-horse.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Reazb—A striped horse.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Elawh—A sea animal.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Tribab—A furry animal.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Bartie</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<h3>No. 3.</h3> + +<h3>HIDDEN FISHES.</h3> + +<p>1. I have bought a new carpet, Angelina. 2. Lucy lost her ring. 3. Tommy +had ten chickens. 4. Mr. Stubbs had flung away all Toby Tyler's money.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Bartie</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<h3>No. 4.</h3> + +<h3>DOUBLE ACROSTIC.</h3> + +<p>1. A kind of cloth. 2. A precious stone. 3. A famous musical composer. +4. A glazier's diamond. Primials—A bird. Finals—Part of the bird, +connected, to join.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Lodestar</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<h3>No. 5.</h3> + +<h3>THREE PROGRESSIVE HALF-SQUARES.</h3> + +<p>1.—1. A letter. 2. A preposition. 3. A Latin verb. 4. Anything very +small.</p> + +<p>2.—1. A letter. 2. To exist. 3. The cry of a sheep. 4. To support.</p> + +<p>3.—1. A letter. 2. An abbreviation. 3. A covering. 4. To engage in +conflict.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">J. K. M. Iles</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<h3>ANSWERS TO PUZZLES IN No. 156.</h3> + +<h3>No. 1.</h3> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="center">J</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">M</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">S</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">D</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">A</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">M</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">D</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">L</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">T</td><td align="center">E</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">S</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">M</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<h3>No. 2.</h3> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">ra</td><td align="center">B</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">D</td><td align="center">at</td><td align="center">E</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">we</td><td align="center">D</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">M</td><td align="center">in</td><td align="center">E</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<h3>No. 3.</h3> + +<p class="center">Lock. Peach.</p> + +<h3>No. 4.</h3> + +<p class="center">Hate.</p> + +<h3>No. 5.</h3> + +<p class="center">Cupboard.</p> + +<h3>No. 6.</h3> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="center">D</td><td align="center">o</td><td align="center">G</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">O</td><td align="center">b</td><td align="center">I</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">eathe</td><td align="center">R</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">ul</td><td align="center">L</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<h3>No. 7.</h3> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">Q</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">M</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center"></td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">S</td><td align="center">P</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">H</td><td align="center">U</td><td align="center">T</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">R</td><td align="center">O</td><td align="center">B</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">S</td><td align="center">S</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">Y</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">Q</td><td align="center">U</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">I</td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">M</td><td align="center">O</td><td align="center">N</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">Y</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center"></td><td align="center">P</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">T</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">T</td><td align="center">I</td><td align="center">N</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">B</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">D</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">Y</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">Y</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p class="center">Answer to Rebus on page 848—"There's many a slip 'twixt the cup and the +lip."</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p class="center">Answer to Enigma on page 848—A rainbow.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p>Correct answers to puzzles have been received from Robin Dyke, William +A. Lewis, John Duerk, Alfred and Blanche Bloomingdale, Horace W. +Danforth, Alice C. Little, "Junebug," "Fairy Godmother," Lulu Breese, +Emily Godwin, Archie Ives, "Mayblossom," Fanny R. Emerson, Ben and Ned, +John Twombley, Hugh Remsen, "Fuss and Feathers," Brandt Beekman, Lena +Matthews, A. H. Patterson, Frank Sinsabaugh, Edith M. L., Alfred +Kauffman.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p class="center">[<i>For Exchanges, see 2d and 3d pages of cover.</i>]</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;"> +<img src="images/ill_015.jpg" width="700" height="990" alt="" /> +<span class="caption">SOME ANSWERS TO WIGGLE No. 29, OUR ARTIST'S IDEA, AND NEW +WIGGLE, No. 30.</span> +</div> + +<p style="clear:both;"> </p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> Named after its founder, Ismail Pasha, the late Khedive of +Egypt. It is connected with Suez by a fresh-water canal, through which +the little Egyptian steam-launches run in about twelve hours.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Begun in No. 157, <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>.</p></div></div> + +<div>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 60596 ***</div> +</body> +</html> diff --git a/60596-8.txt b/old/60596-8.txt index d4fba76..873f4a9 100644 --- a/60596-8.txt +++ b/old/60596-8.txt @@ -1,2440 +1,2440 @@ -Project Gutenberg's Harper's Young People, November 14, 1882, by Various
-
-This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
-most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions
-whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms
-of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at
-www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll
-have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using
-this ebook.
-
-
-
-Title: Harper's Young People, November 14, 1882
- An Illustrated Weekly
-
-Author: Various
-
-Release Date: October 30, 2019 [EBook #60596]
-
-Language: English
-
-Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
-
-*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE ***
-
-
-
-
-Produced by Annie R. McGuire
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE]
-
- * * * * *
-
-VOL. IV.--NO. 159. PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW YORK. PRICE FOUR
-CENTS.
-
-Tuesday, November 14, 1882. Copyright, 1882, by HARPER & BROTHERS. $1.50
-per Year, in Advance.
-
- * * * * *
-
-[Illustration]
-
-WAITING.
-
-BY MARGARET JOHNSON.
-
-
- I said, "When will the summer come?
- Mamma, is it not late?"
- She smiled, and answered. "By-and-by;
- Be patient, child, and wait."
-
- I asked papa if he would buy
- A new wax doll for me.
- He pinched my cheek, and said, "Not now;
- Be patient, and I'll see."
-
- "Nurse, tell me when my dear rose-bush
- A blossom red will bear."
- "Oh, by-and-by, my dear. Don't fret.
- Come, let me brush your hair."
-
- "When shall I grow so tall, papa,
- That I can reach your head?"
- "Quite soon enough, my little one;
- Wait patiently," he said.
-
- "Dear me!" I thought; "they all say 'Wait.'
- I'll put my dolls away.
- And go and sit upon the stairs
- As long as I can stay."
-
- Now I have waited patiently
- For hours and hours and hours,
- And yet the dear doll has not come,
- The summer, nor the flowers.
-
- I have not grown a single bit,
- And now I know it's late.
- I'm going up to tell mamma
- It does no good to wait.
-
-
-
-
-AN ADVENTURE IN THE SUEZ CANAL.
-
-BY DAVID KER.
-
-
-"So it seems a fellow called Arabi Bey, or some such name, is making a
-row in Cairo; but of course it won't come to anything--these things
-never do."
-
-So spoke, after exchanging a few words with a pilot who had just come
-down the Suez Canal from Port Said, the Captain of our homeward-bound
-steamer from India, little dreaming how world-famous the "row" of which
-he spoke so lightly was to become not many weeks later.
-
-"If these Arab fellows should ever want to destroy the canal," says a
-young English Lieutenant of Engineers going home from India on leave,
-"they wouldn't have much trouble with it. You see there's a regular
-hollow on each side here and there, and they need only dig through or
-blow up the embankment to run the channel bone-dry in no time."
-
-His words are confirmed a few minutes later when a group of native
-goat-herds, as black and shaggy and wild-looking as the goats which they
-tend, wade out to within a few yards of the steamer, clamorously
-offering to dive for _piastres_ (five-cent copper pieces). In fact, the
-Suez Canal, throughout its whole length of eighty-six miles, is as
-shallow as any ditch except in the very centre of the channel, and even
-there it has a depth of only twenty six and a quarter feet, with a mean
-breadth of seventy, widening to one hundred in the "sidings."
-
-Every now and then we pass a neat little landing-place, surmounted by a
-painted station house overlooking a tiny patch of stunted shrubs and
-straggling flowers, doing their best to grow upon a thin smear of soil
-brought from a distance, and plastered upon the barren, scorching sand.
-A little farther on we see, perched on a steep sand ridge just at the
-point where the canal enters the wide smooth expanse of the Timsah Lake,
-a primitive sentry-box, consisting merely of a screen of dried grass,
-supported by four tall canes, beneath which a drowsy Arab is supposed to
-look out for passing steamers when he has nothing better to do.
-
-But just as we are two-thirds of the way across the Timsah Lake itself,
-one of the many shallow lagoons through which the canal runs for a full
-third of its length, we see the French steamer ahead of us halt
-suddenly, and the next moment comes a signal that a boat has run aground
-in the canal beyond the lake, and that we must wait until she gets off
-again.
-
-There is no help for it, and we are just making up our minds to a halt
-of several hours, with nothing to do but stare at the trim bonbon-like
-houses and dark green plantations of Ismailia[1] along the farther
-shore, with the big white front of the Khedive's palace standing up in
-the midst like an overgrown hotel, when an unexpected interruption
-occurs.
-
-[1] Named after its founder, Ismail Pasha, the late Khedive of Egypt. It
-is connected with Suez by a fresh-water canal, through which the little
-Egyptian steam-launches run in about twelve hours.
-
-"Look here, mates," shouts a sailor perched on the jib-boom; "here's one
-o' them darkies out for a swim. He'll be coming to challenge old Jack
-here to swim a match for the championship of the canal."
-
-"Let him try it," retorts a tall, raw-boned, North Country man behind
-him. "If that 'ere nigger thinks he can beat _me_, he'll know better
-afore long, or my name ain't Jack Hawley."
-
-So saying, Jack strips and plunges in, heading straight for the round
-black head which is bobbing about like a cork in the smooth water. But
-just as he reaches the Arab the latter vanishes, and a sharp pinch on
-his right calf warns Jack that his enemy has taken him in the rear, amid
-a shout of laughter from the steamer.
-
-Jack darts at his assailant, who dives again, and coming up beyond him,
-splashes a perfect cataract of water in his face, and instantly the two
-are at it with might and main, filling the whole air with showers of
-glittering spray.
-
-"Will you swim me to that buoy yonder, Johnny?" challenges Jack.
-
-"You go, me go," grins the native, and off they start.
-
-At first the Egyptian's short, snapping, hand-over-hand stroke carries
-him bravely on; but little by little the long, steady, powerful strokes
-of the Englishman begin to tell, and at length he forges slightly ahead.
-The crew cheer lustily, and fancy that Jack has certainly won the race;
-but the young Lieutenant, who knows Arab ways, shakes his head and tells
-them to "wait a bit."
-
-Poor Jack! he has forgotten in his eagerness that his head is
-unprotected, and that he has not one of those cast-iron Eastern skulls
-that can defy a tropical sun. All at once his head is seen to sway
-dizzily back, he throws up his arms convulsively, and down he goes.
-
-"Stand by to lower the boat!" roars the Captain. "Be alive now!"
-
-As if moved by a single impulse, the men spring at once to the davits;
-but, luckily for poor Jack, other and nearer help is at hand. The Arab,
-when he sees his rival's strength fail so suddenly, guesses in a moment
-what is the matter, and makes for him at once. Three powerful strokes
-bring him alongside of the sinking man, and twining his sinewy fingers
-in Jack's bushy hair, he holds the latter's head above water, paddling
-gently meanwhile to keep himself afloat.
-
-"Stand by your tackle! let go!"
-
-The tackles rattle sharply through the blocks, the boat splashes into
-the water, and the passengers spring upon the bulwarks to give her a
-cheer as she darts away toward the two imperilled men, as fast as eight
-sturdy rowers can propel her.
-
-But in this race between life and death the chances are terribly in
-favor of the latter. True, the water of the lake, salter by far than the
-sea itself, is buoyant as India rubber; but it is no easy matter for the
-Arab, already spent with his long swim, to support the huge bulk of the
-helpless sailor, and the boat seems still a fearfully long way off.
-
-Once, twice, the Englishman's head dips below the surface, and the
-oarsmen almost leap from their seats as they see it. Pull, boys, pull!
-And now they are but three lengths off, and now but one, and now, with a
-deafening hurrah, the fainting man and his exhausted rescuer are dragged
-into the boat.
-
-"Come, boys," cried Lieutenant H----, "that's a plucky fellow, Arab or
-no Arab. What do you say to sending round the hat for him; here's a
-_rupee_" (fifty cents) "to begin with."
-
-And half an hour later the Arab was on his way back to the shore, with
-more money tied up in the white cotton sash round his waist than he had
-ever had before, in his life.
-
-
-
-
-UNCLE ZED'S WOLF.
-
-A TRUE STORY.
-
-BY MRS. KATE UPSON CLARK.
-
-
-"Baa! baa! baa!" sounded in noisy, frightened chorus underneath Parson
-Darius Miller's windows one cold April morning about fifty years ago.
-
-So loud and so persistent was the chorus that Parson Miller's three
-sturdy boys were awake and on their feet before it had grown light
-enough to distinguish anything in the gray outside.
-
-"Father! father!" shouted James, the second boy, clattering down the
-stairs in his heavy boots, "what ails the sheep? They're all huddled up
-close to the house, right under your window. Don't you hear them? Say,
-father, wake up!"
-
-In response to all this outcry, good Parson Miller, who was a
-hardworking farmer as well as a parson, and slept the sleep of the just,
-gave forth a feeble and only half-intelligent "yes." Presently, however,
-he joined the boys, and then discovered that not all the sheep were
-huddled together underneath the windows, but that two of them were
-missing, and that large dangerous-looking tracks were all over the light
-snow--a regular "sugar-snow"--which covered the ground outside.
-
-"I'll bet it's a wolf," ventured Daniel, the eldest boy.
-
-"Guess it's nothing but a wild-cat," said the parson.
-
-"Too big for a wild-cat," said Tom. "A great deal bigger than the one
-Squire Taylor caught in his trap."
-
-Tom was the quiet boy, but somehow, when Tom spoke, even the older ones
-paid attention. Tom's eyes were always on the alert, and though they
-were of a gray and by no means beautiful color, and were set in a sallow
-and "peaked" little face, Tom was considered a vastly good-looking boy
-by all of the family and his intimate friends, on the principle of
-"Handsome is that handsome does."
-
-Just then Squire Taylor, their next neighbor, came tramping hastily
-across his field, his two boys, of about the same age as James and Tom
-Miller, following after him.
-
-"Wolf tracks all around my barn," said the good Squire, excitedly,
-before he had come near enough to see the sheep lying on the snow.
-
-"There!" cried Daniel, nodding significantly to Tom.
-
-"Where's the fellow gone?" queried little Tom, who was only fourteen,
-and who didn't look so old as that by reason of his small stature.
-
-"That's it! that's it!" cried the Squire, slapping Tom approvingly on
-the shoulder. "Where's the varmint gone? Let's track him, to be sure.
-Hullo! there's Uncle Zed."
-
-Sure enough, old Zadok Cummings, familiarly known as "Uncle Zed," was
-hurrying along through the fields toward them, and carrying his old
-shot-gun in his hands. The news had evidently travelled fast.
-
-"Seen him?" shouted the old man, all on fire with excitement, while
-drops of sweat ran down his russet face, in spite of the chilly weather.
-"Jest tell me what direction he's took, 'n' I'll ketch him! The critter!
-I'll ketch him; oh, I'll ketch him!" And Uncle Zed looked so fierce and
-funny that all of them began to laugh. But they finally succeeded in
-convincing the old man that he couldn't possibly "ketch him," for a few
-moments at least, and that the case was too serious for them to decide
-at once on the best course to pursue.
-
-"He'll be around to-night too, and bring some more with him, if we don't
-ketch him," put in Uncle Zed, whenever a good chance occurred.
-
-Two or three had started out to follow the trail of the wolf, and they
-came back to report that the tracks ended in Squire Taylor's woods.
-
-"We must make a ring right around the woods, and hem him in--that's the
-way," said the Squire, quickly.
-
-Tom, standing back behind his brothers, was seen to nod approvingly,
-whereupon the other boys did the same. Indeed, the proposition seemed to
-commend itself to the entire company, and they started toward the woods,
-those who had not brought guns hurrying off to get some.
-
-"I could do it jest as well alone," muttered Uncle Zed. "They hain't ben
-no wolves around here for several years now, but I hain't forgot how to
-ketch 'em. I guess I hain't."
-
-The men were disposed, and then everything was profoundly quiet,
-excepting for the sound of the beating of the bushes, or of a stray
-shot, when some overconfident hunter was "sure he had him."
-
-At last Uncle Zed heard a low growl in a thicket, and he had hardly time
-to raise his gun when out sprang an enormous wolf, and came directly
-toward him. The old man, almost paralyzed with fright, pulled the
-trigger, but his hand trembled so that his shot went a yard above the
-wolf's head, and the animal bounded past him unhurt. Uncle Zed shrieked,
-"Wolf! wolf!" and a half-dozen men were soon in hot pursuit of the
-discovered game.
-
-Tom Miller, feeling very disconsolate because he hadn't any gun, had not
-accompanied the rest; but his mother, who felt no fear for Tom, and
-sympathized deeply with the courageous little fellow, had advised him to
-go to a certain neighbor's and see if he couldn't borrow one. It was
-necessary to go quite a distance, but Tom had made it on old Sorrel, the
-mare. He had come back in a wonderfully short time, bringing a trusty
-little shot-gun with him, and was making his way up the hill just as the
-wolf dashed out of the woods, heading in his direction.
-
-Tom's heart came up in his throat, but he ran for a clump of bushes
-close by that he thought would afford a good position for a shot,
-stationed himself among them, and waited.
-
-The cries of the men in pursuit came nearer. Then the gallop into which
-the wolf had broken from its quick trot when it left the woods seemed to
-shake the very ground under him. Spring--spring--spring, came the
-terrified brute. He was in sight. Tom steadied his gun and fired. The
-wolf uttered a cry, half bark, half screech, and giving a few lame and
-wounded leaps, lay bleeding on the ground. Then shot after shot from the
-men behind was poured in upon the poor creature, until he lay thoroughly
-dead. Tom Miller was quite the hero of the day, and it was voted
-unanimously that the wolf-skin belonged to him.
-
-"Well, Uncle Zed, why didn't you 'ketch him,' as you said you were going
-to?" inquired Squire Taylor, jokingly, as the men were separating to go
-to a late dinner.
-
-"Don' know what in thunder ailed my gun," complained Uncle Zed, rapping
-that unfortunate weapon crossly; "but, after all"--straightening up
-proudly--"you'd never have ketched that wolf if it hadn't 'a ben for
-me."
-
-"How's that?" asked the Squire.
-
-"Why, goodness gracious! didn't you hear me holler? I hollered an'
-started you all up. My!" continued the old man, reflectively, as he
-turned away amid a general laugh, which did not appear to damp his
-spirits in the least, "how I did holler!"
-
-
-
-
-CORAL REEFS.
-
-BY SARAH COOPER.
-
-
-The attention of seamen and navigators has long been attracted by the
-number of circular islands in the warm parts of the Pacific and Indian
-oceans. Generally each one of these circular islands contains a lake of
-quiet water extending almost to its outer shores, so that the island
-looks like a fairy ring of land floating in the ocean, and adorned with
-tropical trees and plants.
-
-Happily for the boys and girls of the present day, this subject, with
-other equally fascinating branches of science, has now been studied by
-naturalists, who give us the rich results of their labors. It seems
-scarcely possible that the dainty beautiful corals which we examined not
-long ago in YOUNG PEOPLE can have anything to do with the making of
-islands, but so it is. Coral reefs are vast masses of coral which have
-grown in warm oceans. Their formation must have been slow, yet they
-sometimes extend hundreds of miles. Florida and many other parts of our
-solid continents are known to have been formed from coral reefs.
-
-Let us now try to picture to ourselves the beginning of one of these
-reefs, and by following its growth step by step we may at least
-understand how it has been formed. There are hills and valleys on the
-bottom of the ocean as well as on the land. We will fancy that some
-young coral polyps which have been swimming about in the sea settle on
-the sides of one of these hills, and begin to grow and spread all around
-it. They will increase also by the deposit of eggs until they form a
-circular wall.
-
-As the coral wall grows, the lower polyps and the inner ones die, their
-skeletons forming a solid foundation for all that grow above them. There
-may be only about an inch of living coral on the outside of the reef.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 1.--a, a, SURFACE OF THE WATER; b, NATURAL RED OF
-THE OCEAN; c, c, CORAL FORMATION; d, LAGOON.]
-
-These walls rise nearly straight, and you will see that in doing so they
-inclose a circular basin of quiet water, and now you can understand why
-it is that a coral island mostly has a lake in the centre, as is shown
-in Fig. 1. The lakes are called lagoons.
-
-The bottom of the wall is formed of brain-coral and other solid kinds
-which live only in deep water, and they die when a certain height is
-reached. The formation of the new island does not stop with their death,
-however. The wall having now reached the proper height to suit branching
-corals, which require shallower water, their young polyps will settle
-upon it, and finish the structure. We might suppose a reef formed of
-branching corals would be open and unsubstantial, but in their growth
-the branches are thickly interlaced. The spaces between them become
-filled with substances floating in the ocean, and with pieces of coral
-which are broken from the reef by the fierce dashing of the waves. The
-whole forms a solid mass, stronger, perhaps, than any stone masonry. The
-fragments of coral suffer no serious injury by breaking, but if lodged
-in some favorable spot they continue to grow.
-
-The outer edge of the wall is steep and abrupt. Soundings taken just
-outside show very deep water. In this portion of the wall the corals
-live and thrive, always supplied with clear water. The breakers dash
-against it with such fury that apparently the hardest rock must in time
-yield to the tremendous force of the waves. But, strange as it may
-appear, the soft jelly-like bodies of the polyps give to the reef the
-power of resisting the billows.
-
-The inner surface of the wall slopes gently to the land, and being
-washed by quiet waters often containing sand and mud, it is not
-favorable to the growth of polyps. Still, there are certain kinds of
-coral which thrive within the lagoons; some of them are exceedingly
-brilliant and beautiful.
-
-The coral polyps die before they reach the surface of the ocean, as no
-corals can live out of water. The remainder of the island is built up by
-shells, pieces of broken coral, sea-weed, and other floating materials
-which are washed upon it, raising the wall higher and higher. The
-never-ceasing action of the waves grinds up these shells and broken
-coral, until at last they form a soil of sand and mud which is now ready
-to receive any seeds that may float on the water or be brought by the
-winds and the birds. The seeds take root in the new soil, and young
-plants begin to appear on the glistening white surface. Floating
-cocoa-nuts often lodge on the shores, and cocoa-nut-trees are among the
-first to grow upon them. As the plants drop their leaves and decay, the
-soil is enriched little by little, and fitted for the home of various
-animals and birds, which in some mysterious manner find their way to
-these lonely spots far out at sea. In time our coral reef may become a
-beautiful tropical island fringed with waving trees and plants, and
-inhabited by man.
-
-[Illustration: Fig. 2.--AN ATOLL.]
-
-Circular islands seldom form complete rings. There is generally an
-opening into the lake on the side most sheltered from the wind. A safe
-harbor in mid-ocean is thus made, in which vessels may take shelter, but
-it requires an expert navigator to pass the perils at its entrance. To
-anchor on the outer shore would be impossible. In Fig. 2 is a pretty
-little coral island with ships in its lagoon. If a lake is entirely
-inclosed by the coral wall, it may in time be changed to fresh water by
-the rains that fall into it.
-
-Coral reefs often extend to a depth of three hundred feet below the
-surface of the ocean, and formerly persons were puzzled to know how they
-could have grown in such deep water, as no coral polyps can live at a
-greater depth than twenty or thirty fathoms. This puzzling question was
-settled by the late Charles Darwin, who first showed that coral islands
-occur where there has been a gradual sinking of the bottom of the ocean.
-As the reef rises in height, the sinking of the foundation partly
-counteracts the upward growth of the coral; consequently the proper
-depth of water is secured, and the reef appears to be stationary,
-whereas it is really growing upward.
-
-Whenever a coral reef rises above the surface of the ocean, we may know
-that the coral, which grew under water, has been lifted above the level
-of the sea by a rising of the ocean-bed.
-
-These circular reefs are called "atolls." They are quite different from
-the "fringing reefs," which extend along the shores of continents and
-islands. There are usually openings or breaks in fringing reefs directly
-opposite the mouths of rivers and fresh-water streams, as the corals can
-not endure currents which carry mud or sediment. Perhaps the grandest
-reef to be found in any part of the world is the one extending along the
-northeast coast of Australia. It is nearly one thousand miles in length,
-and proves to us that the helpless coral polyps have played no trifling
-part in the formation of our earth. All they have accomplished has been
-done merely by their living and growing.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: WINTER.]
-
-
-
-
-THE BOY'S STORE-KEEPING.
-
-BY C. M. ST. DENYS.
-
-
-I.
-
-Across the way from the Stanley boys' home a new house was being built.
-A pile of lumber lay just outside of the sidewalk in front of the new
-building, and it was piled so irregularly that the upper boards extended
-out considerably beyond the lower ones, thus forming a sheltered spot
-below. The ends of some of the lower boards, too, projected in such a
-way as to make little shelves at different heights, and even a rude seat
-and table. The boys had often gathered under this shelter for a chat,
-and when John and Bob Stanley announced that they saw in it the making
-of a fine store, all the other boys groaned inwardly, and said to
-themselves, "Why did not I think of that?"
-
-Of course Bob and John did not plunge into the risks of business without
-first counting the cost. The plan was well digested. They had talked it
-over fully three days before it was publicly announced.
-
-The chief difficulty was about the amount of capital to be invested.
-John had been saving up his money for a long time toward buying a
-bicycle, and Bob--well, Bob was not so thrifty; there was not much
-"save" about him, though when it came to needing the money to set him up
-in business, he saw clearly that he must mend his ways.
-
-"I declare, John," he said, gloomily, "I don't believe I can rake up
-twenty-five cents toward starting the store. I wish I'd thought of it
-before. It was only last week I bought ten cents' worth of marbles."
-
-"Put them in stock, and sell out at an advance," suggested John.
-
-Bob shook his head. "The boys aren't going to pay me more for marbles
-than they can get them for at Thompson's. Besides, I was dunce enough to
-show them off at recess, so the boys would call them second-hand, and
-want a reduction."
-
-"That's true. But you had better lose on them for the sake of getting
-some cash in hand that you could lay out in something you could make
-money on."
-
-"But I don't see how we are to make money, anyhow. The other boys can
-buy as cheap as we can."
-
-"No; Thompson would come down in his prices if we told him we were
-buying to sell again. Buying at wholesale, you know, they always do."
-
-"So they do;" and Bob's face brightened. "You have a lot of money to put
-into the business," he said, admiringly.
-
-"I sha'n't put all my money in," said the prudent John. "It's too much
-risk. I'd rather begin small; and then I could get my bicycle even if we
-failed in business."
-
-For it must be admitted that, like reasonable beings, they looked
-forward to failure as the most probable ending to their enterprise. Nine
-men out of every ten who start in business for themselves fail; and why
-should not they close in this exciting and approved manner? As far back
-as the time of Macbeth such things were not unknown; and the boys said
-bravely to themselves, "'If we fail, we fail'; and so much the more
-interesting."
-
-"But how much capital are you going to put in?" persisted Bob.
-
-"Well, now, really, Bob, if we are to be even partners, I can't put any
-more money in than you do. It would make the thing too complicated, and
-not be fair to me, you know."
-
-Bob sighed. "Only half a dollar to start the business! It will look
-mean. I wish I had not got so many glasses of soda-water this season.
-It's worse than marbles for running away with money."
-
-"We might take in some more partners," said John, after a thoughtful
-pause.
-
-"But Dick says he don't care about it, and every cent of Sam's money
-goes for his bantams and pigeons."
-
-"What do you say to asking Tom Fleming?"
-
-"No," said Bob, decisively. "When a gold mine opens before you, keep it
-all in the family, I say."
-
-But the difficulty of the small capital still remained. Their anxiety
-lost the boys at least an hour's sleep that night, and when they woke in
-the morning, the same burden at once took possession of them.
-
-"Let's tell Aunt Sue about it," said Bob.
-
-Aunt Sue was much pleased with the plan. She thought the effort to
-conduct the little business would give them business habits and tact.
-She made suggestions that helped them greatly.
-
-"You won't need much money to start with," she said. "Look over your
-closets and boxes, and see what you have already that you would like to
-dispose of. You have a good many toys and other things that you will
-never use again, and you might sell them for something. Call your shop a
-new and second-hand store, and that will make it all fair. What kind of
-a stock were you thinking of keeping?"
-
-"Oh, almost anything. Like a country store, you know. Marbles, and tops,
-and slate-pencils, and--"
-
-"And chewing-gum," suggested Bob. "The boys and girls buy more of that
-than of anything else lately."
-
-"I wouldn't keep it if I were you," said Aunt Sue. "It's a bad habit to
-use it, and you want to establish your business on good principles. I
-hope you'll keep bird-seed, though. You could count on me as a
-customer."
-
-"Well, we will, and we'll give up the chewing-gum. But, Aunt Sue," and
-Bob assumed his most persuasive tones, "I'll tell you one thing we could
-sell like wild-fire, and it would not cost us anything, either."
-
-"What?" asked Aunt Sue, smiling, but mentally bracing herself for
-opposition.
-
-"Cookies."
-
-"Not of my baking, Bob. You ought to know too much of the trouble and
-expense of cake-making to think of it. I can't undertake to supply the
-town with cookies."
-
-Bob sobered at this reference to his prowess at cake-baking; but Sister
-Bess, regardless of his feelings, mischievously suggested,
-
-"You might make molasses candy for sale."
-
-"It's out of season," returned Bob, with dignity. "I guess we'll lay in
-a stock of sour-balls."
-
-"I'll tell you what I'll do for you," said Bess, relenting. "I'll make
-you some button-hole bouquets."
-
-"Well, but I don't know who'll buy them."
-
-"They'll help to fill up the shelves and make the place look pretty, at
-any rate."
-
-Bob and John began to feel that the store was going to be a success, and
-proceeded to overhaul the attic for salable articles.
-
-The sign-board was a very important matter. Dick undertook to paint them
-one. But as it would take some days for the paint to dry, it was decided
-that they could begin with a sign chalked on an old slate.
-
-There was not much to be done toward fitting up the store. A piece of
-canvas was hung on one side, and a loose board was laid across the
-entrance for protection against the rabble, for as the store was only
-large enough to hold the proprietors and their goods, the customers were
-exacted to make their purchases over the counter from the outside.
-
-Saturday was to be "Opening Day," and the very earliest people on their
-way to market saw the two boys working like beavers to get the place to
-rights in good season. By the time the village boys and girls had
-breakfasted the new store shone out in all its glory, with the sign
-"STANLEY BROTHERS" the most conspicuous thing about it.
-
-The marbles and other small articles were arranged as neatly as possible
-in boxes on the irregular little shelves. Some old story-books with the
-boys' dictionary were piled modestly in the background, while the jar of
-sour-balls and the row of tasty little bouquets were paraded on the
-counter.
-
-This plan, however, did not work well, for the boys found themselves
-obliged to keep a sharp eye on these attractive goods to prevent their
-being snatched by evil-disposed visitors, and it was very harassing. The
-business had been so well advertised beforehand, at recesses and on
-other occasions, that the whole juvenile population made a point of
-repairing thither in the course of the day. Most of them came only to
-look, but that was to be expected on Opening Day.
-
-The boys had not thought of putting up a notice to the effect that it
-was no trouble to show goods; but if they had, that day's experience
-would have decided them against it. Some of the boys, and girls too, for
-that matter, were very provoking, and insisted on seeing everything that
-was in the store, when they had not the least intention of buying
-anything.
-
-Some of them, too, were very frank in expressing their opinion about the
-stock. _They_ would not open a store at all if they could do no better
-than that.
-
-But the very worst of it all was that all the boys that did want to buy
-always wanted to trade off something else for the goods; and the girls
-were more unreasonable still, for they thought that Bob and John ought
-to be willing to sell everything for pins.
-
-By noon the boys were beginning to feel quite dejected. To be sure, they
-had taken in a few cents for sour-balls; but then they had reason to
-believe that several had been feloniously abstracted while the throng
-was greatest--for part of the time the little counter had been lined
-three or four deep--so that, on the whole, they would probably lose on
-this most popular article. Bob and John each ate a sour-ball to restore
-their spirits.
-
-"They'll melt in this bright sun," said Bob, "and the flowers are
-wilting. We had better put them back in the shade. What shall we put
-front instead?"
-
-"Slate-pencils," suggested John.
-
-"Pooh! Catch a boy buying a slate-pencil on Saturday."
-
-The question was still unsettled when the welcome sound of the dinner
-bell was heard. Obeying the first impulse, both boys started for home.
-Then Bob stopped.
-
-"I don't believe it's safe to leave the store alone," he said.
-
-"No, of course not. You stay till I come back. I'm awfully hungry."
-
-"I guess I'm as hungry as you are," returned Bob, but John was half-way
-across the street; so Bob, calling to him to hurry back, sat down,
-hungrier than ever, to nurse his provocation over that selfish John.
-There was no help for it; he must try if another sour-ball would stop
-the gnawings of hunger and sweeten his temper for the next customer.
-
-It seemed as if the whole town must dine at the same hour, for Bob was
-left quite lonely for a while.
-
-Then John came back, devouring a biscuit as he came, and making some
-remarks beginning, "Aunt Sue says," which Bob did not stop to hear, for
-the boys passed each other in the middle of the street like two
-oppositely bound locomotives.
-
-
-II.
-
-Bob staid a long time. Neither did he move as swiftly on his return trip
-as he had when he started out.
-
-"I'll tell you what it is, John," he said, at the first opportunity,
-"we'll have to take in some outside partners, after all. A couple of the
-Flemings could help us first-rate. They always have their meals later
-than we do."
-
-"Well," said John, "I don't know but it would be a good thing to have
-somebody to share the responsibility."
-
-"But I don't see how we can make room for any more boys inside here.
-It's crowded enough now."
-
-"We don't all need to be inside at once. One could be floor-walker, and
-one a detective, or something in the crowd. I'd like it. It's tiresome
-sitting in this little place all day. I got awfully cramped this
-morning."
-
-So overtures were made to Tom and Fred Fleming, who felt quite
-flattered, and accepted the honor at once. After some discussion they
-were installed as silent partners, and contributed their quota of
-fish-hooks and decalcomanie pictures, etc., to the now flourishing
-business.
-
-The shop being so near, Aunt Sue and Bessie visited it in the afternoon
-to see how the boys were getting on. They were shocked to see some of
-their own possessions airing in the new store. An old set of false curls
-hung dangling on a nail, like a scalp adorning an Indian wigwam as an
-honorable trophy.
-
-[Illustration: "'YOU OUTRAGEOUS BOYS!' EXCLAIMED AUNT SUE."]
-
-"You outrageous boys!" exclaimed Aunt Sue, as she seized and confiscated
-it. "Where did you get this?"
-
-"Out of the attic," said Bob, meekly. "I thought you were done with it."
-
-"But it's not for sale if I am done with it. I'm surprised at you."
-
-Aunt Sue seemed really hurt, and was scarcely mollified by Bob's saying,
-coaxingly, "Oh, now, Aunt Sue, don't be vexed. I always liked to see
-them hanging down your neck. They looked so pretty, I thought somebody
-else might be glad to get them."
-
-By this time Bessie had discovered a tin-type of herself among a lot of
-cheap pictures, and her wrath burst forth on John, who was just
-congratulating himself on having escaped his aunt's wrath.
-
-"I'd like to know what right you have to offer my picture for sale," she
-said, indignantly.
-
-"It's not yours. It's mine. You gave it to me on my birthday."
-
-"And that's all you care for it! I'll be careful how I ever give my
-picture to another boy. Give it to me this minute."
-
-"Why, no, Bess. It shows how much we admire it. Other folks do too. I
-had an offer for it this morning, but I couldn't make the change."
-
-Bessie's eyes flashed; and Aunt Sue, coming to the rescue, quietly laid
-the picture in her bag with the curls.
-
-"I think you had better show us your whole stock, boys," she said,
-calmly. "What are your skates doing here?"
-
-"I'm going to sell them. I'd rather have a bicycle than skates any day."
-
-"Very well; only if you part with them don't expect to have a new pair
-given to you when winter comes. What books have you? Why, boys, you are
-not going to sell your dictionary!"
-
-"Oh, I'm tired of looking through it. The old bother!"
-
-"It must be taken home," said Aunt Sue, with decision. "It won't do to
-have your father's dictionaries thumbed and dog-eared in this way. You
-must keep your own."
-
-The boys were beginning to think that the custom of their immediate
-relatives was not going to be profitable. But the seizures were over
-now, and Aunt Sue actually bought in John's old copy of _Original
-Poems_. Bessie, too, concluded to be forgiving, and she and Aunt Sue
-made several other purchases, so that they left the boys in good spirits
-in spite of the bad beginning.
-
-In the trying morning hours the boys had decided to close early every
-Saturday afternoon "for the sake of their clerks." But they felt better
-after the Flemings came to their assistance, and did not close until six
-o'clock, when everything had to be packed in boxes and carried home
-until Monday. Before doing this, however, they took an account of stock
-and balanced their accounts, which was a comparatively simple matter, as
-they sold nothing on credit. Aunt Sue had bought half their supply of
-bird-seed, and Molly Fleming had taken all the bouquets at half price to
-distribute in the infant school the next morning. The boys spent the
-evening in talking over the events of the day.
-
-"If we did so well on the first day, what may we not expect on the
-second?" was the feeling with which the young merchants began business
-on Monday. But Monday brought new trials. The goods had all to be packed
-away, and the store closed by school-time, which seemed rather
-humiliating. Of course the boys intended to resume punctually at twelve
-o'clock. But how unlucky! They all unaccountably missed their lessons,
-and were kept in to correct them, so that they lost the whole of their
-noon trade.
-
-Perhaps this only gave greater zest to the afternoon spell, for they
-kept open quite late that evening. Still, with all their devotion,
-business flagged. Infant schools could not absorb a stock of bouquets
-every day, and Aunt Sue had enough bird-seed to last her a week. The
-sour-ball business proved to be quite a losing one, for the luscious
-things melted away mysteriously even when kept in the shade, although
-each partner kept a strict watch on himself, and seldom, oh, very
-seldom, refreshed himself with one.
-
-Things got so serious that the four partners held a business meeting
-that evening after the store closed.
-
-"We've got to do something, boys, or we'll break before the week's out,
-sure as fate," said Fred Fleming.
-
-By Tuesday the boys had that care-worn look that men acquire when they
-can't make both ends meet. The other boys really pitied them, and some
-of them actually bought slate-pencils on their way to school in the
-afternoon, though they did not need them.
-
-That very afternoon an occurrence took place which threatened to end the
-boys' store-keeping quite tragically.
-
-An organ grinder, with his red-coated monkey, planted himself just
-beside the pile of lumber and began to play. This pleased Tom and Bob,
-who happened to be in sole charge at the time. They enjoyed a monkey's
-antics as well as any one.
-
-Perhaps it was the flag waving over the sign of the "Stanley Brothers"
-that suggested to the man to play "Rally round the Flag, Boys." He
-played it with a will, and the boys, and girls too, rallied with a
-vengeance. The young merchants found their store again a grand centre of
-attraction.
-
-The monkey seemed particularly delighted with it, for, after dancing and
-bowing on the organ-top a short time, he leaped upon the counter, and
-before the proprietors knew what he was about he had thrust his paw into
-the box of rubber balls, and was throwing a ball into the crowd.
-
-A shout of delight greeted this feat. Tom and Bob each made a dive after
-the monkey, but he dexterously eluded them, and threw another ball.
-
-Of course the balls were thrown back at him, and in a moment the air
-seemed full of them, flying in every direction. The boys could not turn
-their heads but bounce would come a ball into their eyes, and if they
-tried to say, "You rascal," the words would be cut short by a ball
-flying into their mouths. The uproar was tremendous, and the crowd grew
-larger every minute. The monkey seemed to be in his element, dancing and
-jumping from shelf to shelf, grinning and chattering with all his might,
-and when there was no ball convenient he did not hesitate to throw
-something else.
-
-The boys grew desperate when they saw their slate-pencils and
-Jew's-harps flying through the air.
-
-"See here!" they shouted to the organ-grinder, who was now peacefully
-playing the "Marseillaise Hymn," "this thing is getting dangerous. Take
-your old monkey away, will you? You'll have to pay for all the damage.
-Do you hear?"
-
-It would have been surprising if he had heard in all that uproar, but he
-gave no sign.
-
-Tom made another lunge at the monkey, and fell sprawling over the
-counter. Then Bob dived at him, but the monkey, reaching down from a
-high perch, deftly lifted Bob's hat, and threw it into the crowd.
-
-"You rascal. I'll pay you for this," screamed Bob.
-
-But the next thing the monkey did was to plant himself on Bob's head.
-Bob, with his face as red as the monkey's coat, clutched wildly at him,
-but the monkey clutched the tighter.
-
-Bob could do nothing but scream and beat at the mischievous animal,
-first with one hand, then with the other, then with both at once, while
-the crowd shouted with laughter, until the organ-grinder, seeing that
-his monkey was really in danger, stopped his music, called off his pet,
-and began to move away. Then the crowd of children dispersed.
-
-John and Fred, who had been taking their turn "off" when these
-proceedings began, now made their way to their crest-fallen comrades.
-Bob was too angry to make any attempt to collect his property. He picked
-up his battered hat and walked home, saying, "I don't care what becomes
-of the old things. I've done with them."
-
-A few of their friends were kind enough to assist them in the search,
-but it was a sorry-looking set of goods that were collected.
-
-"They're half of them gone," said Tom. "I do believe that monkey went
-off with his cheeks and pockets full of our things."
-
-"I'll have that man prosecuted," said John, fiercely. "Which way did he
-go?"
-
-"Oh, he's more likely to prosecute us. He says Bob half killed his
-monkey."
-
-Sadly the boys packed up their damaged goods and carried them home,
-protesting that they had had enough of store-keeping. The monkey had
-scratched Bob's head so hard that he was really suffering, and Bess had
-to run for the arnica bottle, and bandage his head.
-
-Aunt Sue was particularly liberal with the cake and preserves that
-evening at tea, and if anything could have comforted the boys, it was
-such thoughtfulness.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: A FLIRTATION.]
-
-
-
-
-SQUIRRELS, AND HOW TO KEEP THEM.
-
-BY JAMES OTIS.
-
-
-It seems almost cruel to catch and cage such a bright, winsome little
-fellow as a squirrel. In his natural state he seems to be thoroughly
-happy. His home is a snug little hole in the fork of a tree, and all the
-nut-bearing giants of the forest pay tribute to him. Bright, happy,
-"cunning" little fellow, if you must keep him as a pet, lavish upon him
-such kindness and attention as shall reconcile him to the prison bars,
-and make him forget his forest home.
-
-The name squirrel comes from the Greek word _sciurus_, which is made up
-of two words, signifying shade and tail, indicative of the little
-creature's habit of shading its entire body when at rest with its tail.
-
-Of the species known to our woods, the most common is the striped
-squirrel, an industrious little body, fond of his home and family, and
-seldom given to roving, but one which the confinement of a cage kills in
-a very short time.
-
-Then there is a little animal known by the boys as a chipmunk, which
-some naturalists declare is a member of the squirrel family, while
-others give it the name of dormouse. It makes a good pet, but must be
-kept in a warm place, and besides the usual food for squirrels it
-requires milk.
-
-The black squirrel is the largest of its species, and while it will live
-in a cage, is rarely a tractable animal, requiring a vast amount of
-patience to induce it even to take its food when any one is looking at
-it.
-
-Then there is the flying-squirrel, which resembles the striped species.
-It does not really fly, but has the power of flattening its legs and
-feet in such a way that they do not look unlike wings. In leaping, the
-legs and feet sustain it in the air until it almost seems as if it was
-flying.
-
-It is the gray squirrel that is the most contented in captivity, and the
-most easily tamed; therefore, if one really thinks it necessary to his
-happiness to make a prisoner of such a liberty-loving little creature,
-he should procure one of the gray species.
-
-If the reader is a would-be squirrel owner, and proposes to catch one in
-the woods, he will be obliged to take just the kind of one that is
-foolish enough to enter his trap; but if he proposes to buy one, he
-should select it carefully, for much depends upon the condition of the
-prisoner in taming or keeping him.
-
-See that the fur is sleek and glossy, for dry, ruffled-looking fur is a
-sure sign the animal is sick, or pining so for the woods that he will
-not live very long in a cage. Observe well if the feet are clean, for if
-they are dirty, he has lost all pride in his appearance, which is
-another sign of homesickness or some equally serious ailment. The eyes
-should be bright, and the teeth perfectly white. Yellow teeth are a
-sign of age, and it is as difficult to tame a very old squirrel as it is
-to keep him alive in captivity.
-
-Beware of squirrels brought around by men who say they have caught and
-tamed them. If they look stupid and inactive, the chances are that they
-have been drugged to make them seem tame, and if they live, they will
-surely be wild and intractable.
-
-Having made the selection of just such a one as you want for a pet, give
-him all the comfort possible in the way of a cage. It is better to have
-a large rough one than a small neat looking one; and if it is not
-possible to buy a large cage, make one yourself, and the squirrel will
-be pleased at the absence of style because of the increased facilities
-for moving about.
-
-A board thirty-six inches long and sixteen wide is quite as small a base
-for the house and run-around as should be given. Twenty-two inches of
-this length should be devoted to the dwelling portion, which should be
-built something after the style of a one-story cottage, with a second
-floor just at the slope of the roof, so that the attic may serve as
-sleeping-room and a place to which the squirrel can retire when he is
-anxious to be hidden from view.
-
-The lower front of the house may be of wire, so that a portion of his
-domestic life may be seen. The second floor should have in it an opening
-about three inches square, which is connected with the first floor by a
-small strip of board or thin stuff of any kind, placed at an angle, so
-that he can get "upstairs" without difficulty.
-
-The floors should be of some hard wood, so that they may not absorb
-water, and the whole place should be cleaned thoroughly once in every
-three or four weeks. In order to do this readily, it is well to have one
-side of the house fastened with hinges, so it may be swung open, and
-then the little fellow can be shut into the wheel during house-cleaning.
-The lower compartment should have a wire door, through which food can be
-given.
-
-The wheel in which he takes his treadmill exercise any tin or wire
-worker can make, and the hole which connects it with the house should be
-large enough to prevent any possibility of his getting squeezed if he
-attempts to go into his house while the wheel is turning rapidly.
-
-Give the little prisoner plenty of nuts of any kind, although those
-containing the least oil are the best--acorns, wheat, stale bread, a
-little boiled potato, and once in a very great while a bit of cooked
-meat. Keep a small dish of water in the cage, and see to it carefully
-that it is changed each day.
-
-In all dealings with the squirrel it is necessary to be gentle and
-patient with him, if it is desired to make of him a real pet. Do not
-force him out of his nest when he goes into it, nor keep him in the
-wheel when he desires to go into his house.
-
-Each time that he is fed, whistle or make some peculiar sound, and he
-will soon learn to come when he is called. This is the first step toward
-teaching him to come into his owner's hands. After he has learned to
-come at call, hold some particular dainty in the fingers, and do not let
-him have it until he takes it himself.
-
-When once he has learned to have perfect confidence in his master, he
-will not scruple to take food from his hands, and in a very short time
-will be bold enough to explore his pockets, going into them bodily, for
-something to eat that is a trifle better than his regular fare.
-
-
-
-
-NAN.[2]
-
-[2] Begun in No. 157, HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE.
-
-BY MRS. JOHN LILLIE,
-
-AUTHOR OF "MILDRED'S BARGAIN," "AUNT RUTH'S TEMPTATION," ETC.
-
-
-CHAPTER V.
-
-Nan thought that the delight of this day never could be equalled by
-anything life would bring, even at Beverley. To begin with, she and Miss
-Phyllis started out in a luxurious carriage, which rolled them through
-the town, past the butter shop, where Mrs. Rupert was standing in the
-doorway, and deposited them at Mr. Lennon's large store, into which Nan
-had never gone half so proudly before.
-
-"You needn't appear to recognize any one, Nan," Miss Phyllis said, just
-as they went in; and this dashed Nan's spirits just a little, for Mary
-Seymour, one of the girls in the millinery-room, was a particular friend
-of her aunt's; but then Miss Phyllis must know best, thought Nan, and
-she would trust to luck's keeping Mary out of their way.
-
-[Illustration: NAN PRESENTED TO MISS PHYLLIS FOR APPROVAL.]
-
-Everybody was most polite to Miss Rolf; and when she said quietly, "I
-want to see your handsomest dresses, ready made, for this little girl,"
-Nan could hardly move to follow them upstairs. Out of a long case, dress
-after dress was taken, held up, tried on, examined, and criticised by
-Miss Phyllis, who sat languidly with her purse and her note-book,
-evidently quite regardless of prices. It was well Nan's opinion was not
-asked, for she would never have dared to choose what Miss Phyllis did
-for her, a soft, seal brown wool costume, handsomely trimmed with silk,
-and with a jacket to match. Miss Phyllis quietly desired Nan to put
-these garments on; and when the saleswoman brought her back from the
-dressing-room, her cousin could not repress a smile of satisfaction; and
-really little Nan did credit to the quiet, lady-like costume. Miss
-Phyllis saw a great many possibilities in the child's bright face and
-pretty, slender figure.
-
-The hat question came next, and here Nan's joy was somewhat dampened by
-her fear that Mary Seymour would appear and claim acquaintance, and
-thereby annoy Miss Phyllis; and sure enough, while she was trying on a
-beautiful brown felt hat with a scarlet wing in it, Mary Seymour's voice
-was heard cheerily from across the room.
-
-"Why, Nan Rolf," she was saying, "is that you?"
-
-And then Nan saw that her princess could look very different on
-different occasions. She turned a cold little stare upon poor Mary, and
-then said, in a tone that the shop-girl could hear perfectly, "Who is
-that, Annice?"
-
-Now it was the first time Nan had been called by her full name since her
-father died, and between the start it gave her, and her little worry
-about Mary Seymour, she hardly knew what to say, and stood looking
-guiltily at her aunt's friend, with a rush of color in her face.
-
-"It is Mary Seymour," she said, in a low voice.
-
-Miss Phyllis waited a moment, the cold look still on her face; then she
-took Nan by the hand, and went across the room to where Mary was busy
-putting bonnet frames into a drawer.
-
-"My little cousin is going away from Bromfield," she said, smiling, but
-speaking in the very chilliest tone. "Perhaps you had better say
-'good-by' to her now. She is going to live with her aunt at Beverley."
-
-Poor Mary stared at the beautiful young lady, and said nothing for a
-moment; then she stooped down and kissed Nan's little red check
-heartily.
-
-"Well, good-luck go with you, Nannie dear," she said; and half
-understanding the impression Miss Rolf wished to make, she added,
-looking up with a sad smile, "I suppose it won't do to expect you to
-remember us any more, but Tommy'll miss you dreadfully."
-
-"I'll write him a letter, Mary," Nan exclaimed, and seeing Miss Rolf's
-look of surprise turn to something like disgust, she added, "Tommy is
-Mary's lame little brother."
-
-Miss Phyllis said nothing, but led the way back to the hats, and Nan,
-unable to restrain herself further, whispered, "Miss Rolf, Cousin
-Phyllis, why did you say I was going to _live_ at Beverley, when it is
-only a visit?"
-
-Miss Phyllis bit her lip angrily. "Never mind," was all she answered;
-and then the brown felt hat was chosen, and the purchases went
-on--gloves, and boots, and some dainty under-linen, and various small
-belongings, until finally all that remained on Miss Phyllis's list was a
-dressing-case and a trunk. Nan hardly knew which of the beautiful cases
-to choose when her cousin left it to her; but finally a black leather
-one with silver fastenings was selected, and Miss Phyllis directed the
-shopman to have Nan's initials, A. B. R., put on it in little silver
-letters.
-
-By this time Nan, in her new brown suit, with her hands in three-button
-kid gloves, had begun to think she never, never could do justice to the
-day, to Philip and Marian, and yet a something had stolen over her of
-half dread to going back to the shop. Already she dreaded her aunt's
-voice; the noisy, greasy tea table, where only Philip made things
-endurable for her; so that when, as they left the last store, loading
-the carriage with parcels, and Miss Phyllis said, "I'm going to keep you
-for the night, Nan," my little heroine felt more than ever grateful and
-happy.
-
-
-CHAPTER VI.
-
-Mrs. Grange received Nan very cordially when she made her appearance
-with Miss Rolf. The gentle little lady was quite a revelation to Nan,
-whose ideas of elderly people were formed entirely on the noisy,
-overworked matrons she had seen at Mrs. Rupert's. Nan was only allowed a
-few words with her hostess, and then Miss Rolf carried her off to the
-little sitting-room upstairs, where, when she had laid aside her hat and
-jacket, Miss Rolf told her she had better write Mrs. Rupert a note to
-explain her absence.
-
-"And I want you to word it very carefully, Nan," said Phyllis, coming up
-to the little girl with a very serious expression. "You know things are
-changed with you now, and you must begin at once to let your aunt and
-her family understand that you are not--they can not expect you--to
-treat them quite as equals."
-
-Nan was still full of the excitement and delight of her good fortune;
-yet as Phyllis spoke, looking down gravely upon her, there came a blush
-of mortification into the child's honest face. A tinge of the same color
-deepened in Phyllis's soft cheeks for just half a moment, but she said,
-very decidedly:
-
-"Now, Nan, you are not going to be a foolish, obstinate child, I hope?
-Surely you must know that I and your aunt Letitia understand these
-things better than a little girl brought up among vulgar people could.
-Now there must be no nonsense, my dear."
-
-Phyllis's tone was kind, but something in it made Nan see that she
-expected obedience; and was she not in every way the most wonderful and
-beautiful creature Nan had ever seen? Nan's doubts vanished while
-Phyllis laid out note-paper and pen and ink on a dainty little table
-drawn up to one of the windows; and when Nan placed herself there to
-write, her cousin sat down by the fire, with her slippered toes on the
-fender, and her pretty hands, sparkling with rings, folded gracefully in
-her lap.
-
-"Now, Nan," she said, "begin your letter. Date it 'The Willows'--that is
-the name of this place. 'March 8. Dear Mrs. Rupert.'"
-
-Nan smiled quickly.
-
-"Why, Miss--Cousin Phyllis," she said, looking up from the paper, "she
-would think me crazy; she is Aunt Rebecca, you know."
-
-Miss Rolf's delicate eyebrows drew together in a little frown. She
-waited a moment, and then, with an impatient sigh, said,
-
-"Very well, let it go--'Dear Aunt Rebecca.'"
-
-Nan's pen scratched on, with many splutterings, for penmanship was her
-weak point, and had not been considered a very necessary accomplishment
-in the Rupert household. She looked up presently for further
-instructions.
-
-"My cousin, Miss Rolf," dictated that young lady, "has decided that I
-had better remain with her until I go to Beverley." ("Oh!" ejaculated
-Nan.) "My aunt, Miss Rolf, has invited me to make her a long visit, and
-as previous to my going, there are many things to be attended to in my
-wardrobe, etc., my cousin Phyllis thinks it best to keep me with her. I
-shall, of course, see you all before I leave."
-
-Nan's pen finally came to a stop.
-
-"That is all," said Phyllis, placidly.
-
-"Then I'll just send my love, I suppose," said Nan.
-
-After a little pause Phyllis said, "Yes," and Nan went to work again.
-When she brought the letter to her cousin for inspection, this is how it
-was concluded:
-
-"I hope you are all well, and that you'll tell Mary Seymour, when you
-see her, that I'll go there before I leave, and I'll write to Tommy; and
-tell Marian, please, I'll give her and Philip all the pea-nuts that are
-in my drawer, and I'll write them everything that happens at Beverley. I
-hope uncle's jaw is better. Your loving niece, Nan."
-
-Phyllis Rolf read the letter with so quiet an air that for a moment Nan
-felt much relieved, feeling sure it was all right; but the first words
-startled her.
-
-"That would not do, my dear, at all," Phyllis said, coldly. "You can
-_not_ go to see this Tommy Seymour, and you had better understand at
-once that your aunt will not like you to write everything to your
-cousins here. Now, Nan, do you see what I mean?"
-
-Nan began to see a little more clearly, yet her mind was not yet made
-up; still, enough of Phyllis's meaning reached her to bring two large
-tears to her eyes. They rolled down her cheeks, while she looked
-silently at Phyllis and her letter.
-
-"Don't be silly, my dear," said the young lady, standing up and smiling
-good-naturedly. "There, finish your letter with just your love; that
-will be the best way."
-
-And so Nan went back to the little table, brushing away those first
-tears, and quietly obeyed her cousin. Miss Rolf took the letter from her
-as soon as it was finished, and went out of the room, while Nan sat
-still, wondering if Beverley would be quite _all_ she hoped for.
-
-Enough excitement remained to make it easy for Phyllis to control her as
-she wished, and that young lady trusted to time and absence working
-wonders. While Nan was sitting absorbed in her thoughts, the door
-opened, and Lance Rolf came suddenly into the room. He was a tall boy,
-with a spare, handsome face, delicate as Phyllis's in feature, but
-olive-tinted, and with more sweetness in the brown eyes and the hues of
-the mouth. He came up to Nan, holding out his hand with a pleasant
-smile.
-
-"And are you Nan?" he said, looking at her earnestly.
-
-"Yes," was Nan's timid answer.
-
-"Well," said the boy, cheerfully, "we are cousins. My name is Lancelot
-Rolf. I hope we'll be very well acquainted. So you are going to
-Beverley."
-
-"Yes," was all Nan could contrive to say again. She longed to ask a
-dozen questions of the bright, cheerful-looking boy, who, although no
-older than Philip, looked so _very_ much like a little gentleman.
-
-"Shall you like to go?" Lance said, presently.
-
-Nan really felt she couldn't go on saying "yes" to everything, and so
-with a great effort she said:
-
-"I want to go very much. Is it--is it nice there?"
-
-"It's a jolly old house where you are going," said Lance, "but I don't
-know whether you'll enjoy it much, it's so slow, so stupid. Still,
-perhaps you're not accustomed to much fun." Lance could hardly imagine
-the cheese-monger's family as very entertaining.
-
-"Oh yes, we have a great deal of fun sometimes," said Nan, gaining
-confidence. "In winter we coast and skate, and in summer there are
-always picnics, and sometimes a circus."
-
-"But at home--wasn't there ever any fun at home?"
-
-Nan could not remember anything which impressed her as particularly
-enjoyable in-doors.
-
-"No," she said, slowly, "I don't think there was. Marian always liked to
-tend the shop, but I never cared so much for that. I didn't like the
-smell of the cheeses, don't you know."
-
-"It was a cheese shop?" Lance looked very much interested.
-
-"Cheese and butter, and eggs and hams," Nan recited the list glibly.
-
-"Well," said Lancelot, very gravely, "there won't be anything like that
-at Beverley; and see here, Nan, I'll just give you a friendly hint. I
-don't think I'd talk much about the shop before Cousin Letitia. You see,
-she might not like it--don't be _ashamed_ of it," added the boy,
-flushing a little; "I don't mean you to be _mean_ about it, only you
-won't need to _talk of it_."
-
-Nan felt that she had begun to put her old life behind her when she was
-arrayed in the brown cashmere, and now little by little she was learning
-to feel as the people around her felt; that, after all, she would be
-expected to act and appear and think very differently about everything
-as soon as she was in Beverley.
-
-"What do _you_ do?" said Nan, looking brightly at her new acquaintance.
-"Do you live at Beverley?"
-
-Lance nodded.
-
-"When I'm home," he said. "I come to school near here, at Barnabas
-Academy. When I'm home I live quite near to where you're going to be.
-Oh, I do lots of things! Boys are so different from girls. I'm captain
-of our baseball club, for one thing, and we are jolly good cricketers
-too, I tell you. At home I do all sorts of things. Phyllis and I are
-great chums; Phyllis is a regular brick." He might have said more, but
-at this moment Phyllis reappeared. Nan looked at her a little anxiously.
-She wondered if she was going to feel offended with her about the note;
-but the young lady was perfectly cheerful, and even kissed Nan when she
-said, "Now, dear, we will go down to supper. Mrs. Grange is waiting."
-
-[TO BE CONTINUED.]
-
-
-
-
-LITTLE MASTER QUIG.
-
-BY MARY A BARR.
-
-
- This tale's of little Master Quig,
- Who, being little, wasn't big,
- And many said, who understood,
- That, being bad, he wasn't good.
- When from his school he ran away,
- Most people thought he didn't stay;
- And I have heard, from those who know,
- When he ran fast, it wasn't slow.
- He always studied when compelled,
- And always staid when he was held,
- And always slept when not awake,
- And left the thing he could not take.
- To go to sea one day he planned,
- And being there, was not on land,
- And so stuck on a bar--alas!
- For, being stuck, he could not pass.
- The dark night found him in a fright,
- For, being dark, it was not light.
- The big waves rose and filled the boat,
- And being full, it could not float.
- And so, as I have heard it said,
- They found him in the morning dead,
- And men of sense do still maintain
- He never more was seen again.
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-Hey, diddle, diddle,
-
-[Illustration]
-
-The cat and the fiddle;
-
-The cow jumped over the moon;
-
-[Illustration]
-
-The little dog laughed to see such sport;
-
-[Illustration]
-
-And the dish ran away with the spoon.
-
-[Illustration]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration]
-
-OUR POST-OFFICE BOX.
-
-
- WYTHEVILLE, VIRGINIA.
-
- We are three little girls who have often read and enjoyed HARPER'S
- YOUNG PEOPLE very much. We meet successively at each other's home
- every Friday evening, and read the stories in it. We live in a
- beautiful town in the mountains of Southwest Virginia. We three go
- to the same school, and like our teachers very much. Our parents
- take all your papers--the MONTHLY, BAZAR, and WEEKLY--and we take
- YOUNG PEOPLE. We look forward to Wednesday with a great deal of
- pleasure, for we know it is the day our paper comes. We are so glad
- to see Mrs. John Lillie is going to write a new story, and we are
- sure it will be very interesting, as all her others are. Please
- print this, as we would like to surprise our mammas.
-
- ELLIE C., HELEN S. S., and SUSIE W.
-
-Well, Ellie, Susie, and Helen, though I do not know which of you has
-brown eyes and which blue, which is the tall slender girl, which the
-merry-faced one with the dancing dimples, and which the plump little
-maiden who always thinks before she speaks, I send my love to each of
-you, and am glad to hear of your pleasant Friday evenings. You and the
-thousands of other girls for whom Mrs. Lillie has written her charming
-story have a real treat before you in reading it. I sometimes wish
-myself a girl again just to feel for an hour the delight I used to when
-beginning a beautiful new story. The girls who form Mrs. Lillie's
-audience have better times in the story way than girls did when your
-mammas and myself were at your age. But I, for one, still dearly love a
-bright sketch or a beautiful serial; and if I were near you, I might
-sometimes glide in and take an easy-chair in the corner on your reading
-evenings--that is, if you would let me in on my promising to be very
-good indeed.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Some of you who have empty cologne or scent bottles may make very pretty
-presents for your friends by covering them with silk or plush, and
-finishing off with a dainty lace ruffle and a narrow ribbon around the
-neck. A beautiful tidy which I saw the other day was crocheted in heavy
-cord, and looped over crimson silk. Very lovely plaques are made of the
-birch-bark plates on which butter is sent home by the grocer. They must
-be covered very neatly with silk or satin, on which a design is worked
-or painted. The pretty little Japanese umbrellas, which cost but a few
-cents, may be inverted, opened, and caught at each point with a ribbon.
-Suspended from a nail, they make dainty little scrap-bags.
-
-The letter which follows contains a suggestion which the Postmistress
-thinks excellent. She will keep a corner in the Post-office Box for all
-such letters as our correspondent invites:
-
- BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS.
-
- DEAR POSTMISTRESS,--I remember when I was eight or ten years
- younger than I am now, how hard it used to be for me to find
- anything new to make for Christmas for all the aunts and cousins,
- and now, as Christmas is drawing near, my younger sister comes to
- me and says: "Can not you think of something for Christmas? I want
- something for Aunt Mary and Aunt Lizzie, something I have not made
- for them before." I have no doubt that many other little people say
- the same thing. Now, I have a plan to propose to you, and if you
- think it a good one, will you mention it in the Post-office Box?
- Let each little girl--and boy too, if he wishes--write and describe
- something that he or she makes for Christmas, and then if you will
- be so good as to publish the letters I think before Christmas we
- may have quite a variety of ideas. Of course each article mentioned
- would not be new to all, but it would be new to some, and I think
- many little girls would be greatly aided. Now what do you think?
-
- ONE OF YOUR OLDER READERS.
-
- * * * * *
-
-BABY'S DAY.
-
- Awake at five in the morning,
- Bright as a little bird,
- Cooing and laughing and crowing
- Before a person has stirred.
-
- Carried on papa's shoulder,
- Lying on mamma's arm,
- Never a king was bolder
- Or safer from slightest harm.
-
- Going to ride with sister,
- Taking a cozy nap,
- Resting before his dinner
- On grandmamma's silken lap.
-
- Creeping over the carpet,
- Playing with pretty toys;
- Baby's the dearest darling,
- The prettiest, best of boys.
-
- SUSIE PATTON.
-
- * * * * *
-
- OLEAN, NEW YORK.
-
- I think that Frankie would be a pretty name for Marion W.'s baby
- brother. I have nine dolls. Their names are Mollie, Lottie, Edith,
- Eva, Lena, Christina, Carrie, Johnnie, and Bertie. I like your
- stories all very much, especially "Toby Tyler," "Mr. Stubbs's
- Brother," and "Their Girl." I send my love to the Postmistress.
-
- LENA MATTHEWS.
-
- * * * * *
-
- MADISON, NEW JERSEY.
-
- I am a little boy six years old. My brother Louie takes YOUNG
- PEOPLE, and has every number. Baby Roe and I love to have mamma
- read it to us. Roe and I have bad colds, so I could not go to
- school, but Louie could. I learned to print in school. This is my
- first letter. I hope you will print it.
-
- HOWARD B. G.
-
-Your little note was printed so nicely that it was as plain as though
-the letters had been formed by the type-writing machine. After all,
-there is no machine of which I ever heard so wonderful as the four
-little fingers and thumb of a boy's hand. Ask papa and mamma if they
-don't agree with me.
-
- * * * * *
-
- SALEM, NORTH CAROLINA.
-
- I have taken YOUNG PEOPLE from the first number, and I like it very
- much. I have written one letter to the Post-office Box, but I
- thought I would write again. My friend Howard R. has written too.
- We two have formed a printing firm under the name of P. & R. We
- made four dollars clear profit, with which we bought each a pair of
- roller skates. We have over three dollars in our bank now. Some of
- my playmates and I have formed a club under the name of Holiday
- Club, and some of my boy friends and I have formed a military
- company by the name of Home Guards. We parade in the academy
- play-grounds. The other day we fought almost all the battles of the
- Revolution.
-
- A. H. P.
-
-All the battles of the Revolution in one day! I wonder you slept a wink
-the night after such tremendous exertion. But boys are made of steel
-springs and India rubber, and can stand a good deal of pounding. Please
-send me word about the various doings of your holiday club, and don't
-let the fun interfere with your studies, or else the preceptors and
-professors may veto your good times. I am glad you are so successful as
-amateur printers.
-
- * * * * *
-
- NEW YORK CITY.
-
- I am a little boy nine years old. I have a cat and a kitten. The
- cat's name is Gypsy, but I have not named the kitten yet. I take
- HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE, and I like it very much. The other day the
- kitten fell from a chair and hurt its leg, but it is well now.
-
- CITO S.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Dear little Robin D., who often sends answers to puzzles, was not well,
-and so mamma became her amanuensis, sent her answers and her new
-puzzles, which will see the light before long, and this pleasant little
-message to the Postmistress and to Marion W.
-
-I hope Robin is quite well by this time.
-
- Robin says: "Mamma, tell the Postmistress that my little pet bird
- Jimmie died, and wasn't it too bad, but that now I have a beautiful
- white dove and a dear little bird whose name is Montie, but I still
- mourn for Jimmie, whose cage was draped in mourning for a whole
- week. We buried him in our yard."
-
- Robin thinks that Edgar is a very pretty name for a boy, or Irving.
- She does not really know which to choose for little Marion W.'s
- dear baby brother. She says, "If one little girl may put in more
- than one name for Marion to choose from, put both Irving and Edgar
- in from Robin D."
-
-I am very sorry little Jimmie died. When Marion chooses a name, she must
-not forget to send us all word what it is, as we feel quite an interest,
-don't we, children?
-
- * * * * *
-
- BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS.
-
- I want to ask you to tell me a pretty name for a little kitty,
- because I don't know any nice ones. Now I want to tell you about
- where I went last summer. I went to Falmouth, which is very near
- the sea-side, and is a very pleasant place. I went in bathing only
- twice while I was there, but went in wading nearly every day. I
- went in a sail-boat once, and had a very nice sail, and then I went
- down the beach a little way to catch minnows, but couldn't.
- Good-by.
-
- ALICE S.
-
-Muff is a nice name for a kitty.
-
-Let me tell you about a kitty which a little boy friend of mine had for
-his pet. It was a black kitty, I believe, though I am not sure. He
-carried it everywhere with him, and when he was practicing one
-afternoon, he set it on the piano that it might hear him play. It
-nestled its head cunningly on its tiny paws, and listened with all its
-might.
-
-Somebody called the little boy away for a moment. When he came back the
-kitty was gone.
-
-High and low they hunted for it. Mamma, nurse, two little sisters, and
-even the baby, called Kitty! Kitty! but no kitty answered. After a long
-time there came a faint little mieuw on the air; and where do you
-suppose they found that small cat? Why, in the piano, where she had
-taken a cozy nap.
-
- * * * * *
-
- NASHVILLE, TENNESSEE.
-
- Most boys and girls tell about their pets. I have none, except my
- little brother, two years and a half old. I have two sisters and
- this sweet little brother. We moved from Louisville, Kentucky, to
- Nashville about a month ago, and I am very homesick to go back
- again. We spent the summer at Bon Aqua Springs, not far from here,
- and had a nice time. I have a doll, and her name is Eva Wallace;
- she will be four years old on Christmas. My little brother tries to
- call us girls "girlie," and he says "dirlie." He calls me
- "Black-eye dirlie," my sister Grace "Blue-eye dirlie," and sister
- Florence "Brown-eye dirlie." His name is Theodore. We have taken
- YOUNG PEOPLE from the beginning, and think it is the best of
- papers. Mamma takes the BAZAR and MAGAZINE. My papa is away most of
- the time, and we are always glad when he comes home. I go to
- school, and am in the Fifth Grade. I study reading, spelling,
- arithmetic, geography, writing, and drawing. I am eleven years old.
-
- BESSIE W.
-
- * * * * *
-
- SOUTH BEND, INDIANA.
-
- I like YOUNG PEOPLE very much. I am a little girl eight years old,
- and live on a farm five miles from the city. I go to school now,
- but mamma will teach me at home this winter. I have two pets, a
- white bantam chicken named Polly and a white kitty named Snow. I
- had a canary-bird, but he was sick and died; his name was Billy. I
- have three dollies; I do not play with them very much, because I
- have no one to play with me. Papa has a nice Irish setter dog to
- hunt with; his name is Paul. I will write again as soon as I can
- write better.
-
- GEORGIANA D.
-
- * * * * *
-
- DRIFTON, PENNSYLVANIA.
-
- I have lately returned from Europe, and I enjoyed the pile of
- Magazines I found here. I brought home a gondola from Venice, and I
- also brought a curious swan which I saw them make at the
- glass-works. I had a splendid time in dear old London. We saw the
- Queen and the Princess of Wales. We saw the wine-vaults. We crossed
- the Alps in four-horse carriages, and I made snow-balls in June.
- YOUNG PEOPLE is the best paper out.
-
- OCKLEY B. C.
-
-You have many delightful things to remember about your trip abroad. I
-hope you kept a journal.
-
- * * * * *
-
- NORWALK, CONNECTICUT.
-
- I am eleven years old, and live in Norwalk in the summer, and in
- New York city in the winter. I have no brothers nor sisters, except
- two who are grown up, and I have a brother at college. We are going
- to New York on the first of next month. I enjoy HARPER'S YOUNG
- PEOPLE very much, and look forward to its coming with great
- pleasure. As you wanted to hear from any girl or boy who had a
- garden, I thought I would tell you about mine. I planted in my
- garden this summer potatoes, onions, tomatoes, strawberries, and
- celery, besides flowers. I had enough potatoes for the whole family
- for dinner, so I had them on the table that day, and I hope to
- have my celery to-morrow. The cook made me some caramels from the
- receipt you put in HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE, but it wouldn't harden,
- so she made a chocolate cake, and I had it on the table one
- evening. As I have no more to tell about I think I will close.
-
- HARRY C. M.
-
-You were a famous little gardener, and deserve great praise.
-
- * * * * *
-
- ALLEGHANY, PENNSYLVANIA.
-
- I am a little girl nearly eleven years old. I will tell you about
- my summer trip. I can not tell all the places we went to, but one
- place was the White Mountains of New Hampshire. There are very fine
- views, especially from the top of Mount Washington. You would laugh
- to see the funny little cars that go up and down. It is very steep,
- and as you go up you see nothing but rocks. Mamma thought it was
- frightful, but I did not. Well, good-by.
-
- ANNIE H. S.
-
-I might have laughed when I was eleven years old, dear, but I never go
-up a steep mountain nowadays without feeling, like your mamma, that
-there is danger as well as pleasure about the ascent. I am glad you have
-been to the top of Mount Washington, and have looked from there over the
-great mountains and deep valleys of New England.
-
- * * * * *
-
- MILTON, ONTARIO, CANADA.
-
- I am a little girl twelve years old, and live in a small town
- thirty miles from Toronto. We are always very glad when your paper
- comes. I love to read the letters in the Post-office Box. I like
- "The Cruise of the Canoe Club." My father and four of my uncles are
- in Montana, and my aunt and her children are going out there next
- week. My uncle and his youngest brother belong to a surveying
- party, and have been surveying in the Rocky Mountains and
- Yellowstone Park all summer, and write home delightfully
- interesting descriptions of the wonders to be seen there--about the
- geysers and glass mountains, also soda mountains, and caņons. The
- Grand Caņon is the deepest of all; it is several thousand feet
- deep, and at the bottom is a rushing, roaring river. One of my
- uncles descended into it. It is so deep that if you go down into it
- and look upward, you can see the stars at three o'clock in the
- afternoon. The geysers spout up water to a tremendous height. One
- of them--I think it is called the Excelsior--throws water in which
- are pieces of rock to a height of three hundred feet. Often the
- eruptions are preceded by rumblings and shakings like an
- earthquake. Once when the party were near one of the geyser basins,
- suddenly the earth began to quake, and the water in the basin
- spouted ever so high, and the sky was filled with water and pieces
- of rock, and they had to run to get out of the way. Perhaps we will
- go to Montana if father stays there; and if we do, mother says that
- we may take an occasional trip to the Park, and then I will write
- and tell you of some of the things we see there.
-
- BECCA R.
-
- * * * * *
-
-The cunning little letter which follows was sent by a little girl five
-and one-half years old to her young lady sisters away from home. This
-little girl lives near a railroad, and every day she and her brother
-watch for their conductors, as they call them, and wave to them as the
-cars rush past the door. By the "tassels with the board on" little Amy
-meant a lambrequin which belonged on the mantel. Jumbo is a huge toy
-elephant greatly admired by the little folks in Amy's nursery:
-
- TENAFLY, NEW JERSEY.
-
- DEAR LOUISE AND MAGGIE,--It will soon be Roy's birthday. If you
- don't come home quick, you won't be here before it comes. Roy
- creeps. He can walk with our taking hold of him. He can stand up by
- the bath-tub. May S. don't know some of the words of her
- music-lesson. I say my lessons every day at home, and then I say
- them in school. I did not get a bad mark to-day; sometimes I do. I
- get apples in B.'s yard--they don't care--and take them to school
- over recess, and then I take them home. Mamma has to sew so hard,
- and we bother her, and she sends us out-doors. When it rains she
- don't; then we stay in the house, and play with our toys. Sarah's
- back, and we're glad, and she irons every Tuesday. We take walks
- with her sometimes. Mary's here too, and sometimes she goes out
- with her husband. I like him, and he gives me pennies. I would like
- to be over there and see your big dog Frank. Some Sunday afternoons
- papa's tired, and he don't want to go riding. We did go last
- Sunday. Last Sunday we took Roy. Marian plays with Roy every day,
- and mamma says Stop! when she hurts him. Clifford has to get his
- teeth fixed, and we can't go to P. until next Monday. Every day
- papa goes out to see the men fixing the trestle-work. On Roy's
- birthday we're going to have a little party; no one is coming, only
- us. Mamma has to send out when she wants papa--away out to the
- trestle-work. Mamma writes this letter, and I find the words.
- Marian has got lots of things in the corner by the bookcase again.
- Clifford's got lots of cars now, and he plays with them 'most every
- day. He's got a new tin train of cars from the Fair. We're getting
- our stoves fixed. There's fire in the sitting-room. Your tassels
- with the board on is up in the front parlor. We've got a Jumbo from
- the Fair. We take Jumbo out to see our 'ductors. Mine is away, and
- ain't home yet. Roy goes around picking up everything, and gets
- things out of mamma's basket, and dumped it over twice. It's near
- winter, and we've got the sleds down.
-
- A kiss for Maggie, and a kiss for Louise. Love for Maggie, and love
- for Louise.
-
- AMY D.
-
- * * * * *
-
- FREMONT, NEBRASKA.
-
- Dear "HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE,"--My brother Paul takes HARPER'S YOUNG
- PEOPLE, and I think it is a very nice paper. I was eight years old
- the 7th of September. I have a sister who is four years old. And we
- have a horse named Dick; he is gentle and a very nice horse, and
- will eat apples as well as any boy can. He will shake hands with
- either leg. I go to school, and I am already in the Third Reader.
- My teacher's name is Miss S. And we have got a calf called Rosy,
- and she is a very gentle and nice calf, and we have a pretty wild
- cow.
-
- BURNIE C.
-
- * * * * *
-
- SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA.
-
- I am a little boy nine years old. This is my first letter. I like
- the story of "The Cruise of the Canoe Club" and "Mr. Stubbs's
- Brother." I commenced going to school in March, 1881, and am now in
- the Seventh Grade. I was honorably promoted last June. I am trying
- very hard to be the same this term. I go to Alameda nearly every
- Saturday with my papa to take a salt-water bath. I can swim a
- little. I live in the city, and can not have as much fun as the
- little boys in the country; but I shall go to the country next
- vacation.
-
- ALLEN G. W.
-
-A boy who tries hard is sure to succeed. When next you are promoted
-write again, as I like to keep an account of my boys when they do well.
-I am glad you can swim.
-
- * * * * *
-
-FRANK AND JOE.--The twenty numbers of HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE containing
-the story of "Toby Tyler" will cost you eighty cents. By sending $1 to
-Messrs. HARPER & BROTHERS you may obtain _Toby Tyler_ in a beautiful
-bound volume, handsomely illustrated.
-
- * * * * *
-
-SALT.--Yes, Daisy, you are right in your supposition that people in very
-old times were alarmed if any one spilled salt on the table at a meal.
-It was fancied that the unlucky accident was the sign of a quarrel
-between two of the company. However, I attach no importance to such
-signs, even when they are ancient, and if you came to dine with me, and
-the salt-cellar happened to be upset, I would not trouble for our
-friendship.
-
-Among the Arabs salt is regarded as sacred, and if you happen to be the
-guest of a Bedouin, who meeting you in the desert would rob you and be
-glad of the chance, you are perfectly safe if you share his bread and
-salt; he will protect you against all enemies. You see, that salt among
-these wild people is the emblem of hospitality. The Romans thought it
-unfortunate to sit down at a feast where the salt had been forgotten.
-The Greeks had the same feeling. It was also considered very thoughtless
-to leave salt unlocked overnight.
-
-I hope, Daisy dear, that while reading and studying about these curious
-superstitions you will take care not to believe in them yourself.
-
- * * * * *
-
-For the information of some of our new subscribers who write to ask we
-repeat that there is no charge for the publication of exchanges. They
-should be brief. State first what you desire to offer, and then what you
-wish to receive. Please write with black ink as plainly as you can, and
-sign your full name and post-office address. Birds' eggs and fire-arms
-are prohibited as articles of exchange. The Editor reserves the right to
-exclude any exchange in whole or in part if for any reason it is
-considered unfit for YOUNG PEOPLE.
-
-Having sent your letter, you should wait very patiently for your turn,
-as the department is always crowded, and no exchange can ever be printed
-in the paper next issued after its reception.
-
-To avoid misunderstanding, exchangers should always write fully to each
-other and receive replies before sending away their articles. Each
-should arrange in this way about the necessary expense of the mail or
-express. Articles should not be sent to the office of YOUNG PEOPLE, but
-directly to the persons with whom they are to be exchanged.
-
- * * * * *
-
-SUCCESSFUL WIGGLERS.--We should be glad if Hattie M. Pearley, B. F. M.,
-and A. W., who have been successful in reproducing our artist's idea of
-Wiggle No. 29, would each send us his or her full name and address.
-
- * * * * *
-
-PUZZLES FROM YOUNG CONTRIBUTORS.
-
-No. 1.
-
-GEOGRAPHICAL PUZZLE.
-
-In the month of (a cape in Massachusetts) a lady named (a city in
-Brazil), and a gentleman named (a cape in Virginia), went to (the
-capital of Italy) in the (a lake in Minnesota). They walked until noon,
-when the lady opened a satchel made of (a country in Africa). It
-contained a fried (river in Minnesota), some fine old (a river in South
-America), and a (islands in the Pacific Ocean) for each. As it had been
-(a lake in Minnesota) and the (a river in England) was rather (a country
-of South America), they wanted to return to their home, but the (an
-island west of England) lost a cuff button made of (a city in New
-Mexico), and ornamented with (a river in Mississippi). While they were
-on the (a cape of North Carolina) they met (a river of South America),
-who said he thought (an island near Massachusetts), who was a colored
-woman.
-
- PANSY.
-
- * * * * *
-
-No. 2.
-
-MIXED ANIMALS.
-
-In these examples the problem is to arrange the grouped letters so that
-they will form a word agreeing with the accompanying definition.
-
- Phelenta--The largest of quadrupeds.
- Spophoptiamu--A river-horse.
- Reazb--A striped horse.
- Elawh--A sea animal.
- Tribab--A furry animal.
-
- BARTIE.
-
- * * * * *
-
-No. 3.
-
-HIDDEN FISHES.
-
-1. I have bought a new carpet, Angelina. 2. Lucy lost her ring. 3. Tommy
-had ten chickens. 4. Mr. Stubbs had flung away all Toby Tyler's money.
-
- BARTIE.
-
- * * * * *
-
-No. 4.
-
-DOUBLE ACROSTIC.
-
-1. A kind of cloth. 2. A precious stone. 3. A famous musical composer.
-4. A glazier's diamond. Primials--A bird. Finals--Part of the bird,
-connected, to join.
-
- LODESTAR.
-
- * * * * *
-
-No. 5.
-
-THREE PROGRESSIVE HALF-SQUARES.
-
-1.--1. A letter. 2. A preposition. 3. A Latin verb. 4. Anything very
-small.
-
-2.--1. A letter. 2. To exist. 3. The cry of a sheep. 4. To support.
-
-3.--1. A letter. 2. An abbreviation. 3. A covering. 4. To engage in
-conflict.
-
- J. K. M. ILES.
-
- * * * * *
-
-ANSWERS TO PUZZLES IN No. 156.
-
-No. 1.
-
- J A M E S
- A D E L A
- M E D A L
- E L A T E
- S A L E M
-
-No. 2.
-
- A ra B
- D at E
- A we D
- M in E
-
-No. 3.
-
-Lock. Peach.
-
-No. 4.
-
-Hate.
-
-No. 5.
-
-Cupboard.
-
-No. 6.
-
- D o G
- O b I
- L eathe R
- L ul L
-
-No. 7.
-
- E Q M
- A S P H U T R O B
- E S S A Y Q U A I L M O N E Y
- P A T T I N B E D
- Y L Y
-
- * * * * *
-
-Answer to Rebus on page 848--"There's many a slip 'twixt the cup and the
-lip."
-
- * * * * *
-
-Answer to Enigma on page 848--A rainbow.
-
- * * * * *
-
-Correct answers to puzzles have been received from Robin Dyke, William
-A. Lewis, John Duerk, Alfred and Blanche Bloomingdale, Horace W.
-Danforth, Alice C. Little, "Junebug," "Fairy Godmother," Lulu Breese,
-Emily Godwin, Archie Ives, "Mayblossom," Fanny R. Emerson, Ben and Ned,
-John Twombley, Hugh Remsen, "Fuss and Feathers," Brandt Beekman, Lena
-Matthews, A. H. Patterson, Frank Sinsabaugh, Edith M. L., Alfred
-Kauffman.
-
- * * * * *
-
-[_For Exchanges, see 2d and 3d pages of cover._]
-
-
-
-
-[Illustration: SOME ANSWERS TO WIGGLE No. 29, OUR ARTIST'S IDEA, AND NEW
-WIGGLE, No. 30.]
-
-
-
-
-
-End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Harper's Young People, November 14,
-1882, by Various
-
-*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE ***
-
-***** This file should be named 60596-8.txt or 60596-8.zip *****
-This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
- http://www.gutenberg.org/6/0/5/9/60596/
-
-Produced by Annie R. McGuire
-
-Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will
-be renamed.
-
-Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright
-law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works,
-so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United
-States without permission and without paying copyright
-royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part
-of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm
-concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark,
-and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive
-specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this
-eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook
-for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports,
-performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given
-away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks
-not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the
-trademark license, especially commercial redistribution.
-
-START: FULL LICENSE
-
-THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
-PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
-
-To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
-distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
-(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full
-Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at
-www.gutenberg.org/license.
-
-Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-
-1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
-and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
-(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
-the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or
-destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your
-possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a
-Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound
-by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the
-person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph
-1.E.8.
-
-1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
-used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
-agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
-things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
-paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this
-agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below.
-
-1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the
-Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection
-of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual
-works in the collection are in the public domain in the United
-States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the
-United States and you are located in the United States, we do not
-claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing,
-displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as
-all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope
-that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting
-free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm
-works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the
-Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily
-comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the
-same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when
-you share it without charge with others.
-
-1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
-what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are
-in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States,
-check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this
-agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing,
-distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any
-other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no
-representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any
-country outside the United States.
-
-1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
-
-1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other
-immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear
-prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work
-on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the
-phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed,
-performed, viewed, copied or distributed:
-
- This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and
- most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no
- restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it
- under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this
- eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the
- United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you
- are located before using this ebook.
-
-1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is
-derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not
-contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the
-copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in
-the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are
-redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project
-Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply
-either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or
-obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
-with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
-must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any
-additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms
-will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works
-posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the
-beginning of this work.
-
-1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
-License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
-work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
-
-1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
-electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
-prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
-active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm License.
-
-1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
-compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including
-any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access
-to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format
-other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official
-version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site
-(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense
-to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means
-of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain
-Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the
-full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
-
-1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
-performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
-unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
-
-1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
-access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
-provided that
-
-* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
- the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
- you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed
- to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has
- agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid
- within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are
- legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty
- payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project
- Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in
- Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg
- Literary Archive Foundation."
-
-* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
- you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
- does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
- License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all
- copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue
- all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm
- works.
-
-* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of
- any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
- electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of
- receipt of the work.
-
-* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
- distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
-
-1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than
-are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing
-from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The
-Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm
-trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
-
-1.F.
-
-1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
-effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
-works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project
-Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may
-contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate
-or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other
-intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or
-other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or
-cannot be read by your equipment.
-
-1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
-of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
-Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
-liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
-fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
-LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
-PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
-TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
-LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
-INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
-DAMAGE.
-
-1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
-defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
-receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
-written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
-received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium
-with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you
-with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in
-lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person
-or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second
-opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If
-the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing
-without further opportunities to fix the problem.
-
-1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
-in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO
-OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT
-LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
-
-1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
-warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of
-damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement
-violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the
-agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or
-limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or
-unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the
-remaining provisions.
-
-1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
-trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
-providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in
-accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the
-production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm
-electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses,
-including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of
-the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this
-or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or
-additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any
-Defect you cause.
-
-Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
-electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of
-computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It
-exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations
-from people in all walks of life.
-
-Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
-assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
-goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
-remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
-Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
-and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future
-generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see
-Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at
-www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
-501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
-state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
-Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
-number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by
-U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
-
-The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the
-mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its
-volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous
-locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt
-Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to
-date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and
-official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact
-
-For additional contact information:
-
- Dr. Gregory B. Newby
- Chief Executive and Director
- gbnewby@pglaf.org
-
-Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
-Literary Archive Foundation
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
-spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
-increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
-freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
-array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
-($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
-status with the IRS.
-
-The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
-charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
-States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
-considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
-with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
-where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND
-DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular
-state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
-have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
-against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
-approach us with offers to donate.
-
-International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
-any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
-outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
-
-Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
-methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
-ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To
-donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate
-
-Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works.
-
-Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project
-Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be
-freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and
-distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of
-volunteer support.
-
-Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
-editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in
-the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not
-necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper
-edition.
-
-Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search
-facility: www.gutenberg.org
-
-This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
-including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
-Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
-subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
-
+Project Gutenberg's Harper's Young People, November 14, 1882, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at +www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll +have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using +this ebook. + + + +Title: Harper's Young People, November 14, 1882 + An Illustrated Weekly + +Author: Various + +Release Date: October 30, 2019 [EBook #60596] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE *** + + + + +Produced by Annie R. McGuire + + + + + + + + +[Illustration: HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE] + + * * * * * + +VOL. IV.--NO. 159. PUBLISHED BY HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW YORK. PRICE FOUR +CENTS. + +Tuesday, November 14, 1882. Copyright, 1882, by HARPER & BROTHERS. $1.50 +per Year, in Advance. + + * * * * * + +[Illustration] + +WAITING. + +BY MARGARET JOHNSON. + + + I said, "When will the summer come? + Mamma, is it not late?" + She smiled, and answered. "By-and-by; + Be patient, child, and wait." + + I asked papa if he would buy + A new wax doll for me. + He pinched my cheek, and said, "Not now; + Be patient, and I'll see." + + "Nurse, tell me when my dear rose-bush + A blossom red will bear." + "Oh, by-and-by, my dear. Don't fret. + Come, let me brush your hair." + + "When shall I grow so tall, papa, + That I can reach your head?" + "Quite soon enough, my little one; + Wait patiently," he said. + + "Dear me!" I thought; "they all say 'Wait.' + I'll put my dolls away. + And go and sit upon the stairs + As long as I can stay." + + Now I have waited patiently + For hours and hours and hours, + And yet the dear doll has not come, + The summer, nor the flowers. + + I have not grown a single bit, + And now I know it's late. + I'm going up to tell mamma + It does no good to wait. + + + + +AN ADVENTURE IN THE SUEZ CANAL. + +BY DAVID KER. + + +"So it seems a fellow called Arabi Bey, or some such name, is making a +row in Cairo; but of course it won't come to anything--these things +never do." + +So spoke, after exchanging a few words with a pilot who had just come +down the Suez Canal from Port Said, the Captain of our homeward-bound +steamer from India, little dreaming how world-famous the "row" of which +he spoke so lightly was to become not many weeks later. + +"If these Arab fellows should ever want to destroy the canal," says a +young English Lieutenant of Engineers going home from India on leave, +"they wouldn't have much trouble with it. You see there's a regular +hollow on each side here and there, and they need only dig through or +blow up the embankment to run the channel bone-dry in no time." + +His words are confirmed a few minutes later when a group of native +goat-herds, as black and shaggy and wild-looking as the goats which they +tend, wade out to within a few yards of the steamer, clamorously +offering to dive for _piastres_ (five-cent copper pieces). In fact, the +Suez Canal, throughout its whole length of eighty-six miles, is as +shallow as any ditch except in the very centre of the channel, and even +there it has a depth of only twenty six and a quarter feet, with a mean +breadth of seventy, widening to one hundred in the "sidings." + +Every now and then we pass a neat little landing-place, surmounted by a +painted station house overlooking a tiny patch of stunted shrubs and +straggling flowers, doing their best to grow upon a thin smear of soil +brought from a distance, and plastered upon the barren, scorching sand. +A little farther on we see, perched on a steep sand ridge just at the +point where the canal enters the wide smooth expanse of the Timsah Lake, +a primitive sentry-box, consisting merely of a screen of dried grass, +supported by four tall canes, beneath which a drowsy Arab is supposed to +look out for passing steamers when he has nothing better to do. + +But just as we are two-thirds of the way across the Timsah Lake itself, +one of the many shallow lagoons through which the canal runs for a full +third of its length, we see the French steamer ahead of us halt +suddenly, and the next moment comes a signal that a boat has run aground +in the canal beyond the lake, and that we must wait until she gets off +again. + +There is no help for it, and we are just making up our minds to a halt +of several hours, with nothing to do but stare at the trim bonbon-like +houses and dark green plantations of Ismailia[1] along the farther +shore, with the big white front of the Khedive's palace standing up in +the midst like an overgrown hotel, when an unexpected interruption +occurs. + +[1] Named after its founder, Ismail Pasha, the late Khedive of Egypt. It +is connected with Suez by a fresh-water canal, through which the little +Egyptian steam-launches run in about twelve hours. + +"Look here, mates," shouts a sailor perched on the jib-boom; "here's one +o' them darkies out for a swim. He'll be coming to challenge old Jack +here to swim a match for the championship of the canal." + +"Let him try it," retorts a tall, raw-boned, North Country man behind +him. "If that 'ere nigger thinks he can beat _me_, he'll know better +afore long, or my name ain't Jack Hawley." + +So saying, Jack strips and plunges in, heading straight for the round +black head which is bobbing about like a cork in the smooth water. But +just as he reaches the Arab the latter vanishes, and a sharp pinch on +his right calf warns Jack that his enemy has taken him in the rear, amid +a shout of laughter from the steamer. + +Jack darts at his assailant, who dives again, and coming up beyond him, +splashes a perfect cataract of water in his face, and instantly the two +are at it with might and main, filling the whole air with showers of +glittering spray. + +"Will you swim me to that buoy yonder, Johnny?" challenges Jack. + +"You go, me go," grins the native, and off they start. + +At first the Egyptian's short, snapping, hand-over-hand stroke carries +him bravely on; but little by little the long, steady, powerful strokes +of the Englishman begin to tell, and at length he forges slightly ahead. +The crew cheer lustily, and fancy that Jack has certainly won the race; +but the young Lieutenant, who knows Arab ways, shakes his head and tells +them to "wait a bit." + +Poor Jack! he has forgotten in his eagerness that his head is +unprotected, and that he has not one of those cast-iron Eastern skulls +that can defy a tropical sun. All at once his head is seen to sway +dizzily back, he throws up his arms convulsively, and down he goes. + +"Stand by to lower the boat!" roars the Captain. "Be alive now!" + +As if moved by a single impulse, the men spring at once to the davits; +but, luckily for poor Jack, other and nearer help is at hand. The Arab, +when he sees his rival's strength fail so suddenly, guesses in a moment +what is the matter, and makes for him at once. Three powerful strokes +bring him alongside of the sinking man, and twining his sinewy fingers +in Jack's bushy hair, he holds the latter's head above water, paddling +gently meanwhile to keep himself afloat. + +"Stand by your tackle! let go!" + +The tackles rattle sharply through the blocks, the boat splashes into +the water, and the passengers spring upon the bulwarks to give her a +cheer as she darts away toward the two imperilled men, as fast as eight +sturdy rowers can propel her. + +But in this race between life and death the chances are terribly in +favor of the latter. True, the water of the lake, salter by far than the +sea itself, is buoyant as India rubber; but it is no easy matter for the +Arab, already spent with his long swim, to support the huge bulk of the +helpless sailor, and the boat seems still a fearfully long way off. + +Once, twice, the Englishman's head dips below the surface, and the +oarsmen almost leap from their seats as they see it. Pull, boys, pull! +And now they are but three lengths off, and now but one, and now, with a +deafening hurrah, the fainting man and his exhausted rescuer are dragged +into the boat. + +"Come, boys," cried Lieutenant H----, "that's a plucky fellow, Arab or +no Arab. What do you say to sending round the hat for him; here's a +_rupee_" (fifty cents) "to begin with." + +And half an hour later the Arab was on his way back to the shore, with +more money tied up in the white cotton sash round his waist than he had +ever had before, in his life. + + + + +UNCLE ZED'S WOLF. + +A TRUE STORY. + +BY MRS. KATE UPSON CLARK. + + +"Baa! baa! baa!" sounded in noisy, frightened chorus underneath Parson +Darius Miller's windows one cold April morning about fifty years ago. + +So loud and so persistent was the chorus that Parson Miller's three +sturdy boys were awake and on their feet before it had grown light +enough to distinguish anything in the gray outside. + +"Father! father!" shouted James, the second boy, clattering down the +stairs in his heavy boots, "what ails the sheep? They're all huddled up +close to the house, right under your window. Don't you hear them? Say, +father, wake up!" + +In response to all this outcry, good Parson Miller, who was a +hardworking farmer as well as a parson, and slept the sleep of the just, +gave forth a feeble and only half-intelligent "yes." Presently, however, +he joined the boys, and then discovered that not all the sheep were +huddled together underneath the windows, but that two of them were +missing, and that large dangerous-looking tracks were all over the light +snow--a regular "sugar-snow"--which covered the ground outside. + +"I'll bet it's a wolf," ventured Daniel, the eldest boy. + +"Guess it's nothing but a wild-cat," said the parson. + +"Too big for a wild-cat," said Tom. "A great deal bigger than the one +Squire Taylor caught in his trap." + +Tom was the quiet boy, but somehow, when Tom spoke, even the older ones +paid attention. Tom's eyes were always on the alert, and though they +were of a gray and by no means beautiful color, and were set in a sallow +and "peaked" little face, Tom was considered a vastly good-looking boy +by all of the family and his intimate friends, on the principle of +"Handsome is that handsome does." + +Just then Squire Taylor, their next neighbor, came tramping hastily +across his field, his two boys, of about the same age as James and Tom +Miller, following after him. + +"Wolf tracks all around my barn," said the good Squire, excitedly, +before he had come near enough to see the sheep lying on the snow. + +"There!" cried Daniel, nodding significantly to Tom. + +"Where's the fellow gone?" queried little Tom, who was only fourteen, +and who didn't look so old as that by reason of his small stature. + +"That's it! that's it!" cried the Squire, slapping Tom approvingly on +the shoulder. "Where's the varmint gone? Let's track him, to be sure. +Hullo! there's Uncle Zed." + +Sure enough, old Zadok Cummings, familiarly known as "Uncle Zed," was +hurrying along through the fields toward them, and carrying his old +shot-gun in his hands. The news had evidently travelled fast. + +"Seen him?" shouted the old man, all on fire with excitement, while +drops of sweat ran down his russet face, in spite of the chilly weather. +"Jest tell me what direction he's took, 'n' I'll ketch him! The critter! +I'll ketch him; oh, I'll ketch him!" And Uncle Zed looked so fierce and +funny that all of them began to laugh. But they finally succeeded in +convincing the old man that he couldn't possibly "ketch him," for a few +moments at least, and that the case was too serious for them to decide +at once on the best course to pursue. + +"He'll be around to-night too, and bring some more with him, if we don't +ketch him," put in Uncle Zed, whenever a good chance occurred. + +Two or three had started out to follow the trail of the wolf, and they +came back to report that the tracks ended in Squire Taylor's woods. + +"We must make a ring right around the woods, and hem him in--that's the +way," said the Squire, quickly. + +Tom, standing back behind his brothers, was seen to nod approvingly, +whereupon the other boys did the same. Indeed, the proposition seemed to +commend itself to the entire company, and they started toward the woods, +those who had not brought guns hurrying off to get some. + +"I could do it jest as well alone," muttered Uncle Zed. "They hain't ben +no wolves around here for several years now, but I hain't forgot how to +ketch 'em. I guess I hain't." + +The men were disposed, and then everything was profoundly quiet, +excepting for the sound of the beating of the bushes, or of a stray +shot, when some overconfident hunter was "sure he had him." + +At last Uncle Zed heard a low growl in a thicket, and he had hardly time +to raise his gun when out sprang an enormous wolf, and came directly +toward him. The old man, almost paralyzed with fright, pulled the +trigger, but his hand trembled so that his shot went a yard above the +wolf's head, and the animal bounded past him unhurt. Uncle Zed shrieked, +"Wolf! wolf!" and a half-dozen men were soon in hot pursuit of the +discovered game. + +Tom Miller, feeling very disconsolate because he hadn't any gun, had not +accompanied the rest; but his mother, who felt no fear for Tom, and +sympathized deeply with the courageous little fellow, had advised him to +go to a certain neighbor's and see if he couldn't borrow one. It was +necessary to go quite a distance, but Tom had made it on old Sorrel, the +mare. He had come back in a wonderfully short time, bringing a trusty +little shot-gun with him, and was making his way up the hill just as the +wolf dashed out of the woods, heading in his direction. + +Tom's heart came up in his throat, but he ran for a clump of bushes +close by that he thought would afford a good position for a shot, +stationed himself among them, and waited. + +The cries of the men in pursuit came nearer. Then the gallop into which +the wolf had broken from its quick trot when it left the woods seemed to +shake the very ground under him. Spring--spring--spring, came the +terrified brute. He was in sight. Tom steadied his gun and fired. The +wolf uttered a cry, half bark, half screech, and giving a few lame and +wounded leaps, lay bleeding on the ground. Then shot after shot from the +men behind was poured in upon the poor creature, until he lay thoroughly +dead. Tom Miller was quite the hero of the day, and it was voted +unanimously that the wolf-skin belonged to him. + +"Well, Uncle Zed, why didn't you 'ketch him,' as you said you were going +to?" inquired Squire Taylor, jokingly, as the men were separating to go +to a late dinner. + +"Don' know what in thunder ailed my gun," complained Uncle Zed, rapping +that unfortunate weapon crossly; "but, after all"--straightening up +proudly--"you'd never have ketched that wolf if it hadn't 'a ben for +me." + +"How's that?" asked the Squire. + +"Why, goodness gracious! didn't you hear me holler? I hollered an' +started you all up. My!" continued the old man, reflectively, as he +turned away amid a general laugh, which did not appear to damp his +spirits in the least, "how I did holler!" + + + + +CORAL REEFS. + +BY SARAH COOPER. + + +The attention of seamen and navigators has long been attracted by the +number of circular islands in the warm parts of the Pacific and Indian +oceans. Generally each one of these circular islands contains a lake of +quiet water extending almost to its outer shores, so that the island +looks like a fairy ring of land floating in the ocean, and adorned with +tropical trees and plants. + +Happily for the boys and girls of the present day, this subject, with +other equally fascinating branches of science, has now been studied by +naturalists, who give us the rich results of their labors. It seems +scarcely possible that the dainty beautiful corals which we examined not +long ago in YOUNG PEOPLE can have anything to do with the making of +islands, but so it is. Coral reefs are vast masses of coral which have +grown in warm oceans. Their formation must have been slow, yet they +sometimes extend hundreds of miles. Florida and many other parts of our +solid continents are known to have been formed from coral reefs. + +Let us now try to picture to ourselves the beginning of one of these +reefs, and by following its growth step by step we may at least +understand how it has been formed. There are hills and valleys on the +bottom of the ocean as well as on the land. We will fancy that some +young coral polyps which have been swimming about in the sea settle on +the sides of one of these hills, and begin to grow and spread all around +it. They will increase also by the deposit of eggs until they form a +circular wall. + +As the coral wall grows, the lower polyps and the inner ones die, their +skeletons forming a solid foundation for all that grow above them. There +may be only about an inch of living coral on the outside of the reef. + +[Illustration: Fig. 1.--a, a, SURFACE OF THE WATER; b, NATURAL RED OF +THE OCEAN; c, c, CORAL FORMATION; d, LAGOON.] + +These walls rise nearly straight, and you will see that in doing so they +inclose a circular basin of quiet water, and now you can understand why +it is that a coral island mostly has a lake in the centre, as is shown +in Fig. 1. The lakes are called lagoons. + +The bottom of the wall is formed of brain-coral and other solid kinds +which live only in deep water, and they die when a certain height is +reached. The formation of the new island does not stop with their death, +however. The wall having now reached the proper height to suit branching +corals, which require shallower water, their young polyps will settle +upon it, and finish the structure. We might suppose a reef formed of +branching corals would be open and unsubstantial, but in their growth +the branches are thickly interlaced. The spaces between them become +filled with substances floating in the ocean, and with pieces of coral +which are broken from the reef by the fierce dashing of the waves. The +whole forms a solid mass, stronger, perhaps, than any stone masonry. The +fragments of coral suffer no serious injury by breaking, but if lodged +in some favorable spot they continue to grow. + +The outer edge of the wall is steep and abrupt. Soundings taken just +outside show very deep water. In this portion of the wall the corals +live and thrive, always supplied with clear water. The breakers dash +against it with such fury that apparently the hardest rock must in time +yield to the tremendous force of the waves. But, strange as it may +appear, the soft jelly-like bodies of the polyps give to the reef the +power of resisting the billows. + +The inner surface of the wall slopes gently to the land, and being +washed by quiet waters often containing sand and mud, it is not +favorable to the growth of polyps. Still, there are certain kinds of +coral which thrive within the lagoons; some of them are exceedingly +brilliant and beautiful. + +The coral polyps die before they reach the surface of the ocean, as no +corals can live out of water. The remainder of the island is built up by +shells, pieces of broken coral, sea-weed, and other floating materials +which are washed upon it, raising the wall higher and higher. The +never-ceasing action of the waves grinds up these shells and broken +coral, until at last they form a soil of sand and mud which is now ready +to receive any seeds that may float on the water or be brought by the +winds and the birds. The seeds take root in the new soil, and young +plants begin to appear on the glistening white surface. Floating +cocoa-nuts often lodge on the shores, and cocoa-nut-trees are among the +first to grow upon them. As the plants drop their leaves and decay, the +soil is enriched little by little, and fitted for the home of various +animals and birds, which in some mysterious manner find their way to +these lonely spots far out at sea. In time our coral reef may become a +beautiful tropical island fringed with waving trees and plants, and +inhabited by man. + +[Illustration: Fig. 2.--AN ATOLL.] + +Circular islands seldom form complete rings. There is generally an +opening into the lake on the side most sheltered from the wind. A safe +harbor in mid-ocean is thus made, in which vessels may take shelter, but +it requires an expert navigator to pass the perils at its entrance. To +anchor on the outer shore would be impossible. In Fig. 2 is a pretty +little coral island with ships in its lagoon. If a lake is entirely +inclosed by the coral wall, it may in time be changed to fresh water by +the rains that fall into it. + +Coral reefs often extend to a depth of three hundred feet below the +surface of the ocean, and formerly persons were puzzled to know how they +could have grown in such deep water, as no coral polyps can live at a +greater depth than twenty or thirty fathoms. This puzzling question was +settled by the late Charles Darwin, who first showed that coral islands +occur where there has been a gradual sinking of the bottom of the ocean. +As the reef rises in height, the sinking of the foundation partly +counteracts the upward growth of the coral; consequently the proper +depth of water is secured, and the reef appears to be stationary, +whereas it is really growing upward. + +Whenever a coral reef rises above the surface of the ocean, we may know +that the coral, which grew under water, has been lifted above the level +of the sea by a rising of the ocean-bed. + +These circular reefs are called "atolls." They are quite different from +the "fringing reefs," which extend along the shores of continents and +islands. There are usually openings or breaks in fringing reefs directly +opposite the mouths of rivers and fresh-water streams, as the corals can +not endure currents which carry mud or sediment. Perhaps the grandest +reef to be found in any part of the world is the one extending along the +northeast coast of Australia. It is nearly one thousand miles in length, +and proves to us that the helpless coral polyps have played no trifling +part in the formation of our earth. All they have accomplished has been +done merely by their living and growing. + + + + +[Illustration: WINTER.] + + + + +THE BOY'S STORE-KEEPING. + +BY C. M. ST. DENYS. + + +I. + +Across the way from the Stanley boys' home a new house was being built. +A pile of lumber lay just outside of the sidewalk in front of the new +building, and it was piled so irregularly that the upper boards extended +out considerably beyond the lower ones, thus forming a sheltered spot +below. The ends of some of the lower boards, too, projected in such a +way as to make little shelves at different heights, and even a rude seat +and table. The boys had often gathered under this shelter for a chat, +and when John and Bob Stanley announced that they saw in it the making +of a fine store, all the other boys groaned inwardly, and said to +themselves, "Why did not I think of that?" + +Of course Bob and John did not plunge into the risks of business without +first counting the cost. The plan was well digested. They had talked it +over fully three days before it was publicly announced. + +The chief difficulty was about the amount of capital to be invested. +John had been saving up his money for a long time toward buying a +bicycle, and Bob--well, Bob was not so thrifty; there was not much +"save" about him, though when it came to needing the money to set him up +in business, he saw clearly that he must mend his ways. + +"I declare, John," he said, gloomily, "I don't believe I can rake up +twenty-five cents toward starting the store. I wish I'd thought of it +before. It was only last week I bought ten cents' worth of marbles." + +"Put them in stock, and sell out at an advance," suggested John. + +Bob shook his head. "The boys aren't going to pay me more for marbles +than they can get them for at Thompson's. Besides, I was dunce enough to +show them off at recess, so the boys would call them second-hand, and +want a reduction." + +"That's true. But you had better lose on them for the sake of getting +some cash in hand that you could lay out in something you could make +money on." + +"But I don't see how we are to make money, anyhow. The other boys can +buy as cheap as we can." + +"No; Thompson would come down in his prices if we told him we were +buying to sell again. Buying at wholesale, you know, they always do." + +"So they do;" and Bob's face brightened. "You have a lot of money to put +into the business," he said, admiringly. + +"I sha'n't put all my money in," said the prudent John. "It's too much +risk. I'd rather begin small; and then I could get my bicycle even if we +failed in business." + +For it must be admitted that, like reasonable beings, they looked +forward to failure as the most probable ending to their enterprise. Nine +men out of every ten who start in business for themselves fail; and why +should not they close in this exciting and approved manner? As far back +as the time of Macbeth such things were not unknown; and the boys said +bravely to themselves, "'If we fail, we fail'; and so much the more +interesting." + +"But how much capital are you going to put in?" persisted Bob. + +"Well, now, really, Bob, if we are to be even partners, I can't put any +more money in than you do. It would make the thing too complicated, and +not be fair to me, you know." + +Bob sighed. "Only half a dollar to start the business! It will look +mean. I wish I had not got so many glasses of soda-water this season. +It's worse than marbles for running away with money." + +"We might take in some more partners," said John, after a thoughtful +pause. + +"But Dick says he don't care about it, and every cent of Sam's money +goes for his bantams and pigeons." + +"What do you say to asking Tom Fleming?" + +"No," said Bob, decisively. "When a gold mine opens before you, keep it +all in the family, I say." + +But the difficulty of the small capital still remained. Their anxiety +lost the boys at least an hour's sleep that night, and when they woke in +the morning, the same burden at once took possession of them. + +"Let's tell Aunt Sue about it," said Bob. + +Aunt Sue was much pleased with the plan. She thought the effort to +conduct the little business would give them business habits and tact. +She made suggestions that helped them greatly. + +"You won't need much money to start with," she said. "Look over your +closets and boxes, and see what you have already that you would like to +dispose of. You have a good many toys and other things that you will +never use again, and you might sell them for something. Call your shop a +new and second-hand store, and that will make it all fair. What kind of +a stock were you thinking of keeping?" + +"Oh, almost anything. Like a country store, you know. Marbles, and tops, +and slate-pencils, and--" + +"And chewing-gum," suggested Bob. "The boys and girls buy more of that +than of anything else lately." + +"I wouldn't keep it if I were you," said Aunt Sue. "It's a bad habit to +use it, and you want to establish your business on good principles. I +hope you'll keep bird-seed, though. You could count on me as a +customer." + +"Well, we will, and we'll give up the chewing-gum. But, Aunt Sue," and +Bob assumed his most persuasive tones, "I'll tell you one thing we could +sell like wild-fire, and it would not cost us anything, either." + +"What?" asked Aunt Sue, smiling, but mentally bracing herself for +opposition. + +"Cookies." + +"Not of my baking, Bob. You ought to know too much of the trouble and +expense of cake-making to think of it. I can't undertake to supply the +town with cookies." + +Bob sobered at this reference to his prowess at cake-baking; but Sister +Bess, regardless of his feelings, mischievously suggested, + +"You might make molasses candy for sale." + +"It's out of season," returned Bob, with dignity. "I guess we'll lay in +a stock of sour-balls." + +"I'll tell you what I'll do for you," said Bess, relenting. "I'll make +you some button-hole bouquets." + +"Well, but I don't know who'll buy them." + +"They'll help to fill up the shelves and make the place look pretty, at +any rate." + +Bob and John began to feel that the store was going to be a success, and +proceeded to overhaul the attic for salable articles. + +The sign-board was a very important matter. Dick undertook to paint them +one. But as it would take some days for the paint to dry, it was decided +that they could begin with a sign chalked on an old slate. + +There was not much to be done toward fitting up the store. A piece of +canvas was hung on one side, and a loose board was laid across the +entrance for protection against the rabble, for as the store was only +large enough to hold the proprietors and their goods, the customers were +exacted to make their purchases over the counter from the outside. + +Saturday was to be "Opening Day," and the very earliest people on their +way to market saw the two boys working like beavers to get the place to +rights in good season. By the time the village boys and girls had +breakfasted the new store shone out in all its glory, with the sign +"STANLEY BROTHERS" the most conspicuous thing about it. + +The marbles and other small articles were arranged as neatly as possible +in boxes on the irregular little shelves. Some old story-books with the +boys' dictionary were piled modestly in the background, while the jar of +sour-balls and the row of tasty little bouquets were paraded on the +counter. + +This plan, however, did not work well, for the boys found themselves +obliged to keep a sharp eye on these attractive goods to prevent their +being snatched by evil-disposed visitors, and it was very harassing. The +business had been so well advertised beforehand, at recesses and on +other occasions, that the whole juvenile population made a point of +repairing thither in the course of the day. Most of them came only to +look, but that was to be expected on Opening Day. + +The boys had not thought of putting up a notice to the effect that it +was no trouble to show goods; but if they had, that day's experience +would have decided them against it. Some of the boys, and girls too, for +that matter, were very provoking, and insisted on seeing everything that +was in the store, when they had not the least intention of buying +anything. + +Some of them, too, were very frank in expressing their opinion about the +stock. _They_ would not open a store at all if they could do no better +than that. + +But the very worst of it all was that all the boys that did want to buy +always wanted to trade off something else for the goods; and the girls +were more unreasonable still, for they thought that Bob and John ought +to be willing to sell everything for pins. + +By noon the boys were beginning to feel quite dejected. To be sure, they +had taken in a few cents for sour-balls; but then they had reason to +believe that several had been feloniously abstracted while the throng +was greatest--for part of the time the little counter had been lined +three or four deep--so that, on the whole, they would probably lose on +this most popular article. Bob and John each ate a sour-ball to restore +their spirits. + +"They'll melt in this bright sun," said Bob, "and the flowers are +wilting. We had better put them back in the shade. What shall we put +front instead?" + +"Slate-pencils," suggested John. + +"Pooh! Catch a boy buying a slate-pencil on Saturday." + +The question was still unsettled when the welcome sound of the dinner +bell was heard. Obeying the first impulse, both boys started for home. +Then Bob stopped. + +"I don't believe it's safe to leave the store alone," he said. + +"No, of course not. You stay till I come back. I'm awfully hungry." + +"I guess I'm as hungry as you are," returned Bob, but John was half-way +across the street; so Bob, calling to him to hurry back, sat down, +hungrier than ever, to nurse his provocation over that selfish John. +There was no help for it; he must try if another sour-ball would stop +the gnawings of hunger and sweeten his temper for the next customer. + +It seemed as if the whole town must dine at the same hour, for Bob was +left quite lonely for a while. + +Then John came back, devouring a biscuit as he came, and making some +remarks beginning, "Aunt Sue says," which Bob did not stop to hear, for +the boys passed each other in the middle of the street like two +oppositely bound locomotives. + + +II. + +Bob staid a long time. Neither did he move as swiftly on his return trip +as he had when he started out. + +"I'll tell you what it is, John," he said, at the first opportunity, +"we'll have to take in some outside partners, after all. A couple of the +Flemings could help us first-rate. They always have their meals later +than we do." + +"Well," said John, "I don't know but it would be a good thing to have +somebody to share the responsibility." + +"But I don't see how we can make room for any more boys inside here. +It's crowded enough now." + +"We don't all need to be inside at once. One could be floor-walker, and +one a detective, or something in the crowd. I'd like it. It's tiresome +sitting in this little place all day. I got awfully cramped this +morning." + +So overtures were made to Tom and Fred Fleming, who felt quite +flattered, and accepted the honor at once. After some discussion they +were installed as silent partners, and contributed their quota of +fish-hooks and decalcomanie pictures, etc., to the now flourishing +business. + +The shop being so near, Aunt Sue and Bessie visited it in the afternoon +to see how the boys were getting on. They were shocked to see some of +their own possessions airing in the new store. An old set of false curls +hung dangling on a nail, like a scalp adorning an Indian wigwam as an +honorable trophy. + +[Illustration: "'YOU OUTRAGEOUS BOYS!' EXCLAIMED AUNT SUE."] + +"You outrageous boys!" exclaimed Aunt Sue, as she seized and confiscated +it. "Where did you get this?" + +"Out of the attic," said Bob, meekly. "I thought you were done with it." + +"But it's not for sale if I am done with it. I'm surprised at you." + +Aunt Sue seemed really hurt, and was scarcely mollified by Bob's saying, +coaxingly, "Oh, now, Aunt Sue, don't be vexed. I always liked to see +them hanging down your neck. They looked so pretty, I thought somebody +else might be glad to get them." + +By this time Bessie had discovered a tin-type of herself among a lot of +cheap pictures, and her wrath burst forth on John, who was just +congratulating himself on having escaped his aunt's wrath. + +"I'd like to know what right you have to offer my picture for sale," she +said, indignantly. + +"It's not yours. It's mine. You gave it to me on my birthday." + +"And that's all you care for it! I'll be careful how I ever give my +picture to another boy. Give it to me this minute." + +"Why, no, Bess. It shows how much we admire it. Other folks do too. I +had an offer for it this morning, but I couldn't make the change." + +Bessie's eyes flashed; and Aunt Sue, coming to the rescue, quietly laid +the picture in her bag with the curls. + +"I think you had better show us your whole stock, boys," she said, +calmly. "What are your skates doing here?" + +"I'm going to sell them. I'd rather have a bicycle than skates any day." + +"Very well; only if you part with them don't expect to have a new pair +given to you when winter comes. What books have you? Why, boys, you are +not going to sell your dictionary!" + +"Oh, I'm tired of looking through it. The old bother!" + +"It must be taken home," said Aunt Sue, with decision. "It won't do to +have your father's dictionaries thumbed and dog-eared in this way. You +must keep your own." + +The boys were beginning to think that the custom of their immediate +relatives was not going to be profitable. But the seizures were over +now, and Aunt Sue actually bought in John's old copy of _Original +Poems_. Bessie, too, concluded to be forgiving, and she and Aunt Sue +made several other purchases, so that they left the boys in good spirits +in spite of the bad beginning. + +In the trying morning hours the boys had decided to close early every +Saturday afternoon "for the sake of their clerks." But they felt better +after the Flemings came to their assistance, and did not close until six +o'clock, when everything had to be packed in boxes and carried home +until Monday. Before doing this, however, they took an account of stock +and balanced their accounts, which was a comparatively simple matter, as +they sold nothing on credit. Aunt Sue had bought half their supply of +bird-seed, and Molly Fleming had taken all the bouquets at half price to +distribute in the infant school the next morning. The boys spent the +evening in talking over the events of the day. + +"If we did so well on the first day, what may we not expect on the +second?" was the feeling with which the young merchants began business +on Monday. But Monday brought new trials. The goods had all to be packed +away, and the store closed by school-time, which seemed rather +humiliating. Of course the boys intended to resume punctually at twelve +o'clock. But how unlucky! They all unaccountably missed their lessons, +and were kept in to correct them, so that they lost the whole of their +noon trade. + +Perhaps this only gave greater zest to the afternoon spell, for they +kept open quite late that evening. Still, with all their devotion, +business flagged. Infant schools could not absorb a stock of bouquets +every day, and Aunt Sue had enough bird-seed to last her a week. The +sour-ball business proved to be quite a losing one, for the luscious +things melted away mysteriously even when kept in the shade, although +each partner kept a strict watch on himself, and seldom, oh, very +seldom, refreshed himself with one. + +Things got so serious that the four partners held a business meeting +that evening after the store closed. + +"We've got to do something, boys, or we'll break before the week's out, +sure as fate," said Fred Fleming. + +By Tuesday the boys had that care-worn look that men acquire when they +can't make both ends meet. The other boys really pitied them, and some +of them actually bought slate-pencils on their way to school in the +afternoon, though they did not need them. + +That very afternoon an occurrence took place which threatened to end the +boys' store-keeping quite tragically. + +An organ grinder, with his red-coated monkey, planted himself just +beside the pile of lumber and began to play. This pleased Tom and Bob, +who happened to be in sole charge at the time. They enjoyed a monkey's +antics as well as any one. + +Perhaps it was the flag waving over the sign of the "Stanley Brothers" +that suggested to the man to play "Rally round the Flag, Boys." He +played it with a will, and the boys, and girls too, rallied with a +vengeance. The young merchants found their store again a grand centre of +attraction. + +The monkey seemed particularly delighted with it, for, after dancing and +bowing on the organ-top a short time, he leaped upon the counter, and +before the proprietors knew what he was about he had thrust his paw into +the box of rubber balls, and was throwing a ball into the crowd. + +A shout of delight greeted this feat. Tom and Bob each made a dive after +the monkey, but he dexterously eluded them, and threw another ball. + +Of course the balls were thrown back at him, and in a moment the air +seemed full of them, flying in every direction. The boys could not turn +their heads but bounce would come a ball into their eyes, and if they +tried to say, "You rascal," the words would be cut short by a ball +flying into their mouths. The uproar was tremendous, and the crowd grew +larger every minute. The monkey seemed to be in his element, dancing and +jumping from shelf to shelf, grinning and chattering with all his might, +and when there was no ball convenient he did not hesitate to throw +something else. + +The boys grew desperate when they saw their slate-pencils and +Jew's-harps flying through the air. + +"See here!" they shouted to the organ-grinder, who was now peacefully +playing the "Marseillaise Hymn," "this thing is getting dangerous. Take +your old monkey away, will you? You'll have to pay for all the damage. +Do you hear?" + +It would have been surprising if he had heard in all that uproar, but he +gave no sign. + +Tom made another lunge at the monkey, and fell sprawling over the +counter. Then Bob dived at him, but the monkey, reaching down from a +high perch, deftly lifted Bob's hat, and threw it into the crowd. + +"You rascal. I'll pay you for this," screamed Bob. + +But the next thing the monkey did was to plant himself on Bob's head. +Bob, with his face as red as the monkey's coat, clutched wildly at him, +but the monkey clutched the tighter. + +Bob could do nothing but scream and beat at the mischievous animal, +first with one hand, then with the other, then with both at once, while +the crowd shouted with laughter, until the organ-grinder, seeing that +his monkey was really in danger, stopped his music, called off his pet, +and began to move away. Then the crowd of children dispersed. + +John and Fred, who had been taking their turn "off" when these +proceedings began, now made their way to their crest-fallen comrades. +Bob was too angry to make any attempt to collect his property. He picked +up his battered hat and walked home, saying, "I don't care what becomes +of the old things. I've done with them." + +A few of their friends were kind enough to assist them in the search, +but it was a sorry-looking set of goods that were collected. + +"They're half of them gone," said Tom. "I do believe that monkey went +off with his cheeks and pockets full of our things." + +"I'll have that man prosecuted," said John, fiercely. "Which way did he +go?" + +"Oh, he's more likely to prosecute us. He says Bob half killed his +monkey." + +Sadly the boys packed up their damaged goods and carried them home, +protesting that they had had enough of store-keeping. The monkey had +scratched Bob's head so hard that he was really suffering, and Bess had +to run for the arnica bottle, and bandage his head. + +Aunt Sue was particularly liberal with the cake and preserves that +evening at tea, and if anything could have comforted the boys, it was +such thoughtfulness. + + + + +[Illustration: A FLIRTATION.] + + + + +SQUIRRELS, AND HOW TO KEEP THEM. + +BY JAMES OTIS. + + +It seems almost cruel to catch and cage such a bright, winsome little +fellow as a squirrel. In his natural state he seems to be thoroughly +happy. His home is a snug little hole in the fork of a tree, and all the +nut-bearing giants of the forest pay tribute to him. Bright, happy, +"cunning" little fellow, if you must keep him as a pet, lavish upon him +such kindness and attention as shall reconcile him to the prison bars, +and make him forget his forest home. + +The name squirrel comes from the Greek word _sciurus_, which is made up +of two words, signifying shade and tail, indicative of the little +creature's habit of shading its entire body when at rest with its tail. + +Of the species known to our woods, the most common is the striped +squirrel, an industrious little body, fond of his home and family, and +seldom given to roving, but one which the confinement of a cage kills in +a very short time. + +Then there is a little animal known by the boys as a chipmunk, which +some naturalists declare is a member of the squirrel family, while +others give it the name of dormouse. It makes a good pet, but must be +kept in a warm place, and besides the usual food for squirrels it +requires milk. + +The black squirrel is the largest of its species, and while it will live +in a cage, is rarely a tractable animal, requiring a vast amount of +patience to induce it even to take its food when any one is looking at +it. + +Then there is the flying-squirrel, which resembles the striped species. +It does not really fly, but has the power of flattening its legs and +feet in such a way that they do not look unlike wings. In leaping, the +legs and feet sustain it in the air until it almost seems as if it was +flying. + +It is the gray squirrel that is the most contented in captivity, and the +most easily tamed; therefore, if one really thinks it necessary to his +happiness to make a prisoner of such a liberty-loving little creature, +he should procure one of the gray species. + +If the reader is a would-be squirrel owner, and proposes to catch one in +the woods, he will be obliged to take just the kind of one that is +foolish enough to enter his trap; but if he proposes to buy one, he +should select it carefully, for much depends upon the condition of the +prisoner in taming or keeping him. + +See that the fur is sleek and glossy, for dry, ruffled-looking fur is a +sure sign the animal is sick, or pining so for the woods that he will +not live very long in a cage. Observe well if the feet are clean, for if +they are dirty, he has lost all pride in his appearance, which is +another sign of homesickness or some equally serious ailment. The eyes +should be bright, and the teeth perfectly white. Yellow teeth are a +sign of age, and it is as difficult to tame a very old squirrel as it is +to keep him alive in captivity. + +Beware of squirrels brought around by men who say they have caught and +tamed them. If they look stupid and inactive, the chances are that they +have been drugged to make them seem tame, and if they live, they will +surely be wild and intractable. + +Having made the selection of just such a one as you want for a pet, give +him all the comfort possible in the way of a cage. It is better to have +a large rough one than a small neat looking one; and if it is not +possible to buy a large cage, make one yourself, and the squirrel will +be pleased at the absence of style because of the increased facilities +for moving about. + +A board thirty-six inches long and sixteen wide is quite as small a base +for the house and run-around as should be given. Twenty-two inches of +this length should be devoted to the dwelling portion, which should be +built something after the style of a one-story cottage, with a second +floor just at the slope of the roof, so that the attic may serve as +sleeping-room and a place to which the squirrel can retire when he is +anxious to be hidden from view. + +The lower front of the house may be of wire, so that a portion of his +domestic life may be seen. The second floor should have in it an opening +about three inches square, which is connected with the first floor by a +small strip of board or thin stuff of any kind, placed at an angle, so +that he can get "upstairs" without difficulty. + +The floors should be of some hard wood, so that they may not absorb +water, and the whole place should be cleaned thoroughly once in every +three or four weeks. In order to do this readily, it is well to have one +side of the house fastened with hinges, so it may be swung open, and +then the little fellow can be shut into the wheel during house-cleaning. +The lower compartment should have a wire door, through which food can be +given. + +The wheel in which he takes his treadmill exercise any tin or wire +worker can make, and the hole which connects it with the house should be +large enough to prevent any possibility of his getting squeezed if he +attempts to go into his house while the wheel is turning rapidly. + +Give the little prisoner plenty of nuts of any kind, although those +containing the least oil are the best--acorns, wheat, stale bread, a +little boiled potato, and once in a very great while a bit of cooked +meat. Keep a small dish of water in the cage, and see to it carefully +that it is changed each day. + +In all dealings with the squirrel it is necessary to be gentle and +patient with him, if it is desired to make of him a real pet. Do not +force him out of his nest when he goes into it, nor keep him in the +wheel when he desires to go into his house. + +Each time that he is fed, whistle or make some peculiar sound, and he +will soon learn to come when he is called. This is the first step toward +teaching him to come into his owner's hands. After he has learned to +come at call, hold some particular dainty in the fingers, and do not let +him have it until he takes it himself. + +When once he has learned to have perfect confidence in his master, he +will not scruple to take food from his hands, and in a very short time +will be bold enough to explore his pockets, going into them bodily, for +something to eat that is a trifle better than his regular fare. + + + + +NAN.[2] + +[2] Begun in No. 157, HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE. + +BY MRS. JOHN LILLIE, + +AUTHOR OF "MILDRED'S BARGAIN," "AUNT RUTH'S TEMPTATION," ETC. + + +CHAPTER V. + +Nan thought that the delight of this day never could be equalled by +anything life would bring, even at Beverley. To begin with, she and Miss +Phyllis started out in a luxurious carriage, which rolled them through +the town, past the butter shop, where Mrs. Rupert was standing in the +doorway, and deposited them at Mr. Lennon's large store, into which Nan +had never gone half so proudly before. + +"You needn't appear to recognize any one, Nan," Miss Phyllis said, just +as they went in; and this dashed Nan's spirits just a little, for Mary +Seymour, one of the girls in the millinery-room, was a particular friend +of her aunt's; but then Miss Phyllis must know best, thought Nan, and +she would trust to luck's keeping Mary out of their way. + +[Illustration: NAN PRESENTED TO MISS PHYLLIS FOR APPROVAL.] + +Everybody was most polite to Miss Rolf; and when she said quietly, "I +want to see your handsomest dresses, ready made, for this little girl," +Nan could hardly move to follow them upstairs. Out of a long case, dress +after dress was taken, held up, tried on, examined, and criticised by +Miss Phyllis, who sat languidly with her purse and her note-book, +evidently quite regardless of prices. It was well Nan's opinion was not +asked, for she would never have dared to choose what Miss Phyllis did +for her, a soft, seal brown wool costume, handsomely trimmed with silk, +and with a jacket to match. Miss Phyllis quietly desired Nan to put +these garments on; and when the saleswoman brought her back from the +dressing-room, her cousin could not repress a smile of satisfaction; and +really little Nan did credit to the quiet, lady-like costume. Miss +Phyllis saw a great many possibilities in the child's bright face and +pretty, slender figure. + +The hat question came next, and here Nan's joy was somewhat dampened by +her fear that Mary Seymour would appear and claim acquaintance, and +thereby annoy Miss Phyllis; and sure enough, while she was trying on a +beautiful brown felt hat with a scarlet wing in it, Mary Seymour's voice +was heard cheerily from across the room. + +"Why, Nan Rolf," she was saying, "is that you?" + +And then Nan saw that her princess could look very different on +different occasions. She turned a cold little stare upon poor Mary, and +then said, in a tone that the shop-girl could hear perfectly, "Who is +that, Annice?" + +Now it was the first time Nan had been called by her full name since her +father died, and between the start it gave her, and her little worry +about Mary Seymour, she hardly knew what to say, and stood looking +guiltily at her aunt's friend, with a rush of color in her face. + +"It is Mary Seymour," she said, in a low voice. + +Miss Phyllis waited a moment, the cold look still on her face; then she +took Nan by the hand, and went across the room to where Mary was busy +putting bonnet frames into a drawer. + +"My little cousin is going away from Bromfield," she said, smiling, but +speaking in the very chilliest tone. "Perhaps you had better say +'good-by' to her now. She is going to live with her aunt at Beverley." + +Poor Mary stared at the beautiful young lady, and said nothing for a +moment; then she stooped down and kissed Nan's little red check +heartily. + +"Well, good-luck go with you, Nannie dear," she said; and half +understanding the impression Miss Rolf wished to make, she added, +looking up with a sad smile, "I suppose it won't do to expect you to +remember us any more, but Tommy'll miss you dreadfully." + +"I'll write him a letter, Mary," Nan exclaimed, and seeing Miss Rolf's +look of surprise turn to something like disgust, she added, "Tommy is +Mary's lame little brother." + +Miss Phyllis said nothing, but led the way back to the hats, and Nan, +unable to restrain herself further, whispered, "Miss Rolf, Cousin +Phyllis, why did you say I was going to _live_ at Beverley, when it is +only a visit?" + +Miss Phyllis bit her lip angrily. "Never mind," was all she answered; +and then the brown felt hat was chosen, and the purchases went +on--gloves, and boots, and some dainty under-linen, and various small +belongings, until finally all that remained on Miss Phyllis's list was a +dressing-case and a trunk. Nan hardly knew which of the beautiful cases +to choose when her cousin left it to her; but finally a black leather +one with silver fastenings was selected, and Miss Phyllis directed the +shopman to have Nan's initials, A. B. R., put on it in little silver +letters. + +By this time Nan, in her new brown suit, with her hands in three-button +kid gloves, had begun to think she never, never could do justice to the +day, to Philip and Marian, and yet a something had stolen over her of +half dread to going back to the shop. Already she dreaded her aunt's +voice; the noisy, greasy tea table, where only Philip made things +endurable for her; so that when, as they left the last store, loading +the carriage with parcels, and Miss Phyllis said, "I'm going to keep you +for the night, Nan," my little heroine felt more than ever grateful and +happy. + + +CHAPTER VI. + +Mrs. Grange received Nan very cordially when she made her appearance +with Miss Rolf. The gentle little lady was quite a revelation to Nan, +whose ideas of elderly people were formed entirely on the noisy, +overworked matrons she had seen at Mrs. Rupert's. Nan was only allowed a +few words with her hostess, and then Miss Rolf carried her off to the +little sitting-room upstairs, where, when she had laid aside her hat and +jacket, Miss Rolf told her she had better write Mrs. Rupert a note to +explain her absence. + +"And I want you to word it very carefully, Nan," said Phyllis, coming up +to the little girl with a very serious expression. "You know things are +changed with you now, and you must begin at once to let your aunt and +her family understand that you are not--they can not expect you--to +treat them quite as equals." + +Nan was still full of the excitement and delight of her good fortune; +yet as Phyllis spoke, looking down gravely upon her, there came a blush +of mortification into the child's honest face. A tinge of the same color +deepened in Phyllis's soft cheeks for just half a moment, but she said, +very decidedly: + +"Now, Nan, you are not going to be a foolish, obstinate child, I hope? +Surely you must know that I and your aunt Letitia understand these +things better than a little girl brought up among vulgar people could. +Now there must be no nonsense, my dear." + +Phyllis's tone was kind, but something in it made Nan see that she +expected obedience; and was she not in every way the most wonderful and +beautiful creature Nan had ever seen? Nan's doubts vanished while +Phyllis laid out note-paper and pen and ink on a dainty little table +drawn up to one of the windows; and when Nan placed herself there to +write, her cousin sat down by the fire, with her slippered toes on the +fender, and her pretty hands, sparkling with rings, folded gracefully in +her lap. + +"Now, Nan," she said, "begin your letter. Date it 'The Willows'--that is +the name of this place. 'March 8. Dear Mrs. Rupert.'" + +Nan smiled quickly. + +"Why, Miss--Cousin Phyllis," she said, looking up from the paper, "she +would think me crazy; she is Aunt Rebecca, you know." + +Miss Rolf's delicate eyebrows drew together in a little frown. She +waited a moment, and then, with an impatient sigh, said, + +"Very well, let it go--'Dear Aunt Rebecca.'" + +Nan's pen scratched on, with many splutterings, for penmanship was her +weak point, and had not been considered a very necessary accomplishment +in the Rupert household. She looked up presently for further +instructions. + +"My cousin, Miss Rolf," dictated that young lady, "has decided that I +had better remain with her until I go to Beverley." ("Oh!" ejaculated +Nan.) "My aunt, Miss Rolf, has invited me to make her a long visit, and +as previous to my going, there are many things to be attended to in my +wardrobe, etc., my cousin Phyllis thinks it best to keep me with her. I +shall, of course, see you all before I leave." + +Nan's pen finally came to a stop. + +"That is all," said Phyllis, placidly. + +"Then I'll just send my love, I suppose," said Nan. + +After a little pause Phyllis said, "Yes," and Nan went to work again. +When she brought the letter to her cousin for inspection, this is how it +was concluded: + +"I hope you are all well, and that you'll tell Mary Seymour, when you +see her, that I'll go there before I leave, and I'll write to Tommy; and +tell Marian, please, I'll give her and Philip all the pea-nuts that are +in my drawer, and I'll write them everything that happens at Beverley. I +hope uncle's jaw is better. Your loving niece, Nan." + +Phyllis Rolf read the letter with so quiet an air that for a moment Nan +felt much relieved, feeling sure it was all right; but the first words +startled her. + +"That would not do, my dear, at all," Phyllis said, coldly. "You can +_not_ go to see this Tommy Seymour, and you had better understand at +once that your aunt will not like you to write everything to your +cousins here. Now, Nan, do you see what I mean?" + +Nan began to see a little more clearly, yet her mind was not yet made +up; still, enough of Phyllis's meaning reached her to bring two large +tears to her eyes. They rolled down her cheeks, while she looked +silently at Phyllis and her letter. + +"Don't be silly, my dear," said the young lady, standing up and smiling +good-naturedly. "There, finish your letter with just your love; that +will be the best way." + +And so Nan went back to the little table, brushing away those first +tears, and quietly obeyed her cousin. Miss Rolf took the letter from her +as soon as it was finished, and went out of the room, while Nan sat +still, wondering if Beverley would be quite _all_ she hoped for. + +Enough excitement remained to make it easy for Phyllis to control her as +she wished, and that young lady trusted to time and absence working +wonders. While Nan was sitting absorbed in her thoughts, the door +opened, and Lance Rolf came suddenly into the room. He was a tall boy, +with a spare, handsome face, delicate as Phyllis's in feature, but +olive-tinted, and with more sweetness in the brown eyes and the hues of +the mouth. He came up to Nan, holding out his hand with a pleasant +smile. + +"And are you Nan?" he said, looking at her earnestly. + +"Yes," was Nan's timid answer. + +"Well," said the boy, cheerfully, "we are cousins. My name is Lancelot +Rolf. I hope we'll be very well acquainted. So you are going to +Beverley." + +"Yes," was all Nan could contrive to say again. She longed to ask a +dozen questions of the bright, cheerful-looking boy, who, although no +older than Philip, looked so _very_ much like a little gentleman. + +"Shall you like to go?" Lance said, presently. + +Nan really felt she couldn't go on saying "yes" to everything, and so +with a great effort she said: + +"I want to go very much. Is it--is it nice there?" + +"It's a jolly old house where you are going," said Lance, "but I don't +know whether you'll enjoy it much, it's so slow, so stupid. Still, +perhaps you're not accustomed to much fun." Lance could hardly imagine +the cheese-monger's family as very entertaining. + +"Oh yes, we have a great deal of fun sometimes," said Nan, gaining +confidence. "In winter we coast and skate, and in summer there are +always picnics, and sometimes a circus." + +"But at home--wasn't there ever any fun at home?" + +Nan could not remember anything which impressed her as particularly +enjoyable in-doors. + +"No," she said, slowly, "I don't think there was. Marian always liked to +tend the shop, but I never cared so much for that. I didn't like the +smell of the cheeses, don't you know." + +"It was a cheese shop?" Lance looked very much interested. + +"Cheese and butter, and eggs and hams," Nan recited the list glibly. + +"Well," said Lancelot, very gravely, "there won't be anything like that +at Beverley; and see here, Nan, I'll just give you a friendly hint. I +don't think I'd talk much about the shop before Cousin Letitia. You see, +she might not like it--don't be _ashamed_ of it," added the boy, +flushing a little; "I don't mean you to be _mean_ about it, only you +won't need to _talk of it_." + +Nan felt that she had begun to put her old life behind her when she was +arrayed in the brown cashmere, and now little by little she was learning +to feel as the people around her felt; that, after all, she would be +expected to act and appear and think very differently about everything +as soon as she was in Beverley. + +"What do _you_ do?" said Nan, looking brightly at her new acquaintance. +"Do you live at Beverley?" + +Lance nodded. + +"When I'm home," he said. "I come to school near here, at Barnabas +Academy. When I'm home I live quite near to where you're going to be. +Oh, I do lots of things! Boys are so different from girls. I'm captain +of our baseball club, for one thing, and we are jolly good cricketers +too, I tell you. At home I do all sorts of things. Phyllis and I are +great chums; Phyllis is a regular brick." He might have said more, but +at this moment Phyllis reappeared. Nan looked at her a little anxiously. +She wondered if she was going to feel offended with her about the note; +but the young lady was perfectly cheerful, and even kissed Nan when she +said, "Now, dear, we will go down to supper. Mrs. Grange is waiting." + +[TO BE CONTINUED.] + + + + +LITTLE MASTER QUIG. + +BY MARY A BARR. + + + This tale's of little Master Quig, + Who, being little, wasn't big, + And many said, who understood, + That, being bad, he wasn't good. + When from his school he ran away, + Most people thought he didn't stay; + And I have heard, from those who know, + When he ran fast, it wasn't slow. + He always studied when compelled, + And always staid when he was held, + And always slept when not awake, + And left the thing he could not take. + To go to sea one day he planned, + And being there, was not on land, + And so stuck on a bar--alas! + For, being stuck, he could not pass. + The dark night found him in a fright, + For, being dark, it was not light. + The big waves rose and filled the boat, + And being full, it could not float. + And so, as I have heard it said, + They found him in the morning dead, + And men of sense do still maintain + He never more was seen again. + + + + +[Illustration] + +Hey, diddle, diddle, + +[Illustration] + +The cat and the fiddle; + +The cow jumped over the moon; + +[Illustration] + +The little dog laughed to see such sport; + +[Illustration] + +And the dish ran away with the spoon. + +[Illustration] + + + + +[Illustration] + +OUR POST-OFFICE BOX. + + + WYTHEVILLE, VIRGINIA. + + We are three little girls who have often read and enjoyed HARPER'S + YOUNG PEOPLE very much. We meet successively at each other's home + every Friday evening, and read the stories in it. We live in a + beautiful town in the mountains of Southwest Virginia. We three go + to the same school, and like our teachers very much. Our parents + take all your papers--the MONTHLY, BAZAR, and WEEKLY--and we take + YOUNG PEOPLE. We look forward to Wednesday with a great deal of + pleasure, for we know it is the day our paper comes. We are so glad + to see Mrs. John Lillie is going to write a new story, and we are + sure it will be very interesting, as all her others are. Please + print this, as we would like to surprise our mammas. + + ELLIE C., HELEN S. S., and SUSIE W. + +Well, Ellie, Susie, and Helen, though I do not know which of you has +brown eyes and which blue, which is the tall slender girl, which the +merry-faced one with the dancing dimples, and which the plump little +maiden who always thinks before she speaks, I send my love to each of +you, and am glad to hear of your pleasant Friday evenings. You and the +thousands of other girls for whom Mrs. Lillie has written her charming +story have a real treat before you in reading it. I sometimes wish +myself a girl again just to feel for an hour the delight I used to when +beginning a beautiful new story. The girls who form Mrs. Lillie's +audience have better times in the story way than girls did when your +mammas and myself were at your age. But I, for one, still dearly love a +bright sketch or a beautiful serial; and if I were near you, I might +sometimes glide in and take an easy-chair in the corner on your reading +evenings--that is, if you would let me in on my promising to be very +good indeed. + + * * * * * + +Some of you who have empty cologne or scent bottles may make very pretty +presents for your friends by covering them with silk or plush, and +finishing off with a dainty lace ruffle and a narrow ribbon around the +neck. A beautiful tidy which I saw the other day was crocheted in heavy +cord, and looped over crimson silk. Very lovely plaques are made of the +birch-bark plates on which butter is sent home by the grocer. They must +be covered very neatly with silk or satin, on which a design is worked +or painted. The pretty little Japanese umbrellas, which cost but a few +cents, may be inverted, opened, and caught at each point with a ribbon. +Suspended from a nail, they make dainty little scrap-bags. + +The letter which follows contains a suggestion which the Postmistress +thinks excellent. She will keep a corner in the Post-office Box for all +such letters as our correspondent invites: + + BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS. + + DEAR POSTMISTRESS,--I remember when I was eight or ten years + younger than I am now, how hard it used to be for me to find + anything new to make for Christmas for all the aunts and cousins, + and now, as Christmas is drawing near, my younger sister comes to + me and says: "Can not you think of something for Christmas? I want + something for Aunt Mary and Aunt Lizzie, something I have not made + for them before." I have no doubt that many other little people say + the same thing. Now, I have a plan to propose to you, and if you + think it a good one, will you mention it in the Post-office Box? + Let each little girl--and boy too, if he wishes--write and describe + something that he or she makes for Christmas, and then if you will + be so good as to publish the letters I think before Christmas we + may have quite a variety of ideas. Of course each article mentioned + would not be new to all, but it would be new to some, and I think + many little girls would be greatly aided. Now what do you think? + + ONE OF YOUR OLDER READERS. + + * * * * * + +BABY'S DAY. + + Awake at five in the morning, + Bright as a little bird, + Cooing and laughing and crowing + Before a person has stirred. + + Carried on papa's shoulder, + Lying on mamma's arm, + Never a king was bolder + Or safer from slightest harm. + + Going to ride with sister, + Taking a cozy nap, + Resting before his dinner + On grandmamma's silken lap. + + Creeping over the carpet, + Playing with pretty toys; + Baby's the dearest darling, + The prettiest, best of boys. + + SUSIE PATTON. + + * * * * * + + OLEAN, NEW YORK. + + I think that Frankie would be a pretty name for Marion W.'s baby + brother. I have nine dolls. Their names are Mollie, Lottie, Edith, + Eva, Lena, Christina, Carrie, Johnnie, and Bertie. I like your + stories all very much, especially "Toby Tyler," "Mr. Stubbs's + Brother," and "Their Girl." I send my love to the Postmistress. + + LENA MATTHEWS. + + * * * * * + + MADISON, NEW JERSEY. + + I am a little boy six years old. My brother Louie takes YOUNG + PEOPLE, and has every number. Baby Roe and I love to have mamma + read it to us. Roe and I have bad colds, so I could not go to + school, but Louie could. I learned to print in school. This is my + first letter. I hope you will print it. + + HOWARD B. G. + +Your little note was printed so nicely that it was as plain as though +the letters had been formed by the type-writing machine. After all, +there is no machine of which I ever heard so wonderful as the four +little fingers and thumb of a boy's hand. Ask papa and mamma if they +don't agree with me. + + * * * * * + + SALEM, NORTH CAROLINA. + + I have taken YOUNG PEOPLE from the first number, and I like it very + much. I have written one letter to the Post-office Box, but I + thought I would write again. My friend Howard R. has written too. + We two have formed a printing firm under the name of P. & R. We + made four dollars clear profit, with which we bought each a pair of + roller skates. We have over three dollars in our bank now. Some of + my playmates and I have formed a club under the name of Holiday + Club, and some of my boy friends and I have formed a military + company by the name of Home Guards. We parade in the academy + play-grounds. The other day we fought almost all the battles of the + Revolution. + + A. H. P. + +All the battles of the Revolution in one day! I wonder you slept a wink +the night after such tremendous exertion. But boys are made of steel +springs and India rubber, and can stand a good deal of pounding. Please +send me word about the various doings of your holiday club, and don't +let the fun interfere with your studies, or else the preceptors and +professors may veto your good times. I am glad you are so successful as +amateur printers. + + * * * * * + + NEW YORK CITY. + + I am a little boy nine years old. I have a cat and a kitten. The + cat's name is Gypsy, but I have not named the kitten yet. I take + HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE, and I like it very much. The other day the + kitten fell from a chair and hurt its leg, but it is well now. + + CITO S. + + * * * * * + +Dear little Robin D., who often sends answers to puzzles, was not well, +and so mamma became her amanuensis, sent her answers and her new +puzzles, which will see the light before long, and this pleasant little +message to the Postmistress and to Marion W. + +I hope Robin is quite well by this time. + + Robin says: "Mamma, tell the Postmistress that my little pet bird + Jimmie died, and wasn't it too bad, but that now I have a beautiful + white dove and a dear little bird whose name is Montie, but I still + mourn for Jimmie, whose cage was draped in mourning for a whole + week. We buried him in our yard." + + Robin thinks that Edgar is a very pretty name for a boy, or Irving. + She does not really know which to choose for little Marion W.'s + dear baby brother. She says, "If one little girl may put in more + than one name for Marion to choose from, put both Irving and Edgar + in from Robin D." + +I am very sorry little Jimmie died. When Marion chooses a name, she must +not forget to send us all word what it is, as we feel quite an interest, +don't we, children? + + * * * * * + + BOSTON, MASSACHUSETTS. + + I want to ask you to tell me a pretty name for a little kitty, + because I don't know any nice ones. Now I want to tell you about + where I went last summer. I went to Falmouth, which is very near + the sea-side, and is a very pleasant place. I went in bathing only + twice while I was there, but went in wading nearly every day. I + went in a sail-boat once, and had a very nice sail, and then I went + down the beach a little way to catch minnows, but couldn't. + Good-by. + + ALICE S. + +Muff is a nice name for a kitty. + +Let me tell you about a kitty which a little boy friend of mine had for +his pet. It was a black kitty, I believe, though I am not sure. He +carried it everywhere with him, and when he was practicing one +afternoon, he set it on the piano that it might hear him play. It +nestled its head cunningly on its tiny paws, and listened with all its +might. + +Somebody called the little boy away for a moment. When he came back the +kitty was gone. + +High and low they hunted for it. Mamma, nurse, two little sisters, and +even the baby, called Kitty! Kitty! but no kitty answered. After a long +time there came a faint little mieuw on the air; and where do you +suppose they found that small cat? Why, in the piano, where she had +taken a cozy nap. + + * * * * * + + NASHVILLE, TENNESSEE. + + Most boys and girls tell about their pets. I have none, except my + little brother, two years and a half old. I have two sisters and + this sweet little brother. We moved from Louisville, Kentucky, to + Nashville about a month ago, and I am very homesick to go back + again. We spent the summer at Bon Aqua Springs, not far from here, + and had a nice time. I have a doll, and her name is Eva Wallace; + she will be four years old on Christmas. My little brother tries to + call us girls "girlie," and he says "dirlie." He calls me + "Black-eye dirlie," my sister Grace "Blue-eye dirlie," and sister + Florence "Brown-eye dirlie." His name is Theodore. We have taken + YOUNG PEOPLE from the beginning, and think it is the best of + papers. Mamma takes the BAZAR and MAGAZINE. My papa is away most of + the time, and we are always glad when he comes home. I go to + school, and am in the Fifth Grade. I study reading, spelling, + arithmetic, geography, writing, and drawing. I am eleven years old. + + BESSIE W. + + * * * * * + + SOUTH BEND, INDIANA. + + I like YOUNG PEOPLE very much. I am a little girl eight years old, + and live on a farm five miles from the city. I go to school now, + but mamma will teach me at home this winter. I have two pets, a + white bantam chicken named Polly and a white kitty named Snow. I + had a canary-bird, but he was sick and died; his name was Billy. I + have three dollies; I do not play with them very much, because I + have no one to play with me. Papa has a nice Irish setter dog to + hunt with; his name is Paul. I will write again as soon as I can + write better. + + GEORGIANA D. + + * * * * * + + DRIFTON, PENNSYLVANIA. + + I have lately returned from Europe, and I enjoyed the pile of + Magazines I found here. I brought home a gondola from Venice, and I + also brought a curious swan which I saw them make at the + glass-works. I had a splendid time in dear old London. We saw the + Queen and the Princess of Wales. We saw the wine-vaults. We crossed + the Alps in four-horse carriages, and I made snow-balls in June. + YOUNG PEOPLE is the best paper out. + + OCKLEY B. C. + +You have many delightful things to remember about your trip abroad. I +hope you kept a journal. + + * * * * * + + NORWALK, CONNECTICUT. + + I am eleven years old, and live in Norwalk in the summer, and in + New York city in the winter. I have no brothers nor sisters, except + two who are grown up, and I have a brother at college. We are going + to New York on the first of next month. I enjoy HARPER'S YOUNG + PEOPLE very much, and look forward to its coming with great + pleasure. As you wanted to hear from any girl or boy who had a + garden, I thought I would tell you about mine. I planted in my + garden this summer potatoes, onions, tomatoes, strawberries, and + celery, besides flowers. I had enough potatoes for the whole family + for dinner, so I had them on the table that day, and I hope to + have my celery to-morrow. The cook made me some caramels from the + receipt you put in HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE, but it wouldn't harden, + so she made a chocolate cake, and I had it on the table one + evening. As I have no more to tell about I think I will close. + + HARRY C. M. + +You were a famous little gardener, and deserve great praise. + + * * * * * + + ALLEGHANY, PENNSYLVANIA. + + I am a little girl nearly eleven years old. I will tell you about + my summer trip. I can not tell all the places we went to, but one + place was the White Mountains of New Hampshire. There are very fine + views, especially from the top of Mount Washington. You would laugh + to see the funny little cars that go up and down. It is very steep, + and as you go up you see nothing but rocks. Mamma thought it was + frightful, but I did not. Well, good-by. + + ANNIE H. S. + +I might have laughed when I was eleven years old, dear, but I never go +up a steep mountain nowadays without feeling, like your mamma, that +there is danger as well as pleasure about the ascent. I am glad you have +been to the top of Mount Washington, and have looked from there over the +great mountains and deep valleys of New England. + + * * * * * + + MILTON, ONTARIO, CANADA. + + I am a little girl twelve years old, and live in a small town + thirty miles from Toronto. We are always very glad when your paper + comes. I love to read the letters in the Post-office Box. I like + "The Cruise of the Canoe Club." My father and four of my uncles are + in Montana, and my aunt and her children are going out there next + week. My uncle and his youngest brother belong to a surveying + party, and have been surveying in the Rocky Mountains and + Yellowstone Park all summer, and write home delightfully + interesting descriptions of the wonders to be seen there--about the + geysers and glass mountains, also soda mountains, and caņons. The + Grand Caņon is the deepest of all; it is several thousand feet + deep, and at the bottom is a rushing, roaring river. One of my + uncles descended into it. It is so deep that if you go down into it + and look upward, you can see the stars at three o'clock in the + afternoon. The geysers spout up water to a tremendous height. One + of them--I think it is called the Excelsior--throws water in which + are pieces of rock to a height of three hundred feet. Often the + eruptions are preceded by rumblings and shakings like an + earthquake. Once when the party were near one of the geyser basins, + suddenly the earth began to quake, and the water in the basin + spouted ever so high, and the sky was filled with water and pieces + of rock, and they had to run to get out of the way. Perhaps we will + go to Montana if father stays there; and if we do, mother says that + we may take an occasional trip to the Park, and then I will write + and tell you of some of the things we see there. + + BECCA R. + + * * * * * + +The cunning little letter which follows was sent by a little girl five +and one-half years old to her young lady sisters away from home. This +little girl lives near a railroad, and every day she and her brother +watch for their conductors, as they call them, and wave to them as the +cars rush past the door. By the "tassels with the board on" little Amy +meant a lambrequin which belonged on the mantel. Jumbo is a huge toy +elephant greatly admired by the little folks in Amy's nursery: + + TENAFLY, NEW JERSEY. + + DEAR LOUISE AND MAGGIE,--It will soon be Roy's birthday. If you + don't come home quick, you won't be here before it comes. Roy + creeps. He can walk with our taking hold of him. He can stand up by + the bath-tub. May S. don't know some of the words of her + music-lesson. I say my lessons every day at home, and then I say + them in school. I did not get a bad mark to-day; sometimes I do. I + get apples in B.'s yard--they don't care--and take them to school + over recess, and then I take them home. Mamma has to sew so hard, + and we bother her, and she sends us out-doors. When it rains she + don't; then we stay in the house, and play with our toys. Sarah's + back, and we're glad, and she irons every Tuesday. We take walks + with her sometimes. Mary's here too, and sometimes she goes out + with her husband. I like him, and he gives me pennies. I would like + to be over there and see your big dog Frank. Some Sunday afternoons + papa's tired, and he don't want to go riding. We did go last + Sunday. Last Sunday we took Roy. Marian plays with Roy every day, + and mamma says Stop! when she hurts him. Clifford has to get his + teeth fixed, and we can't go to P. until next Monday. Every day + papa goes out to see the men fixing the trestle-work. On Roy's + birthday we're going to have a little party; no one is coming, only + us. Mamma has to send out when she wants papa--away out to the + trestle-work. Mamma writes this letter, and I find the words. + Marian has got lots of things in the corner by the bookcase again. + Clifford's got lots of cars now, and he plays with them 'most every + day. He's got a new tin train of cars from the Fair. We're getting + our stoves fixed. There's fire in the sitting-room. Your tassels + with the board on is up in the front parlor. We've got a Jumbo from + the Fair. We take Jumbo out to see our 'ductors. Mine is away, and + ain't home yet. Roy goes around picking up everything, and gets + things out of mamma's basket, and dumped it over twice. It's near + winter, and we've got the sleds down. + + A kiss for Maggie, and a kiss for Louise. Love for Maggie, and love + for Louise. + + AMY D. + + * * * * * + + FREMONT, NEBRASKA. + + Dear "HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE,"--My brother Paul takes HARPER'S YOUNG + PEOPLE, and I think it is a very nice paper. I was eight years old + the 7th of September. I have a sister who is four years old. And we + have a horse named Dick; he is gentle and a very nice horse, and + will eat apples as well as any boy can. He will shake hands with + either leg. I go to school, and I am already in the Third Reader. + My teacher's name is Miss S. And we have got a calf called Rosy, + and she is a very gentle and nice calf, and we have a pretty wild + cow. + + BURNIE C. + + * * * * * + + SAN FRANCISCO, CALIFORNIA. + + I am a little boy nine years old. This is my first letter. I like + the story of "The Cruise of the Canoe Club" and "Mr. Stubbs's + Brother." I commenced going to school in March, 1881, and am now in + the Seventh Grade. I was honorably promoted last June. I am trying + very hard to be the same this term. I go to Alameda nearly every + Saturday with my papa to take a salt-water bath. I can swim a + little. I live in the city, and can not have as much fun as the + little boys in the country; but I shall go to the country next + vacation. + + ALLEN G. W. + +A boy who tries hard is sure to succeed. When next you are promoted +write again, as I like to keep an account of my boys when they do well. +I am glad you can swim. + + * * * * * + +FRANK AND JOE.--The twenty numbers of HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE containing +the story of "Toby Tyler" will cost you eighty cents. By sending $1 to +Messrs. HARPER & BROTHERS you may obtain _Toby Tyler_ in a beautiful +bound volume, handsomely illustrated. + + * * * * * + +SALT.--Yes, Daisy, you are right in your supposition that people in very +old times were alarmed if any one spilled salt on the table at a meal. +It was fancied that the unlucky accident was the sign of a quarrel +between two of the company. However, I attach no importance to such +signs, even when they are ancient, and if you came to dine with me, and +the salt-cellar happened to be upset, I would not trouble for our +friendship. + +Among the Arabs salt is regarded as sacred, and if you happen to be the +guest of a Bedouin, who meeting you in the desert would rob you and be +glad of the chance, you are perfectly safe if you share his bread and +salt; he will protect you against all enemies. You see, that salt among +these wild people is the emblem of hospitality. The Romans thought it +unfortunate to sit down at a feast where the salt had been forgotten. +The Greeks had the same feeling. It was also considered very thoughtless +to leave salt unlocked overnight. + +I hope, Daisy dear, that while reading and studying about these curious +superstitions you will take care not to believe in them yourself. + + * * * * * + +For the information of some of our new subscribers who write to ask we +repeat that there is no charge for the publication of exchanges. They +should be brief. State first what you desire to offer, and then what you +wish to receive. Please write with black ink as plainly as you can, and +sign your full name and post-office address. Birds' eggs and fire-arms +are prohibited as articles of exchange. The Editor reserves the right to +exclude any exchange in whole or in part if for any reason it is +considered unfit for YOUNG PEOPLE. + +Having sent your letter, you should wait very patiently for your turn, +as the department is always crowded, and no exchange can ever be printed +in the paper next issued after its reception. + +To avoid misunderstanding, exchangers should always write fully to each +other and receive replies before sending away their articles. Each +should arrange in this way about the necessary expense of the mail or +express. Articles should not be sent to the office of YOUNG PEOPLE, but +directly to the persons with whom they are to be exchanged. + + * * * * * + +SUCCESSFUL WIGGLERS.--We should be glad if Hattie M. Pearley, B. F. M., +and A. W., who have been successful in reproducing our artist's idea of +Wiggle No. 29, would each send us his or her full name and address. + + * * * * * + +PUZZLES FROM YOUNG CONTRIBUTORS. + +No. 1. + +GEOGRAPHICAL PUZZLE. + +In the month of (a cape in Massachusetts) a lady named (a city in +Brazil), and a gentleman named (a cape in Virginia), went to (the +capital of Italy) in the (a lake in Minnesota). They walked until noon, +when the lady opened a satchel made of (a country in Africa). It +contained a fried (river in Minnesota), some fine old (a river in South +America), and a (islands in the Pacific Ocean) for each. As it had been +(a lake in Minnesota) and the (a river in England) was rather (a country +of South America), they wanted to return to their home, but the (an +island west of England) lost a cuff button made of (a city in New +Mexico), and ornamented with (a river in Mississippi). While they were +on the (a cape of North Carolina) they met (a river of South America), +who said he thought (an island near Massachusetts), who was a colored +woman. + + PANSY. + + * * * * * + +No. 2. + +MIXED ANIMALS. + +In these examples the problem is to arrange the grouped letters so that +they will form a word agreeing with the accompanying definition. + + Phelenta--The largest of quadrupeds. + Spophoptiamu--A river-horse. + Reazb--A striped horse. + Elawh--A sea animal. + Tribab--A furry animal. + + BARTIE. + + * * * * * + +No. 3. + +HIDDEN FISHES. + +1. I have bought a new carpet, Angelina. 2. Lucy lost her ring. 3. Tommy +had ten chickens. 4. Mr. Stubbs had flung away all Toby Tyler's money. + + BARTIE. + + * * * * * + +No. 4. + +DOUBLE ACROSTIC. + +1. A kind of cloth. 2. A precious stone. 3. A famous musical composer. +4. A glazier's diamond. Primials--A bird. Finals--Part of the bird, +connected, to join. + + LODESTAR. + + * * * * * + +No. 5. + +THREE PROGRESSIVE HALF-SQUARES. + +1.--1. A letter. 2. A preposition. 3. A Latin verb. 4. Anything very +small. + +2.--1. A letter. 2. To exist. 3. The cry of a sheep. 4. To support. + +3.--1. A letter. 2. An abbreviation. 3. A covering. 4. To engage in +conflict. + + J. K. M. ILES. + + * * * * * + +ANSWERS TO PUZZLES IN No. 156. + +No. 1. + + J A M E S + A D E L A + M E D A L + E L A T E + S A L E M + +No. 2. + + A ra B + D at E + A we D + M in E + +No. 3. + +Lock. Peach. + +No. 4. + +Hate. + +No. 5. + +Cupboard. + +No. 6. + + D o G + O b I + L eathe R + L ul L + +No. 7. + + E Q M + A S P H U T R O B + E S S A Y Q U A I L M O N E Y + P A T T I N B E D + Y L Y + + * * * * * + +Answer to Rebus on page 848--"There's many a slip 'twixt the cup and the +lip." + + * * * * * + +Answer to Enigma on page 848--A rainbow. + + * * * * * + +Correct answers to puzzles have been received from Robin Dyke, William +A. Lewis, John Duerk, Alfred and Blanche Bloomingdale, Horace W. +Danforth, Alice C. Little, "Junebug," "Fairy Godmother," Lulu Breese, +Emily Godwin, Archie Ives, "Mayblossom," Fanny R. Emerson, Ben and Ned, +John Twombley, Hugh Remsen, "Fuss and Feathers," Brandt Beekman, Lena +Matthews, A. H. Patterson, Frank Sinsabaugh, Edith M. L., Alfred +Kauffman. + + * * * * * + +[_For Exchanges, see 2d and 3d pages of cover._] + + + + +[Illustration: SOME ANSWERS TO WIGGLE No. 29, OUR ARTIST'S IDEA, AND NEW +WIGGLE, No. 30.] + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Harper's Young People, November 14, +1882, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE *** + +***** This file should be named 60596-8.txt or 60596-8.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/6/0/5/9/60596/ + +Produced by Annie R. McGuire + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will +be renamed. + +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United +States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive +specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this +eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook +for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, +performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given +away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks +not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the +trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. + +START: FULL LICENSE + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the +person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph +1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the +Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when +you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country outside the United States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work +on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: + + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and + most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no + restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it + under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this + eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the + United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you + are located before using this ebook. + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format +other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain +Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +provided that + +* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation." + +* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm + works. + +* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + +* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The +Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at +www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the +mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its +volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous +locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt +Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to +date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and +official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular +state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search +facility: www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + diff --git a/60596-8.zip b/old/60596-8.zip Binary files differindex d48d3c9..d48d3c9 100644 --- a/60596-8.zip +++ b/old/60596-8.zip diff --git a/60596-h.zip b/old/60596-h.zip Binary files differindex b81863c..b81863c 100644 --- a/60596-h.zip +++ b/old/60596-h.zip diff --git a/old/60596-h/60596-h.htm b/old/60596-h/60596-h.htm new file mode 100644 index 0000000..6be6df2 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/60596-h.htm @@ -0,0 +1,2752 @@ +<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" + "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> +<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en" lang="en"> + <head> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" /> + <meta http-equiv="Content-Style-Type" content="text/css" /> + <title> + The Project Gutenberg eBook of Harper's Young People, November 14, 1882, by Various. + </title> + <style type="text/css"> + +body { + margin-left: 10%; + margin-right: 10%; +} + + h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 { + text-align: center; /* all headings centered */ + clear: both; +} + +p { + margin-top: .51em; + text-align: justify; + margin-bottom: .49em; +} + +.p2 {margin-top: 2em;} +.p4 {margin-top: 4em;} +.p6 {margin-top: 6em;} + +hr { + width: 33%; + margin-top: 2em; + margin-bottom: 2em; + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; + clear: both; +} + +hr.tb {width: 45%;} +hr.chap {width: 65%} +hr.full {width: 95%;} + +table { + margin-left: auto; + margin-right: auto; +} + +.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */ + /* visibility: hidden; */ + position: absolute; + left: 92%; + font-size: smaller; + text-align: right; +} /* page numbers */ + +.blockquot { + margin-left: 5%; + margin-right: 10%; +} + +.center {text-align: center;} + +.right {text-align: right;} + +.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;} + +.caption {font-weight: bold;} + +/* Images */ +.figcenter { + margin: auto; + text-align: center; +} + +.figleft { + float: left; + clear: left; + margin-left: 0; + margin-bottom: 1em; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-right: 1em; + padding: 0; + text-align: center; +} + +.figright { + float: right; + clear: right; + margin-left: 1em; + margin-bottom: + 1em; + margin-top: 1em; + margin-right: 0; + padding: 0; + text-align: center; +} + +/* Footnotes */ +.footnotes {border: dashed 1px;} + +.footnote {margin-left: 10%; margin-right: 10%; font-size: 0.9em;} + +.fnanchor { + vertical-align: super; + font-size: .8em; + text-decoration: + none; +} + + </style> + </head> +<body> + + +<pre> + +Project Gutenberg's Harper's Young People, November 14, 1882, by Various + +This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and +most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no restrictions +whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it under the terms +of the Project Gutenberg License included with this eBook or online at +www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the United States, you'll +have to check the laws of the country where you are located before using +this ebook. + + + +Title: Harper's Young People, November 14, 1882 + An Illustrated Weekly + +Author: Various + +Release Date: October 30, 2019 [EBook #60596] + +Language: English + +Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1 + +*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE *** + + + + +Produced by Annie R. McGuire + + + + + +</pre> + + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#WAITING">WAITING.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#AN_ADVENTURE_IN_THE_SUEZ_CANAL">AN ADVENTURE IN THE SUEZ CANAL.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#UNCLE_ZEDS_WOLF">UNCLE ZED'S WOLF.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#CORAL_REEFS">CORAL REEFS.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#THE_BOYS_STORE-KEEPING">THE BOY'S STORE-KEEPING.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#SQUIRRELS_AND_HOW_TO_KEEP_THEM">SQUIRRELS, AND HOW TO KEEP THEM.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#NAN">NAN.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#LITTLE_MASTER_QUIG">LITTLE MASTER QUIG.</a></td></tr> +<tr><td align="left"><a href="#OUR_POST_OFFICE_BOX">OUR POST-OFFICE BOX.</a></td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 800px;"> +<img src="images/ill_001.jpg" width="800" height="298" alt="HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE" /> +</div> + +<hr class="full" /> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" width="100%" summary=""> +<tr><td align="left"><span class="smcap">vol. iv.—no</span>. 159.</td><td align="center"><span class="smcap">Published by HARPER & BROTHERS, New York</span>.</td><td align="right"><span class="smcap">price four cents</span>.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Tuesday, November 14, 1882.</td><td align="center">Copyright, 1882, by <span class="smcap">Harper & Brothers</span>.</td><td align="right">$1.50 per Year, in Advance.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<hr class="full" /> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 655px;"><a name="WAITING" id="WAITING"></a> +<img src="images/ill_002.jpg" width="655" height="700" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span></p> + +<h2>WAITING.</h2> + +<h3>BY MARGARET JOHNSON.</h3> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">I said, "When will the summer come?</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Mamma, is it not late?"</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">She smiled, and answered. "By-and-by;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Be patient, child, and wait."</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">I asked papa if he would buy</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">A new wax doll for me.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">He pinched my cheek, and said, "Not now;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Be patient, and I'll see."</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"Nurse, tell me when my dear rose-bush</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">A blossom red will bear."</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"Oh, by-and-by, my dear. Don't fret.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Come, let me brush your hair."</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"When shall I grow so tall, papa,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">That I can reach your head?"</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"Quite soon enough, my little one;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">Wait patiently," he said.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">"Dear me!" I thought; "they all say 'Wait.'</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">I'll put my dolls away.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">And go and sit upon the stairs</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">As long as I can stay."</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">Now I have waited patiently</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">For hours and hours and hours,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">And yet the dear doll has not come,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">The summer, nor the flowers.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">I have not grown a single bit,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">And now I know it's late.</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 19em;">I'm going up to tell mamma</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 20em;">It does no good to wait.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="AN_ADVENTURE_IN_THE_SUEZ_CANAL" id="AN_ADVENTURE_IN_THE_SUEZ_CANAL">AN ADVENTURE IN THE SUEZ CANAL.</a></h2> + +<h3>BY DAVID KER.</h3> + +<p>"So it seems a fellow called Arabi Bey, or some such name, is making a +row in Cairo; but of course it won't come to anything—these things +never do."</p> + +<p>So spoke, after exchanging a few words with a pilot who had just come +down the Suez Canal from Port Said, the Captain of our homeward-bound +steamer from India, little dreaming how world-famous the "row" of which +he spoke so lightly was to become not many weeks later.</p> + +<p>"If these Arab fellows should ever want to destroy the canal," says a +young English Lieutenant of Engineers going home from India on leave, +"they wouldn't have much trouble with it. You see there's a regular +hollow on each side here and there, and they need only dig through or +blow up the embankment to run the channel bone-dry in no time."</p> + +<p>His words are confirmed a few minutes later when a group of native +goat-herds, as black and shaggy and wild-looking as the goats which they +tend, wade out to within a few yards of the steamer, clamorously +offering to dive for <i>piastres</i> (five-cent copper pieces). In fact, the +Suez Canal, throughout its whole length of eighty-six miles, is as +shallow as any ditch except in the very centre of the channel, and even +there it has a depth of only twenty six and a quarter feet, with a mean +breadth of seventy, widening to one hundred in the "sidings."</p> + +<p>Every now and then we pass a neat little landing-place, surmounted by a +painted station house overlooking a tiny patch of stunted shrubs and +straggling flowers, doing their best to grow upon a thin smear of soil +brought from a distance, and plastered upon the barren, scorching sand. +A little farther on we see, perched on a steep sand ridge just at the +point where the canal enters the wide smooth expanse of the Timsah Lake, +a primitive sentry-box, consisting merely of a screen of dried grass, +supported by four tall canes, beneath which a drowsy Arab is supposed to +look out for passing steamers when he has nothing better to do.</p> + +<p>But just as we are two-thirds of the way across the Timsah Lake itself, +one of the many shallow lagoons through which the canal runs for a full +third of its length, we see the French steamer ahead of us halt +suddenly, and the next moment comes a signal that a boat has run aground +in the canal beyond the lake, and that we must wait until she gets off +again.</p> + +<p>There is no help for it, and we are just making up our minds to a halt +of several hours, with nothing to do but stare at the trim bonbon-like +houses and dark green plantations of Ismailia<a name="FNanchor_1_1" id="FNanchor_1_1"></a><a href="#Footnote_1_1" class="fnanchor">[1]</a> along the farther +shore, with the big white front of the Khedive's palace standing up in +the midst like an overgrown hotel, when an unexpected interruption +occurs.</p> + +<p>"Look here, mates," shouts a sailor perched on the jib-boom; "here's one +o' them darkies out for a swim. He'll be coming to challenge old Jack +here to swim a match for the championship of the canal."</p> + +<p>"Let him try it," retorts a tall, raw-boned, North Country man behind +him. "If that 'ere nigger thinks he can beat <i>me</i>, he'll know better +afore long, or my name ain't Jack Hawley."</p> + +<p>So saying, Jack strips and plunges in, heading straight for the round +black head which is bobbing about like a cork in the smooth water. But +just as he reaches the Arab the latter vanishes, and a sharp pinch on +his right calf warns Jack that his enemy has taken him in the rear, amid +a shout of laughter from the steamer.</p> + +<p>Jack darts at his assailant, who dives again, and coming up beyond him, +splashes a perfect cataract of water in his face, and instantly the two +are at it with might and main, filling the whole air with showers of +glittering spray.</p> + +<p>"Will you swim me to that buoy yonder, Johnny?" challenges Jack.</p> + +<p>"You go, me go," grins the native, and off they start.</p> + +<p>At first the Egyptian's short, snapping, hand-over-hand stroke carries +him bravely on; but little by little the long, steady, powerful strokes +of the Englishman begin to tell, and at length he forges slightly ahead. +The crew cheer lustily, and fancy that Jack has certainly won the race; +but the young Lieutenant, who knows Arab ways, shakes his head and tells +them to "wait a bit."</p> + +<p>Poor Jack! he has forgotten in his eagerness that his head is +unprotected, and that he has not one of those cast-iron Eastern skulls +that can defy a tropical sun. All at once his head is seen to sway +dizzily back, he throws up his arms convulsively, and down he goes.</p> + +<p>"Stand by to lower the boat!" roars the Captain. "Be alive now!"</p> + +<p>As if moved by a single impulse, the men spring at once to the davits; +but, luckily for poor Jack, other and nearer help is at hand. The Arab, +when he sees his rival's strength fail so suddenly, guesses in a moment +what is the matter, and makes for him at once. Three powerful strokes +bring him alongside of the sinking man, and twining his sinewy fingers +in Jack's bushy hair, he holds the latter's head above water, paddling +gently meanwhile to keep himself afloat.</p> + +<p>"Stand by your tackle! let go!"</p> + +<p>The tackles rattle sharply through the blocks, the boat splashes into +the water, and the passengers spring upon the bulwarks to give her a +cheer as she darts away toward the two imperilled men, as fast as eight +sturdy rowers can propel her.</p> + +<p>But in this race between life and death the chances are terribly in +favor of the latter. True, the water of the lake, salter by far than the +sea itself, is buoyant as India rubber; but it is no easy matter for the +Arab, already spent with his long swim, to support the huge bulk of the +helpless sailor, and the boat seems still a fearfully long way off.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span></p> + +<p>Once, twice, the Englishman's head dips below the surface, and the +oarsmen almost leap from their seats as they see it. Pull, boys, pull! +And now they are but three lengths off, and now but one, and now, with a +deafening hurrah, the fainting man and his exhausted rescuer are dragged +into the boat.</p> + +<p>"Come, boys," cried Lieutenant H——, "that's a plucky fellow, Arab or +no Arab. What do you say to sending round the hat for him; here's a +<i>rupee</i>" (fifty cents) "to begin with."</p> + +<p>And half an hour later the Arab was on his way back to the shore, with +more money tied up in the white cotton sash round his waist than he had +ever had before, in his life.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="UNCLE_ZEDS_WOLF" id="UNCLE_ZEDS_WOLF">UNCLE ZED'S WOLF.</a></h2> + +<h4>A TRUE STORY.</h4> + +<h3>BY MRS. KATE UPSON CLARK.</h3> + +<p>"Baa! baa! baa!" sounded in noisy, frightened chorus underneath Parson +Darius Miller's windows one cold April morning about fifty years ago.</p> + +<p>So loud and so persistent was the chorus that Parson Miller's three +sturdy boys were awake and on their feet before it had grown light +enough to distinguish anything in the gray outside.</p> + +<p>"Father! father!" shouted James, the second boy, clattering down the +stairs in his heavy boots, "what ails the sheep? They're all huddled up +close to the house, right under your window. Don't you hear them? Say, +father, wake up!"</p> + +<p>In response to all this outcry, good Parson Miller, who was a +hardworking farmer as well as a parson, and slept the sleep of the just, +gave forth a feeble and only half-intelligent "yes." Presently, however, +he joined the boys, and then discovered that not all the sheep were +huddled together underneath the windows, but that two of them were +missing, and that large dangerous-looking tracks were all over the light +snow—a regular "sugar-snow"—which covered the ground outside.</p> + +<p>"I'll bet it's a wolf," ventured Daniel, the eldest boy.</p> + +<p>"Guess it's nothing but a wild-cat," said the parson.</p> + +<p>"Too big for a wild-cat," said Tom. "A great deal bigger than the one +Squire Taylor caught in his trap."</p> + +<p>Tom was the quiet boy, but somehow, when Tom spoke, even the older ones +paid attention. Tom's eyes were always on the alert, and though they +were of a gray and by no means beautiful color, and were set in a sallow +and "peaked" little face, Tom was considered a vastly good-looking boy +by all of the family and his intimate friends, on the principle of +"Handsome is that handsome does."</p> + +<p>Just then Squire Taylor, their next neighbor, came tramping hastily +across his field, his two boys, of about the same age as James and Tom +Miller, following after him.</p> + +<p>"Wolf tracks all around my barn," said the good Squire, excitedly, +before he had come near enough to see the sheep lying on the snow.</p> + +<p>"There!" cried Daniel, nodding significantly to Tom.</p> + +<p>"Where's the fellow gone?" queried little Tom, who was only fourteen, +and who didn't look so old as that by reason of his small stature.</p> + +<p>"That's it! that's it!" cried the Squire, slapping Tom approvingly on +the shoulder. "Where's the varmint gone? Let's track him, to be sure. +Hullo! there's Uncle Zed."</p> + +<p>Sure enough, old Zadok Cummings, familiarly known as "Uncle Zed," was +hurrying along through the fields toward them, and carrying his old +shot-gun in his hands. The news had evidently travelled fast.</p> + +<p>"Seen him?" shouted the old man, all on fire with excitement, while +drops of sweat ran down his russet face, in spite of the chilly weather. +"Jest tell me what direction he's took, 'n' I'll ketch him! The critter! +I'll ketch him; oh, I'll ketch him!" And Uncle Zed looked so fierce and +funny that all of them began to laugh. But they finally succeeded in +convincing the old man that he couldn't possibly "ketch him," for a few +moments at least, and that the case was too serious for them to decide +at once on the best course to pursue.</p> + +<p>"He'll be around to-night too, and bring some more with him, if we don't +ketch him," put in Uncle Zed, whenever a good chance occurred.</p> + +<p>Two or three had started out to follow the trail of the wolf, and they +came back to report that the tracks ended in Squire Taylor's woods.</p> + +<p>"We must make a ring right around the woods, and hem him in—that's the +way," said the Squire, quickly.</p> + +<p>Tom, standing back behind his brothers, was seen to nod approvingly, +whereupon the other boys did the same. Indeed, the proposition seemed to +commend itself to the entire company, and they started toward the woods, +those who had not brought guns hurrying off to get some.</p> + +<p>"I could do it jest as well alone," muttered Uncle Zed. "They hain't ben +no wolves around here for several years now, but I hain't forgot how to +ketch 'em. I guess I hain't."</p> + +<p>The men were disposed, and then everything was profoundly quiet, +excepting for the sound of the beating of the bushes, or of a stray +shot, when some overconfident hunter was "sure he had him."</p> + +<p>At last Uncle Zed heard a low growl in a thicket, and he had hardly time +to raise his gun when out sprang an enormous wolf, and came directly +toward him. The old man, almost paralyzed with fright, pulled the +trigger, but his hand trembled so that his shot went a yard above the +wolf's head, and the animal bounded past him unhurt. Uncle Zed shrieked, +"Wolf! wolf!" and a half-dozen men were soon in hot pursuit of the +discovered game.</p> + +<p>Tom Miller, feeling very disconsolate because he hadn't any gun, had not +accompanied the rest; but his mother, who felt no fear for Tom, and +sympathized deeply with the courageous little fellow, had advised him to +go to a certain neighbor's and see if he couldn't borrow one. It was +necessary to go quite a distance, but Tom had made it on old Sorrel, the +mare. He had come back in a wonderfully short time, bringing a trusty +little shot-gun with him, and was making his way up the hill just as the +wolf dashed out of the woods, heading in his direction.</p> + +<p>Tom's heart came up in his throat, but he ran for a clump of bushes +close by that he thought would afford a good position for a shot, +stationed himself among them, and waited.</p> + +<p>The cries of the men in pursuit came nearer. Then the gallop into which +the wolf had broken from its quick trot when it left the woods seemed to +shake the very ground under him. Spring—spring—spring, came the +terrified brute. He was in sight. Tom steadied his gun and fired. The +wolf uttered a cry, half bark, half screech, and giving a few lame and +wounded leaps, lay bleeding on the ground. Then shot after shot from the +men behind was poured in upon the poor creature, until he lay thoroughly +dead. Tom Miller was quite the hero of the day, and it was voted +unanimously that the wolf-skin belonged to him.</p> + +<p>"Well, Uncle Zed, why didn't you 'ketch him,' as you said you were going +to?" inquired Squire Taylor, jokingly, as the men were separating to go +to a late dinner.</p> + +<p>"Don' know what in thunder ailed my gun," complained Uncle Zed, rapping +that unfortunate weapon crossly; "but, after all"—straightening up +proudly—"you'd never have ketched that wolf if it hadn't 'a ben for +me."</p> + +<p>"How's that?" asked the Squire.</p> + +<p>"Why, goodness gracious! didn't you hear me holler? I hollered an' +started you all up. My!" continued the old man, reflectively, as he +turned away amid a general laugh, which did not appear to damp his +spirits in the least, "how I did holler!"</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span></p> + +<h2><a name="CORAL_REEFS" id="CORAL_REEFS">CORAL REEFS.</a></h2> + +<h3>BY SARAH COOPER.</h3> + +<p>The attention of seamen and navigators has long been attracted by the +number of circular islands in the warm parts of the Pacific and Indian +oceans. Generally each one of these circular islands contains a lake of +quiet water extending almost to its outer shores, so that the island +looks like a fairy ring of land floating in the ocean, and adorned with +tropical trees and plants.</p> + +<p>Happily for the boys and girls of the present day, this subject, with +other equally fascinating branches of science, has now been studied by +naturalists, who give us the rich results of their labors. It seems +scarcely possible that the dainty beautiful corals which we examined not +long ago in <span class="smcap">Young People</span> can have anything to do with the making of +islands, but so it is. Coral reefs are vast masses of coral which have +grown in warm oceans. Their formation must have been slow, yet they +sometimes extend hundreds of miles. Florida and many other parts of our +solid continents are known to have been formed from coral reefs.</p> + +<p>Let us now try to picture to ourselves the beginning of one of these +reefs, and by following its growth step by step we may at least +understand how it has been formed. There are hills and valleys on the +bottom of the ocean as well as on the land. We will fancy that some +young coral polyps which have been swimming about in the sea settle on +the sides of one of these hills, and begin to grow and spread all around +it. They will increase also by the deposit of eggs until they form a +circular wall.</p> + +<p>As the coral wall grows, the lower polyps and the inner ones die, their +skeletons forming a solid foundation for all that grow above them. There +may be only about an inch of living coral on the outside of the reef.</p> + +<div class="figleft" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_003.jpg" width="400" height="183" alt="" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 1.—a, a, <span class="smcap">Surface of the Water</span>; b, <span class="smcap">Natural Red of +the Ocean</span>; c, c, <span class="smcap">Coral Formation</span>; d, <span class="smcap">Lagoon</span>.</span> +</div> + +<p>These walls rise nearly straight, and you will see that in doing so they +inclose a circular basin of quiet water, and now you can understand why +it is that a coral island mostly has a lake in the centre, as is shown +in Fig. 1. The lakes are called lagoons.</p> + +<p>The bottom of the wall is formed of brain-coral and other solid kinds +which live only in deep water, and they die when a certain height is +reached. The formation of the new island does not stop with their death, +however. The wall having now reached the proper height to suit branching +corals, which require shallower water, their young polyps will settle +upon it, and finish the structure. We might suppose a reef formed of +branching corals would be open and unsubstantial, but in their growth +the branches are thickly interlaced. The spaces between them become +filled with substances floating in the ocean, and with pieces of coral +which are broken from the reef by the fierce dashing of the waves. The +whole forms a solid mass, stronger, perhaps, than any stone masonry. The +fragments of coral suffer no serious injury by breaking, but if lodged +in some favorable spot they continue to grow.</p> + +<p>The outer edge of the wall is steep and abrupt. Soundings taken just +outside show very deep water. In this portion of the wall the corals +live and thrive, always supplied with clear water. The breakers dash +against it with such fury that apparently the hardest rock must in time +yield to the tremendous force of the waves. But, strange as it may +appear, the soft jelly-like bodies of the polyps give to the reef the +power of resisting the billows.</p> + +<p>The inner surface of the wall slopes gently to the land, and being +washed by quiet waters often containing sand and mud, it is not +favorable to the growth of polyps. Still, there are certain kinds of +coral which thrive within the lagoons; some of them are exceedingly +brilliant and beautiful.</p> + +<p>The coral polyps die before they reach the surface of the ocean, as no +corals can live out of water. The remainder of the island is built up by +shells, pieces of broken coral, sea-weed, and other floating materials +which are washed upon it, raising the wall higher and higher. The +never-ceasing action of the waves grinds up these shells and broken +coral, until at last they form a soil of sand and mud which is now ready +to receive any seeds that may float on the water or be brought by the +winds and the birds. The seeds take root in the new soil, and young +plants begin to appear on the glistening white surface. Floating +cocoa-nuts often lodge on the shores, and cocoa-nut-trees are among the +first to grow upon them. As the plants drop their leaves and decay, the +soil is enriched little by little, and fitted for the home of various +animals and birds, which in some mysterious manner find their way to +these lonely spots far out at sea. In time our coral reef may become a +beautiful tropical island fringed with waving trees and plants, and +inhabited by man.</p> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_004.jpg" width="400" height="156" alt="" /> +<span class="caption">Fig. 2.—<span class="smcap">An Atoll</span>.</span> +</div> + +<p>Circular islands seldom form complete rings. There is generally an +opening into the lake on the side most sheltered from the wind. A safe +harbor in mid-ocean is thus made, in which vessels may take shelter, but +it requires an expert navigator to pass the perils at its entrance. To +anchor on the outer shore would be impossible. In Fig. 2 is a pretty +little coral island with ships in its lagoon. If a lake is entirely +inclosed by the coral wall, it may in time be changed to fresh water by +the rains that fall into it.</p> + +<p>Coral reefs often extend to a depth of three hundred feet below the +surface of the ocean, and formerly persons were puzzled to know how they +could have grown in such deep water, as no coral polyps can live at a +greater depth than twenty or thirty fathoms. This puzzling question was +settled by the late Charles Darwin, who first showed that coral islands +occur where there has been a gradual sinking of the bottom of the ocean. +As the reef rises in height, the sinking of the foundation partly +counteracts the upward growth of the coral; consequently the proper<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span> +depth of water is secured, and the reef appears to be stationary, +whereas it is really growing upward.</p> + +<p>Whenever a coral reef rises above the surface of the ocean, we may know +that the coral, which grew under water, has been lifted above the level +of the sea by a rising of the ocean-bed.</p> + +<p>These circular reefs are called "atolls." They are quite different from +the "fringing reefs," which extend along the shores of continents and +islands. There are usually openings or breaks in fringing reefs directly +opposite the mouths of rivers and fresh-water streams, as the corals can +not endure currents which carry mud or sediment. Perhaps the grandest +reef to be found in any part of the world is the one extending along the +northeast coast of Australia. It is nearly one thousand miles in length, +and proves to us that the helpless coral polyps have played no trifling +part in the formation of our earth. All they have accomplished has been +done merely by their living and growing.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 500px;"> +<img src="images/ill_005.jpg" width="500" height="355" alt="" /> +<span class="caption">WINTER.</span> +</div> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="THE_BOYS_STORE-KEEPING" id="THE_BOYS_STORE-KEEPING">THE BOY'S STORE-KEEPING.</a></h2> + +<h3>BY C. M. ST. DENYS.</h3> + +<h3>I.</h3> + +<p>Across the way from the Stanley boys' home a new house was being built. +A pile of lumber lay just outside of the sidewalk in front of the new +building, and it was piled so irregularly that the upper boards extended +out considerably beyond the lower ones, thus forming a sheltered spot +below. The ends of some of the lower boards, too, projected in such a +way as to make little shelves at different heights, and even a rude seat +and table. The boys had often gathered under this shelter for a chat, +and when John and Bob Stanley announced that they saw in it the making +of a fine store, all the other boys groaned inwardly, and said to +themselves, "Why did not I think of that?"</p> + +<p>Of course Bob and John did not plunge into the risks of business without +first counting the cost. The plan was well digested. They had talked it +over fully three days before it was publicly announced.</p> + +<p>The chief difficulty was about the amount of capital to be invested. +John had been saving up his money for a long time toward buying a +bicycle, and Bob—well, Bob was not so thrifty; there was not much +"save" about him, though when it came to needing the money to set him up +in business, he saw clearly that he must mend his ways.</p> + +<p>"I declare, John," he said, gloomily, "I don't believe I can rake up +twenty-five cents toward starting the store. I wish I'd thought of it +before. It was only last week I bought ten cents' worth of marbles."</p> + +<p>"Put them in stock, and sell out at an advance," suggested John.</p> + +<p>Bob shook his head. "The boys aren't going to pay me more for marbles +than they can get them for at Thompson's. Besides, I was dunce enough to +show them off at recess, so the boys would call them second-hand, and +want a reduction."</p> + +<p>"That's true. But you had better lose on them for the sake of getting +some cash in hand that you could lay out in something you could make +money on."</p> + +<p>"But I don't see how we are to make money, anyhow. The other boys can +buy as cheap as we can."</p> + +<p>"No; Thompson would come down in his prices if we told him we were +buying to sell again. Buying at wholesale, you know, they always do."</p> + +<p>"So they do;" and Bob's face brightened. "You have a lot of money to put +into the business," he said, admiringly.</p> + +<p>"I sha'n't put all my money in," said the prudent John. "It's too much +risk. I'd rather begin small; and then I could get my bicycle even if we +failed in business."</p> + +<p>For it must be admitted that, like reasonable beings, they looked +forward to failure as the most probable ending to their enterprise. Nine +men out of every ten who start in business for themselves fail; and why +should not they close in this exciting and approved manner? As far back +as the time of Macbeth such things were not unknown; and the boys said +bravely to themselves, "'If we fail, we fail'; and so much the more +interesting."</p> + +<p>"But how much capital are you going to put in?" persisted Bob.</p> + +<p>"Well, now, really, Bob, if we are to be even partners, I can't put any +more money in than you do. It would make the thing too complicated, and +not be fair to me, you know."</p> + +<p>Bob sighed. "Only half a dollar to start the business! It will look +mean. I wish I had not got so many glasses of soda-water this season. +It's worse than marbles for running away with money."</p> + +<p>"We might take in some more partners," said John, after a thoughtful +pause.</p> + +<p>"But Dick says he don't care about it, and every cent of Sam's money +goes for his bantams and pigeons."</p> + +<p>"What do you say to asking Tom Fleming?"</p> + +<p>"No," said Bob, decisively. "When a gold mine opens before you, keep it +all in the family, I say."</p> + +<p>But the difficulty of the small capital still remained. Their anxiety +lost the boys at least an hour's sleep that night, and when they woke in +the morning, the same burden at once took possession of them.</p> + +<p>"Let's tell Aunt Sue about it," said Bob.</p> + +<p>Aunt Sue was much pleased with the plan. She thought the effort to +conduct the little business would give them business habits and tact. +She made suggestions that helped them greatly.</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span></p> + +<p>"You won't need much money to start with," she said. "Look over your +closets and boxes, and see what you have already that you would like to +dispose of. You have a good many toys and other things that you will +never use again, and you might sell them for something. Call your shop a +new and second-hand store, and that will make it all fair. What kind of +a stock were you thinking of keeping?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, almost anything. Like a country store, you know. Marbles, and tops, +and slate-pencils, and—"</p> + +<p>"And chewing-gum," suggested Bob. "The boys and girls buy more of that +than of anything else lately."</p> + +<p>"I wouldn't keep it if I were you," said Aunt Sue. "It's a bad habit to +use it, and you want to establish your business on good principles. I +hope you'll keep bird-seed, though. You could count on me as a +customer."</p> + +<p>"Well, we will, and we'll give up the chewing-gum. But, Aunt Sue," and +Bob assumed his most persuasive tones, "I'll tell you one thing we could +sell like wild-fire, and it would not cost us anything, either."</p> + +<p>"What?" asked Aunt Sue, smiling, but mentally bracing herself for +opposition.</p> + +<p>"Cookies."</p> + +<p>"Not of my baking, Bob. You ought to know too much of the trouble and +expense of cake-making to think of it. I can't undertake to supply the +town with cookies."</p> + +<p>Bob sobered at this reference to his prowess at cake-baking; but Sister +Bess, regardless of his feelings, mischievously suggested,</p> + +<p>"You might make molasses candy for sale."</p> + +<p>"It's out of season," returned Bob, with dignity. "I guess we'll lay in +a stock of sour-balls."</p> + +<p>"I'll tell you what I'll do for you," said Bess, relenting. "I'll make +you some button-hole bouquets."</p> + +<p>"Well, but I don't know who'll buy them."</p> + +<p>"They'll help to fill up the shelves and make the place look pretty, at +any rate."</p> + +<p>Bob and John began to feel that the store was going to be a success, and +proceeded to overhaul the attic for salable articles.</p> + +<p>The sign-board was a very important matter. Dick undertook to paint them +one. But as it would take some days for the paint to dry, it was decided +that they could begin with a sign chalked on an old slate.</p> + +<p>There was not much to be done toward fitting up the store. A piece of +canvas was hung on one side, and a loose board was laid across the +entrance for protection against the rabble, for as the store was only +large enough to hold the proprietors and their goods, the customers were +exacted to make their purchases over the counter from the outside.</p> + +<p>Saturday was to be "Opening Day," and the very earliest people on their +way to market saw the two boys working like beavers to get the place to +rights in good season. By the time the village boys and girls had +breakfasted the new store shone out in all its glory, with the sign +"<span class="smcap">Stanley Brothers</span>" the most conspicuous thing about it.</p> + +<p>The marbles and other small articles were arranged as neatly as possible +in boxes on the irregular little shelves. Some old story-books with the +boys' dictionary were piled modestly in the background, while the jar of +sour-balls and the row of tasty little bouquets were paraded on the +counter.</p> + +<p>This plan, however, did not work well, for the boys found themselves +obliged to keep a sharp eye on these attractive goods to prevent their +being snatched by evil-disposed visitors, and it was very harassing. The +business had been so well advertised beforehand, at recesses and on +other occasions, that the whole juvenile population made a point of +repairing thither in the course of the day. Most of them came only to +look, but that was to be expected on Opening Day.</p> + +<p>The boys had not thought of putting up a notice to the effect that it +was no trouble to show goods; but if they had, that day's experience +would have decided them against it. Some of the boys, and girls too, for +that matter, were very provoking, and insisted on seeing everything that +was in the store, when they had not the least intention of buying +anything.</p> + +<p>Some of them, too, were very frank in expressing their opinion about the +stock. <i>They</i> would not open a store at all if they could do no better +than that.</p> + +<p>But the very worst of it all was that all the boys that did want to buy +always wanted to trade off something else for the goods; and the girls +were more unreasonable still, for they thought that Bob and John ought +to be willing to sell everything for pins.</p> + +<p>By noon the boys were beginning to feel quite dejected. To be sure, they +had taken in a few cents for sour-balls; but then they had reason to +believe that several had been feloniously abstracted while the throng +was greatest—for part of the time the little counter had been lined +three or four deep—so that, on the whole, they would probably lose on +this most popular article. Bob and John each ate a sour-ball to restore +their spirits.</p> + +<p>"They'll melt in this bright sun," said Bob, "and the flowers are +wilting. We had better put them back in the shade. What shall we put +front instead?"</p> + +<p>"Slate-pencils," suggested John.</p> + +<p>"Pooh! Catch a boy buying a slate-pencil on Saturday."</p> + +<p>The question was still unsettled when the welcome sound of the dinner +bell was heard. Obeying the first impulse, both boys started for home. +Then Bob stopped.</p> + +<p>"I don't believe it's safe to leave the store alone," he said.</p> + +<p>"No, of course not. You stay till I come back. I'm awfully hungry."</p> + +<p>"I guess I'm as hungry as you are," returned Bob, but John was half-way +across the street; so Bob, calling to him to hurry back, sat down, +hungrier than ever, to nurse his provocation over that selfish John. +There was no help for it; he must try if another sour-ball would stop +the gnawings of hunger and sweeten his temper for the next customer.</p> + +<p>It seemed as if the whole town must dine at the same hour, for Bob was +left quite lonely for a while.</p> + +<p>Then John came back, devouring a biscuit as he came, and making some +remarks beginning, "Aunt Sue says," which Bob did not stop to hear, for +the boys passed each other in the middle of the street like two +oppositely bound locomotives.</p> + +<h3>II.</h3> + +<p>Bob staid a long time. Neither did he move as swiftly on his return trip +as he had when he started out.</p> + +<p>"I'll tell you what it is, John," he said, at the first opportunity, +"we'll have to take in some outside partners, after all. A couple of the +Flemings could help us first-rate. They always have their meals later +than we do."</p> + +<p>"Well," said John, "I don't know but it would be a good thing to have +somebody to share the responsibility."</p> + +<p>"But I don't see how we can make room for any more boys inside here. +It's crowded enough now."</p> + +<p>"We don't all need to be inside at once. One could be floor-walker, and +one a detective, or something in the crowd. I'd like it. It's tiresome +sitting in this little place all day. I got awfully cramped this +morning."</p> + +<p>So overtures were made to Tom and Fred Fleming, who felt quite +flattered, and accepted the honor at once. After some discussion they +were installed as silent partners, and contributed their quota of +fish-hooks and decalcomanie pictures, etc., to the now flourishing +business.</p> + +<p>The shop being so near, Aunt Sue and Bessie visited it in the afternoon +to see how the boys were getting on.<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span> They were shocked to see some of +their own possessions airing in the new store. An old set of false curls +hung dangling on a nail, like a scalp adorning an Indian wigwam as an +honorable trophy.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 642px;"> +<img src="images/ill_006.jpg" width="642" height="700" alt="" /> +<span class="caption">"'YOU OUTRAGEOUS BOYS!' EXCLAIMED AUNT SUE."</span> +</div> + +<p>"You outrageous boys!" exclaimed Aunt Sue, as she seized and confiscated +it. "Where did you get this?"</p> + +<p>"Out of the attic," said Bob, meekly. "I thought you were done with it."</p> + +<p>"But it's not for sale if I am done with it. I'm surprised at you."</p> + +<p>Aunt Sue seemed really hurt, and was scarcely mollified by Bob's saying, +coaxingly, "Oh, now, Aunt Sue, don't be vexed. I always liked to see +them hanging down your neck. They looked so pretty, I thought somebody +else might be glad to get them."</p> + +<p>By this time Bessie had discovered a tin-type of herself among a lot of +cheap pictures, and her wrath burst forth on John, who was just +congratulating himself on having escaped his aunt's wrath.</p> + +<p>"I'd like to know what right you have to offer my picture for sale," she +said, indignantly.</p> + +<p>"It's not yours. It's mine. You gave it to me on my birthday."</p> + +<p>"And that's all you care for it! I'll be careful how I ever give my +picture to another boy. Give it to me this minute."</p> + +<p>"Why, no, Bess. It shows how much we admire it. Other folks do too. I +had an offer for it this morning, but I couldn't make the change."</p> + +<p>Bessie's eyes flashed; and Aunt Sue, coming to the rescue, quietly laid +the picture in her bag with the curls.</p> + +<p>"I think you had better show us your whole stock, boys," she said, +calmly. "What are your skates doing here?"</p> + +<p>"I'm going to sell them. I'd rather have a bicycle than skates any day."</p> + +<p>"Very well; only if you part with them don't expect to have a new pair +given to you when winter comes. What books have you? Why, boys, you are +not going to sell your dictionary!"</p> + +<p>"Oh, I'm tired of looking through it. The old bother!"</p> + +<p>"It must be taken home," said Aunt Sue, with decision. "It won't do to +have your father's dictionaries thumbed and dog-eared in this way. You +must keep your own."</p> + +<p>The boys were beginning to think that the custom of their immediate +relatives was not going to be profitable. But the seizures were over +now, and Aunt Sue actually bought in John's old copy of <i>Original +Poems</i>. Bessie, too, concluded to be forgiving, and she and Aunt Sue +made several other purchases, so that they left the boys in good spirits +in spite of the bad beginning.</p> + +<p>In the trying morning hours the boys had decided to close early every +Saturday afternoon "for the sake of their clerks." But they felt better +after the Flemings came to their assistance, and did not close until six +o'clock, when everything had to be packed in boxes and carried home +until Monday. Before doing this, however, they took an account of stock +and balanced their accounts, which was a comparatively simple matter, as +they sold nothing on credit. Aunt Sue had bought half their supply of +bird-seed, and Molly Fleming had taken all the bouquets at half price to +distribute in the infant school the next morning. The boys spent the +evening in talking over the events of the day.</p> + +<p>"If we did so well on the first day, what may we not expect on the +second?" was the feeling with which the young merchants began business +on Monday. But Monday brought new trials. The goods had all to be packed +away, and the store closed by school-time, which seemed rather +humiliating. Of course the boys intended to resume punctually at twelve +o'clock. But how unlucky! They all unaccountably missed their lessons, +and were kept in to correct them, so that they lost the whole of their +noon trade.</p> + +<p>Perhaps this only gave greater zest to the afternoon spell, for they +kept open quite late that evening. Still, with all their devotion, +business flagged. Infant schools could not absorb a stock of bouquets +every day, and Aunt Sue had enough bird-seed to last her a week. The +sour-ball business proved to be quite a losing one, for the luscious +things melted away mysteriously even when kept in the shade, although +each partner kept a strict watch on himself, and seldom, oh, very +seldom, refreshed himself with one.</p> + +<p>Things got so serious that the four partners held a business meeting +that evening after the store closed.</p> + +<p>"We've got to do something, boys, or we'll break before the week's out, +sure as fate," said Fred Fleming.</p> + +<p>By Tuesday the boys had that care-worn look that men acquire when they +can't make both ends meet. The other boys really pitied them, and some +of them actually bought slate-pencils on their way to school in the +afternoon, though they did not need them.</p> + +<p>That very afternoon an occurrence took place which threatened to end the +boys' store-keeping quite tragically.</p> + +<p>An organ grinder, with his red-coated monkey, planted himself just +beside the pile of lumber and began to play. This pleased Tom and Bob, +who happened to be in sole charge at the time. They enjoyed a monkey's +antics as well as any one.</p> + +<p>Perhaps it was the flag waving over the sign of the "Stanley Brothers" +that suggested to the man to play "Rally round the Flag, Boys." He +played it with a will, and the boys, and girls too, rallied with a +vengeance. The young merchants found their store again a grand centre of +attraction.</p> + +<p>The monkey seemed particularly delighted with it, for, after dancing and +bowing on the organ-top a short time, he leaped upon the counter, and +before the proprietors knew what he was about he had thrust his paw into +the box of rubber balls, and was throwing a ball into the crowd.</p> + +<p>A shout of delight greeted this feat. Tom and Bob each made a dive after +the monkey, but he dexterously eluded them, and threw another ball.</p> + +<p>Of course the balls were thrown back at him, and in a moment the air +seemed full of them, flying in every direction. The boys could not turn +their heads but bounce would come a ball into their eyes, and if they +tried to say, "You rascal," the words would be cut short by a ball +flying into their mouths. The uproar was tremendous, and the crowd grew +larger every minute. The monkey seemed to be in his element, dancing and +jumping from shelf to shelf, grinning and chattering with all his might, +and when there was no ball convenient he did not hesitate to throw +something else.</p> + +<p>The boys grew desperate when they saw their slate-pencils and +Jew's-harps flying through the air.</p> + +<p>"See here!" they shouted to the organ-grinder, who was now peacefully +playing the "Marseillaise Hymn," "this thing is getting dangerous. Take +your old monkey away, will you? You'll have to pay for all the damage. +Do you hear?"</p> + +<p>It would have been surprising if he had heard in all that uproar, but he +gave no sign.</p> + +<p>Tom made another lunge at the monkey, and fell sprawling over the +counter. Then Bob dived at him, but the monkey, reaching down from a +high perch, deftly lifted Bob's hat, and threw it into the crowd.</p> + +<p>"You rascal. I'll pay you for this," screamed Bob.</p> + +<p>But the next thing the monkey did was to plant himself on Bob's head. +Bob, with his face as red as the monkey's coat, clutched wildly at him, +but the monkey clutched the tighter.</p> + +<p>Bob could do nothing but scream and beat at the mischievous<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span> animal, +first with one hand, then with the other, then with both at once, while +the crowd shouted with laughter, until the organ-grinder, seeing that +his monkey was really in danger, stopped his music, called off his pet, +and began to move away. Then the crowd of children dispersed.</p> + +<p>John and Fred, who had been taking their turn "off" when these +proceedings began, now made their way to their crest-fallen comrades. +Bob was too angry to make any attempt to collect his property. He picked +up his battered hat and walked home, saying, "I don't care what becomes +of the old things. I've done with them."</p> + +<p>A few of their friends were kind enough to assist them in the search, +but it was a sorry-looking set of goods that were collected.</p> + +<p>"They're half of them gone," said Tom. "I do believe that monkey went +off with his cheeks and pockets full of our things."</p> + +<p>"I'll have that man prosecuted," said John, fiercely. "Which way did he +go?"</p> + +<p>"Oh, he's more likely to prosecute us. He says Bob half killed his +monkey."</p> + +<p>Sadly the boys packed up their damaged goods and carried them home, +protesting that they had had enough of store-keeping. The monkey had +scratched Bob's head so hard that he was really suffering, and Bess had +to run for the arnica bottle, and bandage his head.</p> + +<p>Aunt Sue was particularly liberal with the cake and preserves that +evening at tea, and if anything could have comforted the boys, it was +such thoughtfulness.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 510px;"> +<img src="images/ill_007.jpg" width="510" height="700" alt="" /> +<span class="caption">A FLIRTATION.</span> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span></p> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="SQUIRRELS_AND_HOW_TO_KEEP_THEM" id="SQUIRRELS_AND_HOW_TO_KEEP_THEM">SQUIRRELS, AND HOW TO KEEP THEM.</a></h2> + +<h3>BY JAMES OTIS.</h3> + +<p>It seems almost cruel to catch and cage such a bright, winsome little +fellow as a squirrel. In his natural state he seems to be thoroughly +happy. His home is a snug little hole in the fork of a tree, and all the +nut-bearing giants of the forest pay tribute to him. Bright, happy, +"cunning" little fellow, if you must keep him as a pet, lavish upon him +such kindness and attention as shall reconcile him to the prison bars, +and make him forget his forest home.</p> + +<p>The name squirrel comes from the Greek word <i>sciurus</i>, which is made up +of two words, signifying shade and tail, indicative of the little +creature's habit of shading its entire body when at rest with its tail.</p> + +<p>Of the species known to our woods, the most common is the striped +squirrel, an industrious little body, fond of his home and family, and +seldom given to roving, but one which the confinement of a cage kills in +a very short time.</p> + +<p>Then there is a little animal known by the boys as a chipmunk, which +some naturalists declare is a member of the squirrel family, while +others give it the name of dormouse. It makes a good pet, but must be +kept in a warm place, and besides the usual food for squirrels it +requires milk.</p> + +<p>The black squirrel is the largest of its species, and while it will live +in a cage, is rarely a tractable animal, requiring a vast amount of +patience to induce it even to take its food when any one is looking at +it.</p> + +<p>Then there is the flying-squirrel, which resembles the striped species. +It does not really fly, but has the power of flattening its legs and +feet in such a way that they do not look unlike wings. In leaping, the +legs and feet sustain it in the air until it almost seems as if it was +flying.</p> + +<p>It is the gray squirrel that is the most contented in captivity, and the +most easily tamed; therefore, if one really thinks it necessary to his +happiness to make a prisoner of such a liberty-loving little creature, +he should procure one of the gray species.</p> + +<p>If the reader is a would-be squirrel owner, and proposes to catch one in +the woods, he will be obliged to take just the kind of one that is +foolish enough to enter his trap; but if he proposes to buy one, he +should select it carefully, for much depends upon the condition of the +prisoner in taming or keeping him.</p> + +<p>See that the fur is sleek and glossy, for dry, ruffled-looking fur is a +sure sign the animal is sick, or pining so for the woods that he will +not live very long in a cage. Observe well if the feet are clean, for if +they are dirty, he has lost all pride in his appearance, which is +another sign of homesickness or some equally serious ailment. The eyes +should be bright, and the teeth perfectly white. Yellow teeth are a +sign of age, and it is as difficult to tame a very old squirrel as it is +to keep him alive in captivity.</p> + +<p>Beware of squirrels brought around by men who say they have caught and +tamed them. If they look stupid and inactive, the chances are that they +have been drugged to make them seem tame, and if they live, they will +surely be wild and intractable.</p> + +<p>Having made the selection of just such a one as you want for a pet, give +him all the comfort possible in the way of a cage. It is better to have +a large rough one than a small neat looking one; and if it is not +possible to buy a large cage, make one yourself, and the squirrel will +be pleased at the absence of style because of the increased facilities +for moving about.</p> + +<p>A board thirty-six inches long and sixteen wide is quite as small a base +for the house and run-around as should be given. Twenty-two inches of +this length should be devoted to the dwelling portion, which should be +built something after the style of a one-story cottage, with a second +floor just at the slope of the roof, so that the attic may serve as +sleeping-room and a place to which the squirrel can retire when he is +anxious to be hidden from view.</p> + +<p>The lower front of the house may be of wire, so that a portion of his +domestic life may be seen. The second floor should have in it an opening +about three inches square, which is connected with the first floor by a +small strip of board or thin stuff of any kind, placed at an angle, so +that he can get "upstairs" without difficulty.</p> + +<p>The floors should be of some hard wood, so that they may not absorb +water, and the whole place should be cleaned thoroughly once in every +three or four weeks. In order to do this readily, it is well to have one +side of the house fastened with hinges, so it may be swung open, and +then the little fellow can be shut into the wheel during house-cleaning. +The lower compartment should have a wire door, through which food can be +given.</p> + +<p>The wheel in which he takes his treadmill exercise any tin or wire +worker can make, and the hole which connects it with the house should be +large enough to prevent any possibility of his getting squeezed if he +attempts to go into his house while the wheel is turning rapidly.</p> + +<p>Give the little prisoner plenty of nuts of any kind, although those +containing the least oil are the best—acorns, wheat, stale bread, a +little boiled potato, and once in a very great while a bit of cooked +meat. Keep a small dish of water in the cage, and see to it carefully +that it is changed each day.</p> + +<p>In all dealings with the squirrel it is necessary to be gentle and +patient with him, if it is desired to make of him a real pet. Do not +force him out of his nest when he goes into it, nor keep him in the +wheel when he desires to go into his house.</p> + +<p>Each time that he is fed, whistle or make some peculiar sound, and he +will soon learn to come when he is called. This is the first step toward +teaching him to come into his owner's hands. After he has learned to +come at call, hold some particular dainty in the fingers, and do not let +him have it until he takes it himself.</p> + +<p>When once he has learned to have perfect confidence in his master, he +will not scruple to take food from his hands, and in a very short time +will be bold enough to explore his pockets, going into them bodily, for +something to eat that is a trifle better than his regular fare.</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<h2><a name="NAN" id="NAN"></a>NAN.<a name="FNanchor_2_2" id="FNanchor_2_2"></a><a href="#Footnote_2_2" class="fnanchor">[2]</a></h2> + +<h3>BY MRS. JOHN LILLIE,</h3> + +<h4><span class="smcap">Author of "Mildred's Bargain," "Aunt Ruth's Temptation," etc</span>.</h4> + +<h3><span class="smcap">Chapter V</span>.</h3> + +<p>Nan thought that the delight of this day never could be equalled by +anything life would bring, even at Beverley. To begin with, she and Miss +Phyllis started out in a luxurious carriage, which rolled them through +the town, past the butter shop, where Mrs. Rupert was standing in the +doorway, and deposited them at Mr. Lennon's large store, into which Nan +had never gone half so proudly before.</p> + +<p>"You needn't appear to recognize any one, Nan," Miss Phyllis said, just +as they went in; and this dashed Nan's spirits just a little, for Mary +Seymour, one of the girls in the millinery-room, was a particular friend +of her aunt's; but then Miss Phyllis must know best, thought Nan, and +she would trust to luck's keeping Mary out of their way.</p> + +<div class="figright" style="width: 405px;"> +<img src="images/ill_008.jpg" width="405" height="500" alt="" /> +<span class="caption">NAN PRESENTED TO MISS PHYLLIS FOR APPROVAL.</span> +</div> + +<p>Everybody was most polite to Miss Rolf; and when she said quietly, "I +want to see your handsomest dresses, ready made, for this little girl," +Nan could hardly move to follow them upstairs. Out of a long case, dress +after dress was taken, held up, tried on, examined, and criticised by +Miss Phyllis, who sat languidly with her purse and her<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span> note-book, +evidently quite regardless of prices. It was well Nan's opinion was not +asked, for she would never have dared to choose what Miss Phyllis did +for her, a soft, seal brown wool costume, handsomely trimmed with silk, +and with a jacket to match. Miss Phyllis quietly desired Nan to put +these garments on; and when the saleswoman brought her back from the +dressing-room, her cousin could not repress a smile of satisfaction; and +really little Nan did credit to the quiet, lady-like costume. Miss +Phyllis saw a great many possibilities in the child's bright face and +pretty, slender figure.</p> + +<p>The hat question came next, and here Nan's joy was somewhat dampened by +her fear that Mary Seymour would appear and claim acquaintance, and +thereby annoy Miss Phyllis; and sure enough, while she was trying on a +beautiful brown felt hat with a scarlet wing in it, Mary Seymour's voice +was heard cheerily from across the room.</p> + +<p>"Why, Nan Rolf," she was saying, "is that you?"</p> + +<p>And then Nan saw that her princess could look very different on +different occasions. She turned a cold little stare upon poor Mary, and +then said, in a tone that the shop-girl could hear perfectly, "Who is +that, Annice?"</p> + +<p>Now it was the first time Nan had been called by her full name since her +father died, and between the start it gave her, and her little worry +about Mary Seymour, she hardly knew what to say, and stood looking +guiltily at her aunt's friend, with a rush of color in her face.</p> + +<p>"It is Mary Seymour," she said, in a low voice.</p> + +<p>Miss Phyllis waited a moment, the cold look still on her face; then she +took Nan by the hand, and went across the room to where Mary was busy +putting bonnet frames into a drawer.</p> + +<p>"My little cousin is going away from Bromfield," she said, smiling, but +speaking in the very chilliest tone. "Perhaps you had better say +'good-by' to her now. She is going to live with her aunt at Beverley."</p> + +<p>Poor Mary stared at the beautiful young lady, and said nothing for a +moment; then she stooped down and kissed Nan's little red check +heartily.</p> + +<p>"Well, good-luck go with you, Nannie dear," she said; and half +understanding the impression Miss Rolf wished to make, she added, +looking up with a sad smile, "I suppose it won't do to expect you to +remember us any more, but Tommy'll miss you dreadfully."</p> + +<p>"I'll write him a letter, Mary," Nan exclaimed, and seeing Miss Rolf's +look of surprise turn to something like disgust, she added, "Tommy is +Mary's lame little brother."</p> + +<p>Miss Phyllis said nothing, but led the way back to the hats, and Nan, +unable to restrain herself further, whispered, "Miss Rolf, Cousin +Phyllis, why did you say I was going to <i>live</i> at Beverley, when it is +only a visit?"</p> + +<p>Miss Phyllis bit her lip angrily. "Never mind," was all she answered; +and then the brown felt hat was chosen, and the purchases went +on—gloves, and boots, and some dainty under-linen, and various small +belongings, until finally all that remained on Miss Phyllis's list was a +dressing-case and a trunk. Nan hardly knew which of the beautiful cases +to choose when her cousin left it to her; but finally a black leather +one with silver fastenings was selected, and Miss Phyllis directed the +shopman to have Nan's initials, A. B. R., put on it in little silver +letters.</p> + +<p>By this time Nan, in her new brown suit, with her hands in three-button +kid gloves, had begun to think she never, never could do justice to the +day, to Philip and Marian, and yet a something had stolen over her of +half dread to going back to the shop. Already she dreaded her aunt's +voice; the noisy, greasy tea table, where only Philip made things +endurable for her; so that when, as they left the last store, loading +the carriage with parcels, and Miss Phyllis said, "I'm going to keep you +for the night, Nan," my little heroine felt more than ever grateful and +happy.</p> + +<h3><span class="smcap">Chapter VI</span>.</h3> + +<p>Mrs. Grange received Nan very cordially when she made her appearance +with Miss Rolf. The gentle little lady was quite a revelation to Nan, +whose ideas of elderly people were formed entirely on the noisy, +overworked matrons she had seen at Mrs. Rupert's. Nan was only allowed a +few words with her hostess, and then Miss Rolf carried her off to the +little sitting-room upstairs, where, when she had laid aside her hat and +jacket, Miss Rolf told her she had better write Mrs. Rupert a note to +explain her absence.</p> + +<p>"And I want you to word it very carefully, Nan," said Phyllis, coming up +to the little girl with a very serious expression. "You know things are +changed with you now, and you must begin at once to let your aunt and +her family understand that you are not—they can not expect you—to +treat them quite as equals."</p> + +<p>Nan was still full of the excitement and delight of her good fortune; +yet as Phyllis spoke, looking down gravely upon her, there came a blush +of mortification into the child's honest face. A tinge of the same color +deepened in Phyllis's soft cheeks for just half a moment, but she said, +very decidedly:</p> + +<p>"Now, Nan, you are not going to be a foolish, obstinate child, I hope? +Surely you must know that I and your aunt Letitia understand these +things better than a little girl brought up among vulgar people could. +Now there must be no nonsense, my dear."</p> + +<p>Phyllis's tone was kind, but something in it made Nan see that she +expected obedience; and was she not in every way the most wonderful and +beautiful creature Nan had ever seen? Nan's doubts vanished while +Phyllis laid out note-paper and pen and ink on a dainty little table +drawn up to one of the windows; and when Nan placed herself there to +write, her cousin sat down by the fire, with her slippered toes on the +fender, and her pretty hands, sparkling with rings, folded gracefully in +her lap.</p> + +<p>"Now, Nan," she said, "begin your letter. Date it 'The Willows'—that is +the name of this place. 'March 8. Dear Mrs. Rupert.'"</p> + +<p>Nan smiled quickly.</p> + +<p>"Why, Miss—Cousin Phyllis," she said, looking up from the paper, "she +would think me crazy; she is Aunt Rebecca, you know."</p> + +<p>Miss Rolf's delicate eyebrows drew together in a little frown. She +waited a moment, and then, with an impatient sigh, said,</p> + +<p>"Very well, let it go—'Dear Aunt Rebecca.'"</p> + +<p>Nan's pen scratched on, with many splutterings, for penmanship was her +weak point, and had not been considered a very necessary accomplishment +in the Rupert household. She looked up presently for further +instructions.</p> + +<p>"My cousin, Miss Rolf," dictated that young lady, "has decided that I +had better remain with her until I go to Beverley." ("Oh!" ejaculated +Nan.) "My aunt, Miss Rolf, has invited me to make her a long visit, and +as previous to my going, there are many things to be attended to in my +wardrobe, etc., my cousin Phyllis thinks it best to keep me with her. I +shall, of course, see you all before I leave."</p> + +<p>Nan's pen finally came to a stop.</p> + +<p>"That is all," said Phyllis, placidly.</p> + +<p>"Then I'll just send my love, I suppose," said Nan.</p> + +<p>After a little pause Phyllis said, "Yes," and Nan went to work again. +When she brought the letter to her cousin for inspection, this is how it +was concluded:</p> + +<p>"I hope you are all well, and that you'll tell Mary Seymour, when you +see her, that I'll go there before I leave, and I'll write to Tommy; and +tell Marian, please, I'll give her and Philip all the pea-nuts that are +in my drawer, and I'll write them everything that happens at Beverley. I +hope uncle's jaw is better. Your loving niece, Nan."</p> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span></p> + +<p>Phyllis Rolf read the letter with so quiet an air that for a moment Nan +felt much relieved, feeling sure it was all right; but the first words +startled her.</p> + +<p>"That would not do, my dear, at all," Phyllis said, coldly. "You can +<i>not</i> go to see this Tommy Seymour, and you had better understand at +once that your aunt will not like you to write everything to your +cousins here. Now, Nan, do you see what I mean?"</p> + +<p>Nan began to see a little more clearly, yet her mind was not yet made +up; still, enough of Phyllis's meaning reached her to bring two large +tears to her eyes. They rolled down her cheeks, while she looked +silently at Phyllis and her letter.</p> + +<p>"Don't be silly, my dear," said the young lady, standing up and smiling +good-naturedly. "There, finish your letter with just your love; that +will be the best way."</p> + +<p>And so Nan went back to the little table, brushing away those first +tears, and quietly obeyed her cousin. Miss Rolf took the letter from her +as soon as it was finished, and went out of the room, while Nan sat +still, wondering if Beverley would be quite <i>all</i> she hoped for.</p> + +<p>Enough excitement remained to make it easy for Phyllis to control her as +she wished, and that young lady trusted to time and absence working +wonders. While Nan was sitting absorbed in her thoughts, the door +opened, and Lance Rolf came suddenly into the room. He was a tall boy, +with a spare, handsome face, delicate as Phyllis's in feature, but +olive-tinted, and with more sweetness in the brown eyes and the hues of +the mouth. He came up to Nan, holding out his hand with a pleasant +smile.</p> + +<p>"And are you Nan?" he said, looking at her earnestly.</p> + +<p>"Yes," was Nan's timid answer.</p> + +<p>"Well," said the boy, cheerfully, "we are cousins. My name is Lancelot +Rolf. I hope we'll be very well acquainted. So you are going to +Beverley."</p> + +<p>"Yes," was all Nan could contrive to say again. She longed to ask a +dozen questions of the bright, cheerful-looking boy, who, although no +older than Philip, looked so <i>very</i> much like a little gentleman.</p> + +<p>"Shall you like to go?" Lance said, presently.</p> + +<p>Nan really felt she couldn't go on saying "yes" to everything, and so +with a great effort she said:</p> + +<p>"I want to go very much. Is it—is it nice there?"</p> + +<p>"It's a jolly old house where you are going," said Lance, "but I don't +know whether you'll enjoy it much, it's so slow, so stupid. Still, +perhaps you're not accustomed to much fun." Lance could hardly imagine +the cheese-monger's family as very entertaining.</p> + +<p>"Oh yes, we have a great deal of fun sometimes," said Nan, gaining +confidence. "In winter we coast and skate, and in summer there are +always picnics, and sometimes a circus."</p> + +<p>"But at home—wasn't there ever any fun at home?"</p> + +<p>Nan could not remember anything which impressed her as particularly +enjoyable in-doors.</p> + +<p>"No," she said, slowly, "I don't think there was. Marian always liked to +tend the shop, but I never cared so much for that. I didn't like the +smell of the cheeses, don't you know."</p> + +<p>"It was a cheese shop?" Lance looked very much interested.</p> + +<p>"Cheese and butter, and eggs and hams," Nan recited the list glibly.</p> + +<p>"Well," said Lancelot, very gravely, "there won't be anything like that +at Beverley; and see here, Nan, I'll just give you a friendly hint. I +don't think I'd talk much about the shop before Cousin Letitia. You see, +she might not like it—don't be <i>ashamed</i> of it," added the boy, +flushing a little; "I don't mean you to be <i>mean</i> about it, only you +won't need to <i>talk of it</i>."</p> + +<p>Nan felt that she had begun to put her old life behind her when she was +arrayed in the brown cashmere, and now little by little she was learning +to feel as the people around her felt; that, after all, she would be +expected to act and appear and think very differently about everything +as soon as she was in Beverley.</p> + +<p>"What do <i>you</i> do?" said Nan, looking brightly at her new acquaintance. +"Do you live at Beverley?"</p> + +<p>Lance nodded.</p> + +<p>"When I'm home," he said. "I come to school near here, at Barnabas +Academy. When I'm home I live quite near to where you're going to be. +Oh, I do lots of things! Boys are so different from girls. I'm captain +of our baseball club, for one thing, and we are jolly good cricketers +too, I tell you. At home I do all sorts of things. Phyllis and I are +great chums; Phyllis is a regular brick." He might have said more, but +at this moment Phyllis reappeared. Nan looked at her a little anxiously. +She wondered if she was going to feel offended with her about the note; +but the young lady was perfectly cheerful, and even kissed Nan when she +said, "Now, dear, we will go down to supper. Mrs. Grange is waiting."</p> + +<h4>[<span class="smcap">to be continued</span>.]</h4> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span></p> + +<h2><a name="LITTLE_MASTER_QUIG" id="LITTLE_MASTER_QUIG">LITTLE MASTER QUIG.</a></h2> + +<h3>BY MARY A BARR.</h3> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="left">This tale's of little Master Quig,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Who, being little, wasn't big,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And many said, who understood,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">That, being bad, he wasn't good.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">When from his school he ran away,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Most people thought he didn't stay;</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And I have heard, from those who know,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">When he ran fast, it wasn't slow.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">He always studied when compelled,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And always staid when he was held,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And always slept when not awake,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And left the thing he could not take.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">To go to sea one day he planned,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And being there, was not on land,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And so stuck on a bar—alas!</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">For, being stuck, he could not pass.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The dark night found him in a fright,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">For, being dark, it was not light.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">The big waves rose and filled the boat,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And being full, it could not float.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And so, as I have heard it said,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">They found him in the morning dead,</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">And men of sense do still maintain</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">He never more was seen again.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_009.jpg" width="400" height="163" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p class="center">Hey, diddle, diddle,</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_010.jpg" width="400" height="340" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p class="center">The cat and the fiddle;</p> + +<p class="center">The cow jumped over the moon;</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_011.jpg" width="400" height="342" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p class="center">The little dog laughed to see such sport;</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_012.jpg" width="400" height="354" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p class="center">And the dish ran away with the spoon.</p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;"> +<img src="images/ill_013.jpg" width="400" height="327" alt="" /> +</div> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span></p> + +<hr class="chap" /> +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 310px;"><a name="OUR_POST_OFFICE_BOX" id="OUR_POST_OFFICE_BOX"></a> +<img src="images/ill_014.jpg" width="310" height="400" alt="" /> +</div> + +<h2>OUR POST-OFFICE BOX.</h2> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Wytheville, Virginia</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>We are three little girls who have often read and enjoyed <span class="smcap">Harper's +Young People</span> very much. We meet successively at each other's home +every Friday evening, and read the stories in it. We live in a +beautiful town in the mountains of Southwest Virginia. We three go +to the same school, and like our teachers very much. Our parents +take all your papers—the <span class="smcap">Monthly</span>, <span class="smcap">Bazar</span>, and <span class="smcap">Weekly</span>—and we take +<span class="smcap">Young People</span>. We look forward to Wednesday with a great deal of +pleasure, for we know it is the day our paper comes. We are so glad +to see Mrs. John Lillie is going to write a new story, and we are +sure it will be very interesting, as all her others are. Please +print this, as we would like to surprise our mammas.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Ellie C</span>., <span class="smcap">Helen S. S</span>., and <span class="smcap">Susie W</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>Well, Ellie, Susie, and Helen, though I do not know which of you has +brown eyes and which blue, which is the tall slender girl, which the +merry-faced one with the dancing dimples, and which the plump little +maiden who always thinks before she speaks, I send my love to each of +you, and am glad to hear of your pleasant Friday evenings. You and the +thousands of other girls for whom Mrs. Lillie has written her charming +story have a real treat before you in reading it. I sometimes wish +myself a girl again just to feel for an hour the delight I used to when +beginning a beautiful new story. The girls who form Mrs. Lillie's +audience have better times in the story way than girls did when your +mammas and myself were at your age. But I, for one, still dearly love a +bright sketch or a beautiful serial; and if I were near you, I might +sometimes glide in and take an easy-chair in the corner on your reading +evenings—that is, if you would let me in on my promising to be very +good indeed.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p>Some of you who have empty cologne or scent bottles may make very pretty +presents for your friends by covering them with silk or plush, and +finishing off with a dainty lace ruffle and a narrow ribbon around the +neck. A beautiful tidy which I saw the other day was crocheted in heavy +cord, and looped over crimson silk. Very lovely plaques are made of the +birch-bark plates on which butter is sent home by the grocer. They must +be covered very neatly with silk or satin, on which a design is worked +or painted. The pretty little Japanese umbrellas, which cost but a few +cents, may be inverted, opened, and caught at each point with a ribbon. +Suspended from a nail, they make dainty little scrap-bags.</p> + +<p>The letter which follows contains a suggestion which the Postmistress +thinks excellent. She will keep a corner in the Post-office Box for all +such letters as our correspondent invites:</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Boston, Massachusetts</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p><span class="smcap">Dear Postmistress</span>,—I remember when I was eight or ten years +younger than I am now, how hard it used to be for me to find +anything new to make for Christmas for all the aunts and cousins, +and now, as Christmas is drawing near, my younger sister comes to +me and says: "Can not you think of something for Christmas? I want +something for Aunt Mary and Aunt Lizzie, something I have not made +for them before." I have no doubt that many other little people say +the same thing. Now, I have a plan to propose to you, and if you +think it a good one, will you mention it in the Post-office Box? +Let each little girl—and boy too, if he wishes—write and describe +something that he or she makes for Christmas, and then if you will +be so good as to publish the letters I think before Christmas we +may have quite a variety of ideas. Of course each article mentioned +would not be new to all, but it would be new to some, and I think +many little girls would be greatly aided. Now what do you think?</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">One of your Older Readers</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<h3>BABY'S DAY.</h3> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Awake at five in the morning,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Bright as a little bird,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Cooing and laughing and crowing</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Before a person has stirred.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Carried on papa's shoulder,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Lying on mamma's arm,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Never a king was bolder</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Or safer from slightest harm.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Going to ride with sister,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Taking a cozy nap,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Resting before his dinner</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">On grandmamma's silken lap.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Creeping over the carpet,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">Playing with pretty toys;</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 21em;">Baby's the dearest darling,</span><br /> +<span style="margin-left: 22em;">The prettiest, best of boys.</span><br /> +<br /> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Susie Patton</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Olean, New York</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I think that Frankie would be a pretty name for Marion W.'s baby +brother. I have nine dolls. Their names are Mollie, Lottie, Edith, +Eva, Lena, Christina, Carrie, Johnnie, and Bertie. I like your +stories all very much, especially "Toby Tyler," "Mr. Stubbs's +Brother," and "Their Girl." I send my love to the Postmistress.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Lena Matthews</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Madison, New Jersey</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I am a little boy six years old. My brother Louie takes <span class="smcap">Young +People</span>, and has every number. Baby Roe and I love to have mamma +read it to us. Roe and I have bad colds, so I could not go to +school, but Louie could. I learned to print in school. This is my +first letter. I hope you will print it.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Howard B. G</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>Your little note was printed so nicely that it was as plain as though +the letters had been formed by the type-writing machine. After all, +there is no machine of which I ever heard so wonderful as the four +little fingers and thumb of a boy's hand. Ask papa and mamma if they +don't agree with me.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Salem, North Carolina</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I have taken <span class="smcap">Young People</span> from the first number, and I like it very +much. I have written one letter to the Post-office Box, but I +thought I would write again. My friend Howard R. has written too. +We two have formed a printing firm under the name of P. & R. We +made four dollars clear profit, with which we bought each a pair of +roller skates. We have over three dollars in our bank now. Some of +my playmates and I have formed a club under the name of Holiday +Club, and some of my boy friends and I have formed a military +company by the name of Home Guards. We parade in the academy +play-grounds. The other day we fought almost all the battles of the +Revolution.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;">A. H. P.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>All the battles of the Revolution in one day! I wonder you slept a wink +the night after such tremendous exertion. But boys are made of steel +springs and India rubber, and can stand a good deal of pounding. Please +send me word about the various doings of your holiday club, and don't +let the fun interfere with your studies, or else the preceptors and +professors may veto your good times. I am glad you are so successful as +amateur printers.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">New York City</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I am a little boy nine years old. I have a cat and a kitten. The +cat's name is Gypsy, but I have not named the kitten yet. I take +<span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>, and I like it very much. The other day the +kitten fell from a chair and hurt its leg, but it is well now.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Cito S</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p>Dear little Robin D., who often sends answers to puzzles, was not well, +and so mamma became her amanuensis, sent her answers and her new +puzzles, which will see the light before long, and this pleasant little +message to the Postmistress and to Marion W.</p> + +<p>I hope Robin is quite well by this time.</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>Robin says: "Mamma, tell the Postmistress that my little pet bird +Jimmie died, and wasn't it too bad, but that now I have a beautiful +white dove and a dear little bird whose name is Montie, but I still +mourn for Jimmie, whose cage was draped in mourning for a whole +week. We buried him in our yard."</p> + +<p>Robin thinks that Edgar is a very pretty name for a boy, or Irving. +She does not really know which to choose for little Marion W.'s +dear baby brother. She says, "If one little girl may put in more +than one name for Marion to choose from, put both Irving and Edgar +in from Robin D."</p></blockquote> + +<p>I am very sorry little Jimmie died. When Marion chooses a name, she must +not forget to send us all word what it is, as we feel quite an interest, +don't we, children?</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Boston, Massachusetts</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I want to ask you to tell me a pretty name for a little kitty, +because I don't know any nice ones. Now I want to tell you about +where I went last summer. I went to Falmouth, which is very near +the sea-side, and is a very pleasant place. I went in bathing only +twice while I was there, but went in wading nearly every day. I +went in a sail-boat once, and had a very nice sail, and then I went +down the beach a little way to catch minnows, but couldn't. +Good-by.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Alice S</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>Muff is a nice name for a kitty.</p> + +<p>Let me tell you about a kitty which a little boy friend of mine had for +his pet. It was a black kitty, I believe, though I am not sure. He +carried it everywhere with him, and when he was practicing one +afternoon, he set it on the piano that it might hear him play. It +nestled its head cunningly on its tiny paws, and listened with all its +might.</p> + +<p>Somebody called the little boy away for a moment. When he came back the +kitty was gone.</p> + +<p>High and low they hunted for it. Mamma, nurse, two little sisters, and +even the baby, called Kitty! Kitty! but no kitty answered. After a long +time there came a faint little mieuw on the air; and where do you +suppose they found that small cat? Why, in the piano, where she had +taken a cozy nap.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Nashville, Tennessee</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>Most boys and girls tell about their pets. I have none, except my +little brother, two years and a half old. I have two sisters and +this sweet little brother. We moved from Louisville, Kentucky, to +Nashville about a month ago, and I am very homesick to go back +again. We spent the summer at Bon Aqua Springs, not far from here, +and had a nice time. I have a doll, and her name is Eva Wallace; +she will be four years old on Christmas. My little brother tries to +call us girls "girlie," and he says "dirlie." He calls me +"Black-eye dirlie," my sister Grace "Blue-eye dirlie," and sister +Florence "Brown-eye dirlie." His name is Theodore. We have taken +<span class="smcap">Young People</span> from the beginning, and think it is the best of +papers. Mamma takes the <span class="smcap">Bazar</span> and <span class="smcap">Magazine</span>. My papa is away most of +the time, and we are always glad when he comes home. I go to +school, and am in the Fifth Grade. I study reading, spelling, +arithmetic, geography, writing, and drawing. I am eleven years old.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Bessie W</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">South Bend, Indiana</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I like <span class="smcap">Young People</span> very much. I am a little girl eight years old, +and live on a farm five miles from the city. I go to school now, +but mamma will teach me at home this winter. I have two pets, a +white bantam chicken named Polly and a white kitty named Snow. I +had a canary-bird, but he was sick and died; his name was Billy. I +have three dollies; I do not play with them very much, because I +have no one to play with me. Papa has a nice Irish setter dog to +hunt with; his name is Paul. I will write again as soon as I can +write better.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Georgiana D</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Drifton, Pennsylvania</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I have lately returned from Europe, and I enjoyed the pile of +Magazines I found here. I brought home a gondola from Venice, and I +also brought a curious swan which I saw them make at the +glass-works. I had a splendid time in dear old London. We saw the +Queen and the Princess of Wales. We saw the wine-vaults. We crossed +the Alps in four-horse carriages, and I made snow-balls in June. +<span class="smcap">Young People</span> is the best paper out.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Ockley B. C</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>You have many delightful things to remember about your trip abroad. I +hope you kept a journal.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Norwalk, Connecticut</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I am eleven years old, and live in Norwalk in the summer, and in +New York city in the winter. I have no brothers nor sisters, except +two who are grown up, and I have a brother at college. We are going +to New York on the first of next month. I enjoy <span class="smcap">Harper's Young +People</span> very much, and look forward to its coming with great +pleasure. As you wanted to hear from any girl or boy who had a +garden, I thought I would tell you about mine. I planted in my +garden this summer potatoes, onions, tomatoes, strawberries, and +celery, besides flowers. I had enough potatoes for the whole family +for dinner, so I had them on the table that day, and I hope to +have<span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span> my celery to-morrow. The cook made me some caramels from the +receipt you put in <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>, but it wouldn't harden, +so she made a chocolate cake, and I had it on the table one +evening. As I have no more to tell about I think I will close.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Harry C. M</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>You were a famous little gardener, and deserve great praise.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Alleghany, Pennsylvania</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I am a little girl nearly eleven years old. I will tell you about +my summer trip. I can not tell all the places we went to, but one +place was the White Mountains of New Hampshire. There are very fine +views, especially from the top of Mount Washington. You would laugh +to see the funny little cars that go up and down. It is very steep, +and as you go up you see nothing but rocks. Mamma thought it was +frightful, but I did not. Well, good-by.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Annie H. S</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>I might have laughed when I was eleven years old, dear, but I never go +up a steep mountain nowadays without feeling, like your mamma, that +there is danger as well as pleasure about the ascent. I am glad you have +been to the top of Mount Washington, and have looked from there over the +great mountains and deep valleys of New England.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Milton, Ontario, Canada</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I am a little girl twelve years old, and live in a small town +thirty miles from Toronto. We are always very glad when your paper +comes. I love to read the letters in the Post-office Box. I like +"The Cruise of the Canoe Club." My father and four of my uncles are +in Montana, and my aunt and her children are going out there next +week. My uncle and his youngest brother belong to a surveying +party, and have been surveying in the Rocky Mountains and +Yellowstone Park all summer, and write home delightfully +interesting descriptions of the wonders to be seen there—about the +geysers and glass mountains, also soda mountains, and caņons. The +Grand Caņon is the deepest of all; it is several thousand feet +deep, and at the bottom is a rushing, roaring river. One of my +uncles descended into it. It is so deep that if you go down into it +and look upward, you can see the stars at three o'clock in the +afternoon. The geysers spout up water to a tremendous height. One +of them—I think it is called the Excelsior—throws water in which +are pieces of rock to a height of three hundred feet. Often the +eruptions are preceded by rumblings and shakings like an +earthquake. Once when the party were near one of the geyser basins, +suddenly the earth began to quake, and the water in the basin +spouted ever so high, and the sky was filled with water and pieces +of rock, and they had to run to get out of the way. Perhaps we will +go to Montana if father stays there; and if we do, mother says that +we may take an occasional trip to the Park, and then I will write +and tell you of some of the things we see there.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Becca R</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p>The cunning little letter which follows was sent by a little girl five +and one-half years old to her young lady sisters away from home. This +little girl lives near a railroad, and every day she and her brother +watch for their conductors, as they call them, and wave to them as the +cars rush past the door. By the "tassels with the board on" little Amy +meant a lambrequin which belonged on the mantel. Jumbo is a huge toy +elephant greatly admired by the little folks in Amy's nursery:</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Tenafly, New Jersey</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p><span class="smcap">Dear Louise and Maggie</span>,—It will soon be Roy's birthday. If you +don't come home quick, you won't be here before it comes. Roy +creeps. He can walk with our taking hold of him. He can stand up by +the bath-tub. May S. don't know some of the words of her +music-lesson. I say my lessons every day at home, and then I say +them in school. I did not get a bad mark to-day; sometimes I do. I +get apples in B.'s yard—they don't care—and take them to school +over recess, and then I take them home. Mamma has to sew so hard, +and we bother her, and she sends us out-doors. When it rains she +don't; then we stay in the house, and play with our toys. Sarah's +back, and we're glad, and she irons every Tuesday. We take walks +with her sometimes. Mary's here too, and sometimes she goes out +with her husband. I like him, and he gives me pennies. I would like +to be over there and see your big dog Frank. Some Sunday afternoons +papa's tired, and he don't want to go riding. We did go last +Sunday. Last Sunday we took Roy. Marian plays with Roy every day, +and mamma says Stop! when she hurts him. Clifford has to get his +teeth fixed, and we can't go to P. until next Monday. Every day +papa goes out to see the men fixing the trestle-work. On Roy's +birthday we're going to have a little party; no one is coming, only +us. Mamma has to send out when she wants papa—away out to the +trestle-work. Mamma writes this letter, and I find the words. +Marian has got lots of things in the corner by the bookcase again. +Clifford's got lots of cars now, and he plays with them 'most every +day. He's got a new tin train of cars from the Fair. We're getting +our stoves fixed. There's fire in the sitting-room. Your tassels +with the board on is up in the front parlor. We've got a Jumbo from +the Fair. We take Jumbo out to see our 'ductors. Mine is away, and +ain't home yet. Roy goes around picking up everything, and gets +things out of mamma's basket, and dumped it over twice. It's near +winter, and we've got the sleds down.</p> + +<p>A kiss for Maggie, and a kiss for Louise. Love for Maggie, and love +for Louise.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Amy D</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Fremont, Nebraska</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>Dear "<span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>,"—My brother Paul takes <span class="smcap">Harper's Young +People</span>, and I think it is a very nice paper. I was eight years old +the 7th of September. I have a sister who is four years old. And we +have a horse named Dick; he is gentle and a very nice horse, and +will eat apples as well as any boy can. He will shake hands with +either leg. I go to school, and I am already in the Third Reader. +My teacher's name is Miss S. And we have got a calf called Rosy, +and she is a very gentle and nice calf, and we have a pretty wild +cow.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Burnie C</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">San Francisco, California</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<blockquote> + +<p>I am a little boy nine years old. This is my first letter. I like +the story of "The Cruise of the Canoe Club" and "Mr. Stubbs's +Brother." I commenced going to school in March, 1881, and am now in +the Seventh Grade. I was honorably promoted last June. I am trying +very hard to be the same this term. I go to Alameda nearly every +Saturday with my papa to take a salt-water bath. I can swim a +little. I live in the city, and can not have as much fun as the +little boys in the country; but I shall go to the country next +vacation.</p></blockquote> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Allen G. W</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<p>A boy who tries hard is sure to succeed. When next you are promoted +write again, as I like to keep an account of my boys when they do well. +I am glad you can swim.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Frank and Joe</span>.—The twenty numbers of <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span> containing +the story of "Toby Tyler" will cost you eighty cents. By sending $1 to +Messrs. <span class="smcap">Harper & Brothers</span> you may obtain <i>Toby Tyler</i> in a beautiful +bound volume, handsomely illustrated.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Salt</span>.—Yes, Daisy, you are right in your supposition that people in very +old times were alarmed if any one spilled salt on the table at a meal. +It was fancied that the unlucky accident was the sign of a quarrel +between two of the company. However, I attach no importance to such +signs, even when they are ancient, and if you came to dine with me, and +the salt-cellar happened to be upset, I would not trouble for our +friendship.</p> + +<p>Among the Arabs salt is regarded as sacred, and if you happen to be the +guest of a Bedouin, who meeting you in the desert would rob you and be +glad of the chance, you are perfectly safe if you share his bread and +salt; he will protect you against all enemies. You see, that salt among +these wild people is the emblem of hospitality. The Romans thought it +unfortunate to sit down at a feast where the salt had been forgotten. +The Greeks had the same feeling. It was also considered very thoughtless +to leave salt unlocked overnight.</p> + +<p>I hope, Daisy dear, that while reading and studying about these curious +superstitions you will take care not to believe in them yourself.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p>For the information of some of our new subscribers who write to ask we +repeat that there is no charge for the publication of exchanges. They +should be brief. State first what you desire to offer, and then what you +wish to receive. Please write with black ink as plainly as you can, and +sign your full name and post-office address. Birds' eggs and fire-arms +are prohibited as articles of exchange. The Editor reserves the right to +exclude any exchange in whole or in part if for any reason it is +considered unfit for <span class="smcap">Young People</span>.</p> + +<p>Having sent your letter, you should wait very patiently for your turn, +as the department is always crowded, and no exchange can ever be printed +in the paper next issued after its reception.</p> + +<p>To avoid misunderstanding, exchangers should always write fully to each +other and receive replies before sending away their articles. Each +should arrange in this way about the necessary expense of the mail or +express. Articles should not be sent to the office of <span class="smcap">Young People</span>, but +directly to the persons with whom they are to be exchanged.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p><span class="smcap">Successful Wigglers</span>.—We should be glad if Hattie M. Pearley, B. F. M., +and A. W., who have been successful in reproducing our artist's idea of +Wiggle No. 29, would each send us his or her full name and address.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<h3>PUZZLES FROM YOUNG CONTRIBUTORS.</h3> + +<h3>No. 1.</h3> + +<h3>GEOGRAPHICAL PUZZLE.</h3> + +<p>In the month of (a cape in Massachusetts) a lady named (a city in +Brazil), and a gentleman named (a cape in Virginia), went to (the +capital of Italy) in the (a lake in Minnesota). They walked until noon, +when the lady opened a satchel made of (a country in Africa). It +contained a fried (river in Minnesota), some fine old (a river in South +America), and a (islands in the Pacific Ocean) for each. As it had been +(a lake in Minnesota) and the (a river in England) was rather (a country +of South America), they wanted to return to their home, but the (an +island west of England) lost a cuff button made of (a city in New +Mexico), and ornamented with (a river in Mississippi). While they were +on the (a cape of North Carolina) they met (a river of South America), +who said he thought (an island near Massachusetts), who was a colored +woman.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Pansy</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<h3>No. 2.</h3> + +<h3>MIXED ANIMALS.</h3> + +<p>In these examples the problem is to arrange the grouped letters so that +they will form a word agreeing with the accompanying definition.</p> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="0" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="left">Phelenta—The largest of quadrupeds.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Spophoptiamu—A river-horse.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Reazb—A striped horse.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Elawh—A sea animal.</td></tr> +<tr><td align="left">Tribab—A furry animal.</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Bartie</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<h3>No. 3.</h3> + +<h3>HIDDEN FISHES.</h3> + +<p>1. I have bought a new carpet, Angelina. 2. Lucy lost her ring. 3. Tommy +had ten chickens. 4. Mr. Stubbs had flung away all Toby Tyler's money.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Bartie</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<h3>No. 4.</h3> + +<h3>DOUBLE ACROSTIC.</h3> + +<p>1. A kind of cloth. 2. A precious stone. 3. A famous musical composer. +4. A glazier's diamond. Primials—A bird. Finals—Part of the bird, +connected, to join.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">Lodestar</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<h3>No. 5.</h3> + +<h3>THREE PROGRESSIVE HALF-SQUARES.</h3> + +<p>1.—1. A letter. 2. A preposition. 3. A Latin verb. 4. Anything very +small.</p> + +<p>2.—1. A letter. 2. To exist. 3. The cry of a sheep. 4. To support.</p> + +<p>3.—1. A letter. 2. An abbreviation. 3. A covering. 4. To engage in +conflict.</p> + +<p> +<span style="margin-left: 34em;"><span class="smcap">J. K. M. Iles</span>.</span><br /> +</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<h3>ANSWERS TO PUZZLES IN No. 156.</h3> + +<h3>No. 1.</h3> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="center">J</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">M</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">S</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">D</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">A</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">M</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">D</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">L</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">T</td><td align="center">E</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">S</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">M</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<h3>No. 2.</h3> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">ra</td><td align="center">B</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">D</td><td align="center">at</td><td align="center">E</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">we</td><td align="center">D</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">M</td><td align="center">in</td><td align="center">E</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<h3>No. 3.</h3> + +<p class="center">Lock. Peach.</p> + +<h3>No. 4.</h3> + +<p class="center">Hate.</p> + +<h3>No. 5.</h3> + +<p class="center">Cupboard.</p> + +<h3>No. 6.</h3> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="center">D</td><td align="center">o</td><td align="center">G</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">O</td><td align="center">b</td><td align="center">I</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">eathe</td><td align="center">R</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">L</td><td align="center">ul</td><td align="center">L</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<h3>No. 7.</h3> + +<div class="center"> +<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary=""> +<tr><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">Q</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">M</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center"></td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">S</td><td align="center">P</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">H</td><td align="center">U</td><td align="center">T</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">R</td><td align="center">O</td><td align="center">B</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">S</td><td align="center">S</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">Y</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">Q</td><td align="center">U</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">I</td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">M</td><td align="center">O</td><td align="center">N</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">Y</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center"></td><td align="center">P</td><td align="center">A</td><td align="center">T</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">T</td><td align="center">I</td><td align="center">N</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">B</td><td align="center">E</td><td align="center">D</td></tr> +<tr><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">Y</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">L</td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center"></td><td align="center">Y</td></tr> +</table></div> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p class="center">Answer to Rebus on page 848—"There's many a slip 'twixt the cup and the +lip."</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p class="center">Answer to Enigma on page 848—A rainbow.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p>Correct answers to puzzles have been received from Robin Dyke, William +A. Lewis, John Duerk, Alfred and Blanche Bloomingdale, Horace W. +Danforth, Alice C. Little, "Junebug," "Fairy Godmother," Lulu Breese, +Emily Godwin, Archie Ives, "Mayblossom," Fanny R. Emerson, Ben and Ned, +John Twombley, Hugh Remsen, "Fuss and Feathers," Brandt Beekman, Lena +Matthews, A. H. Patterson, Frank Sinsabaugh, Edith M. L., Alfred +Kauffman.</p> + +<hr class="tb" /> + +<p class="center">[<i>For Exchanges, see 2d and 3d pages of cover.</i>]</p> + +<hr class="chap" /> + +<p><span class="pagenum"><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span></p> + +<div class="figcenter" style="width: 700px;"> +<img src="images/ill_015.jpg" width="700" height="990" alt="" /> +<span class="caption">SOME ANSWERS TO WIGGLE No. 29, OUR ARTIST'S IDEA, AND NEW +WIGGLE, No. 30.</span> +</div> + +<p style="clear:both;"> </p> + +<div class="footnotes"><h3>FOOTNOTES:</h3> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_1_1" id="Footnote_1_1"></a><a href="#FNanchor_1_1"><span class="label">[1]</span></a> Named after its founder, Ismail Pasha, the late Khedive of +Egypt. It is connected with Suez by a fresh-water canal, through which +the little Egyptian steam-launches run in about twelve hours.</p></div> + +<div class="footnote"> + +<p><a name="Footnote_2_2" id="Footnote_2_2"></a><a href="#FNanchor_2_2"><span class="label">[2]</span></a> Begun in No. 157, <span class="smcap">Harper's Young People</span>.</p></div></div> + + + + + + + + +<pre> + + + + + +End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Harper's Young People, November 14, +1882, by Various + +*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK HARPER'S YOUNG PEOPLE *** + +***** This file should be named 60596-h.htm or 60596-h.zip ***** +This and all associated files of various formats will be found in: + http://www.gutenberg.org/6/0/5/9/60596/ + +Produced by Annie R. McGuire + +Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions will +be renamed. + +Creating the works from print editions not protected by U.S. copyright +law means that no one owns a United States copyright in these works, +so the Foundation (and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United +States without permission and without paying copyright +royalties. Special rules, set forth in the General Terms of Use part +of this license, apply to copying and distributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works to protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm +concept and trademark. Project Gutenberg is a registered trademark, +and may not be used if you charge for the eBooks, unless you receive +specific permission. If you do not charge anything for copies of this +eBook, complying with the rules is very easy. You may use this eBook +for nearly any purpose such as creation of derivative works, reports, +performances and research. They may be modified and printed and given +away--you may do practically ANYTHING in the United States with eBooks +not protected by U.S. copyright law. Redistribution is subject to the +trademark license, especially commercial redistribution. + +START: FULL LICENSE + +THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE +PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK + +To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free +distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work +(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full +Project Gutenberg-tm License available with this file or online at +www.gutenberg.org/license. + +Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works + +1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to +and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property +(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all +the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or +destroy all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your +possession. If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a +Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound +by the terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the +person or entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph +1.E.8. + +1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be +used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who +agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few +things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See +paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this +agreement and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works. See paragraph 1.E below. + +1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the +Foundation" or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection +of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual +works in the collection are in the public domain in the United +States. If an individual work is unprotected by copyright law in the +United States and you are located in the United States, we do not +claim a right to prevent you from copying, distributing, performing, +displaying or creating derivative works based on the work as long as +all references to Project Gutenberg are removed. Of course, we hope +that you will support the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting +free access to electronic works by freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm +works in compliance with the terms of this agreement for keeping the +Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with the work. You can easily +comply with the terms of this agreement by keeping this work in the +same format with its attached full Project Gutenberg-tm License when +you share it without charge with others. + +1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern +what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are +in a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, +check the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this +agreement before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, +distributing or creating derivative works based on this work or any +other Project Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no +representations concerning the copyright status of any work in any +country outside the United States. + +1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg: + +1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other +immediate access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear +prominently whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work +on which the phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the +phrase "Project Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, +performed, viewed, copied or distributed: + + This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere in the United States and + most other parts of the world at no cost and with almost no + restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or re-use it + under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included with this + eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org. If you are not located in the + United States, you'll have to check the laws of the country where you + are located before using this ebook. + +1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is +derived from texts not protected by U.S. copyright law (does not +contain a notice indicating that it is posted with permission of the +copyright holder), the work can be copied and distributed to anyone in +the United States without paying any fees or charges. If you are +redistributing or providing access to a work with the phrase "Project +Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the work, you must comply +either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 or +obtain permission for the use of the work and the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted +with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution +must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any +additional terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms +will be linked to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works +posted with the permission of the copyright holder found at the +beginning of this work. + +1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm +License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this +work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm. + +1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this +electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without +prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with +active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project +Gutenberg-tm License. + +1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary, +compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including +any word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access +to or distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format +other than "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official +version posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site +(www.gutenberg.org), you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense +to the user, provide a copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means +of obtaining a copy upon request, of the work in its original "Plain +Vanilla ASCII" or other form. Any alternate format must include the +full Project Gutenberg-tm License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1. + +1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying, +performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works +unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9. + +1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing +access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works +provided that + +* You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from + the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method + you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is owed + to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he has + agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments must be paid + within 60 days following each date on which you prepare (or are + legally required to prepare) your periodic tax returns. Royalty + payments should be clearly marked as such and sent to the Project + Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the address specified in + Section 4, "Information about donations to the Project Gutenberg + Literary Archive Foundation." + +* You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies + you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he + does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm + License. You must require such a user to return or destroy all + copies of the works possessed in a physical medium and discontinue + all use of and all access to other copies of Project Gutenberg-tm + works. + +* You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of + any money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the + electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days of + receipt of the work. + +* You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free + distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works. + +1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work or group of works on different terms than +are set forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing +from both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and The +Project Gutenberg Trademark LLC, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm +trademark. Contact the Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below. + +1.F. + +1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable +effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread +works not protected by U.S. copyright law in creating the Project +Gutenberg-tm collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may +contain "Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate +or corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other +intellectual property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or +other medium, a computer virus, or computer codes that damage or +cannot be read by your equipment. + +1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right +of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project +Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project +Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all +liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal +fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT +LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE +PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH 1.F.3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE +TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE +LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR +INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH +DAMAGE. + +1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a +defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can +receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a +written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you +received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium +with your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you +with the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in +lieu of a refund. If you received the work electronically, the person +or entity providing it to you may choose to give you a second +opportunity to receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If +the second copy is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing +without further opportunities to fix the problem. + +1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth +in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS', WITH NO +OTHER WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT +LIMITED TO WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE. + +1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied +warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of +damages. If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement +violates the law of the state applicable to this agreement, the +agreement shall be interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or +limitation permitted by the applicable state law. The invalidity or +unenforceability of any provision of this agreement shall not void the +remaining provisions. + +1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the +trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone +providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in +accordance with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the +production, promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm +electronic works, harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, +including legal fees, that arise directly or indirectly from any of +the following which you do or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this +or any Project Gutenberg-tm work, (b) alteration, modification, or +additions or deletions to any Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any +Defect you cause. + +Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm + +Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of +electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of +computers including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It +exists because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations +from people in all walks of life. + +Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the +assistance they need are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's +goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will +remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project +Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure +and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future +generations. To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation and how your efforts and donations can help, see +Sections 3 and 4 and the Foundation information page at +www.gutenberg.org Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit +501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the +state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal +Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification +number is 64-6221541. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent permitted by +U.S. federal laws and your state's laws. + +The Foundation's principal office is in Fairbanks, Alaska, with the +mailing address: PO Box 750175, Fairbanks, AK 99775, but its +volunteers and employees are scattered throughout numerous +locations. Its business office is located at 809 North 1500 West, Salt +Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887. Email contact links and up to +date contact information can be found at the Foundation's web site and +official page at www.gutenberg.org/contact + +For additional contact information: + + Dr. Gregory B. Newby + Chief Executive and Director + gbnewby@pglaf.org + +Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg +Literary Archive Foundation + +Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide +spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of +increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be +freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest +array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations +($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt +status with the IRS. + +The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating +charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United +States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a +considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up +with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations +where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To SEND +DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any particular +state visit www.gutenberg.org/donate + +While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we +have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition +against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who +approach us with offers to donate. + +International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make +any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from +outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff. + +Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation +methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other +ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations. To +donate, please visit: www.gutenberg.org/donate + +Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works. + +Professor Michael S. Hart was the originator of the Project +Gutenberg-tm concept of a library of electronic works that could be +freely shared with anyone. For forty years, he produced and +distributed Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of +volunteer support. + +Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed +editions, all of which are confirmed as not protected by copyright in +the U.S. unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not +necessarily keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper +edition. + +Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search +facility: www.gutenberg.org + +This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm, +including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary +Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to +subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks. + + + +</pre> + +</body> +</html> diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_001.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_001.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..db4dff6 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_001.jpg diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_002.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_002.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..14f36ae --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_002.jpg diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_003.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_003.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..08031c6 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_003.jpg diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_004.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_004.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..77e7a76 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_004.jpg diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_005.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_005.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..49eb898 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_005.jpg diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_006.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_006.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..dfed5e0 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_006.jpg diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_007.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_007.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..60c5431 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_007.jpg diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_008.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_008.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..2607f81 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_008.jpg diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_009.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_009.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..eb2224a --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_009.jpg diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_010.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_010.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..33dde43 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_010.jpg diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_011.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_011.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..4dbfa81 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_011.jpg diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_012.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_012.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..3ec159d --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_012.jpg diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_013.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_013.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..01b07a1 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_013.jpg diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_014.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_014.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..bd68c25 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_014.jpg diff --git a/old/60596-h/images/ill_015.jpg b/old/60596-h/images/ill_015.jpg Binary files differnew file mode 100644 index 0000000..8431ab9 --- /dev/null +++ b/old/60596-h/images/ill_015.jpg |
